61 files changed, 17 insertions, 11335 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eafe5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #62749 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/62749)
diff --git a/old/62749-0.txt b/old/62749-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 83029cc..0000000
--- a/old/62749-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4478 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Strange Peoples, by Frederick Starr
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Strange Peoples
-       Ethno-Geographic Reader, No. 1
-
-Author: Frederick Starr
-
-Release Date: July 25, 2020 [EBook #62749]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STRANGE PEOPLES ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Richard Tonsing, Chris Curnow, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: AUSTRALIAN (RATZEL).]
-
-                     Ethno-Geographic Reader, No. 1
-
-
-
-
-                            STRANGE PEOPLES
-
-
-                                   BY
-
-                            FREDERICK STARR
-
-
-                             BOSTON, U.S.A.
-
-                     D. C. HEATH & CO., PUBLISHERS
-
-                                  1901
-
-
-
-
-                       Ethno-Geographic Readers.
-
-                          BY FREDERICK STARR.
-
-                No. 1. STRANGE PEOPLES.        40 CENTS.
-                No. 2. AMERICAN INDIANS.       45 CENTS.
-                No. 3. HOW MEN DO.       IN PREPARATION.
-
-                     D. C. HEATH & CO., PUBLISHERS
-
-
-                            COPYRIGHT, 1901,
-                          BY FREDERICK STARR.
-
-
-                             Plimpton Press
-                H. M. Plimpton & CO., PRINTERS & BINDERS
-                         NORWOOD, MASS., U.S.A.
-
-
-
-
-                               THIS BOOK
-
-                            STRANGE PEOPLES
-
-                            IS DEDICATED TO
-
-                          WILLIAM FOSTER YOUNG
-
-
-
-
-                                PREFACE.
-
-
-The author claims no originality for the matter of this book for young
-readers on _Strange Peoples_. He has culled material where he could. His
-aim has been to present a series of sketches which may render the maps
-in the geography more interesting and give school children a broader and
-deeper sympathy with other races and peoples. Indebted to many books, he
-has been under constant obligations to Verneau’s _Les Races Humaines_
-and Ratzel’s _Völkerkunde_. Other books which have been helpful will be
-found listed at the close of this volume.
-
-At first the author planned to use only original or new illustrations.
-It has been, however, impossible to carry out this plan. Less than one
-fourth of the pictures are really new; it is believed, however, that all
-are authentic and will prove instructive.
-
-It would have been easy to make the book more interesting by the
-introduction of descriptions, more detailed, of the ridiculous or
-dreadful practices of some races. The purpose has, however, not been to
-hold other peoples up to ridicule nor to teach morality by contrast;
-there are, indeed, too many matters for criticism in our own mode of
-life to warrant such a treatment. Nor would it be possible in a book for
-children to present that full discussion which might be expected in a
-treatise on ethnology for students. The book makes no pretence to
-systematic treatment; only a few people are taken, here and there,
-almost at haphazard, to illustrate the marvellous richness of the field
-for study which, even now, is presented by the _Strange Peoples_ of the
-globe.
-
-
-
-
-                               CONTENTS.
-
-
-           CHAPTER                                      PAGE
-                I. INTRODUCTION                            1
-
-               II. THE PEOPLES OF NORTH AMERICA: ESKIMO    6
-
-              III. WILD INDIANS                           13
-
-               IV. MEXICANS                               17
-
-                V. SOUTH AMERICAN PEOPLES                 26
-
-               VI. THE PEOPLES OF EUROPE: FAIR WHITES     33
-
-              VII. DARK WHITES                            38
-
-             VIII. BASQUES                                43
-
-               IX. FINNS                                  47
-
-                X. LAPPS                                  53
-
-               XI. TURKS                                  60
-
-              XII. THE PEOPLES OF ASIA                    65
-
-             XIII. CHINESE                                69
-
-              XIV. COREANS                                76
-
-               XV. TIBETANS                               81
-
-              XVI. JAPANESE                               88
-
-             XVII. AINU                                   95
-
-            XVIII. HINDUS                                101
-
-              XIX. TODAS                                 107
-
-               XX. ANDAMANESE: MINCOPIES                 112
-
-              XXI. ARABS                                 118
-
-             XXII. THE PEOPLES OF AFRICA: KABYLES        123
-
-            XXIII. NEGROES                               128
-
-             XXIV. NEGROIDS                              134
-
-              XXV. PYGMIES                               138
-
-             XXVI. BUSHMEN AND HOTTENTOTS                143
-
-            XXVII. MALAYS                                150
-
-           XXVIII. THE PEOPLES OF THE PHILIPPINES        156
-
-             XXIX. MELANESIANS                           163
-
-              XXX. POLYNESIANS                           172
-
-             XXXI. CONCLUSION                            180
-
-                   LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS               185
-
-
-
-
-                         LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
-     Australian (Ratzel)                                      _Frontispiece_
-
-                                                                        PAGE
-  1. Group of Greenland Eskimo. (Nansen.)                                  9
-
-  2. A Greenland Eskimo Fishing. (Nansen.)                                11
-
-  3. Victorio—an Apache Warrior. (Lummis.)                                14
-
-  4. Mexican Ox-cart. (From photograph.)                                  21
-
-  5. Mexican Water-carrier. (From photograph.)                            22
-
-  6. Otomi Indian Girls, Mexico. (From photograph.)                       24
-
-  7. Peruvian Antiquities. (Ratzel.)                                      27
-
-  8. Botocudo Indian with Lip-plug. (Tylor.)                              31
-
-  9. Fish-girl of Scheveningen, Holland. (From photograph.)               35
-
- 10. Boats made from Shoes, Holland. (From drawing by Haité.)             36
-
- 11. Italian Child. (Miln.)                                               39
-
- 12. Basque Cart. (Verneau.)                                              46
-
- 13. Finns Singing. (Verneau.)                                            51
-
- 14. A Group of Lapps. (Verneau.)                                         54
-
- 15. Laplander on Snow-runners. (Verneau.)                                57
-
- 16. Caravan preparing to start: Asiatic Turks. (Verneau.)                62
-
- 17. Chinese Mandarin. (Ratzel.)                                          71
-
- 18. Chinese Boy choosing Toys. (Doolittle.)                              73
-
- 19. Corean Hat. (Lowell.)                                                78
-
- 20. Tibetan Lamas blowing on Shells. (Verneau.)                          84
-
- 21. Mongols choosing a Lama. (Huc.)                                      86
-
- 22. Japanese Girl with Baby. (Arnold.)                                   89
-
- 23. Boys’ Festival: Japan. (Bramhall.)                                   92
-
- 24. Ainu—a Hairy Specimen. (Batchelor.)                                  96
-
- 25. Ainu Women, showing Tattooing. (From a photograph.)                  97
-
- 26. Hindu Dancing girls and Musicians. (Verneau.)                       103
-
- 27. Hindu Snake Charmers. (Brehm.)                                      105
-
- 28. Group of Todas. (Verneau.)                                          111
-
- 29. Andaman Mincopies. (Tylor.)                                         116
-
- 30. Camel and Palanquin. (From a photograph.)                           120
-
- 31. Group of Kabyles: Algeria. (From a photograph.)                     125
-
- 32. Making Couscous in the Desert. (From a photograph.)                 127
-
- 33. Negro Smiths at Work. (Ratzel.)                                     131
-
- 34. Waganda Musicians. (Ratzel.)                                        137
-
- 35. Huts of Ashango-land Dwarfs. (Du Chaillu.)                          140
-
- 36. Gora-player: Bushman. (Ratzel.)                                     145
-
- 37. Bushman Rock Picture. (Ratzel.)                                     147
-
- 38. Hottentot Kraal. (Ratzel.)                                          149
-
- 39. Malay Family: Java. (Verneau.)                                      152
-
- 40. Buffalo Cart: Java. (Ratzel.)                                       154
-
- 41. Krises: Java. (Ratzel.)                                             155
-
- 42. Philippine Negrito. (Meyer.)                                        158
-
- 43. Houses of Igorrotes. (Meyer.)                                       160
-
- 44. Head-hunting Party: Igorrotes. (Meyer.)                             162
-
- 45. Fijian. (Ratzel.)                                                   165
-
- 46. Pile-dwelling Village: New Guinea. (Ratzel.)                        167
-
- 47. Canoe: New Guinea. (Ratzel.)                                        168
-
- 48. Tattooed New Zealander. (Verneau.)                                  173
-
- 49. Helmets and Idol-heads of Feathers: Hawaii. (Ratzel.)               175
-
- 50. Kingsmill Islander. (Tylor.)                                        179
-
-[Illustration: MAP OF THE WORLD SHOWING LOCATION OF THE STRANGE PEOPLES
-DESCRIBED IN THIS BOOK]
-
-
-
-
-                            STRANGE PEOPLES.
-
-
-
-
-                                   I.
-                             INTRODUCTORY.
-
-
-We are to read about some of the _Strange Peoples_ of the world. We
-shall find many curious customs. There is an old saying,—
-
-                       “Many men of many minds;
-                       Many birds of many kinds;
-                       Many fishes in the sea;
-                       Many men who don’t agree.”
-
-Peoples differ in so many ways. There are tall Patagonians and short
-Bushmen. There are white peoples, and black, yellow, and brown peoples.
-There are peoples whose bodies are so covered with hair as almost to be
-called furry, and there are peoples whose faces even are hairless except
-for eyebrows and eyelashes. There are lively peoples and there are
-sluggish peoples; gay peoples and sad ones. Negroes do not think and
-feel like white men, and the Chinaman thinks and feels differently from
-either. All peoples have their own customs. When we speak of other
-peoples as _Strange Peoples_, we must never forget that we are as
-_strange_ to them as they are to us. We think it curious that the
-Chinese dwarf, by bandaging, the feet of their women; they think it
-strange that we do _not_. To us the Chinese face seems much too flat;
-the Chinese think ours are like the face of an eagle and that they are
-harsh and cruel. We think the flat, wide nose of the negro is ugly;
-negroes think it far handsomer than ours. So we will remember that all
-these peoples are “strange” only because they are _unlike_ us: that we
-ourselves are just as strange as they are. They have as much right to
-their ideas and customs as we have to ours: often indeed we might find
-theirs better than our own.
-
-We begin with North America. We then pass to South America; then to
-Europe, Asia, Africa, and the Pacific Islands in order. We shall find
-that the different peoples of the world are not scattered haphazard; on
-the contrary, they are quite regularly distributed by types. Thus until
-lately the peoples living in America were all Indians, with red-brown
-skin, straight and coarse black hair, and high and wide cheek bones.
-Europe and Northern Africa (which really belongs rather to Europe than
-Africa) form the land of the white peoples. South Africa—Africa
-proper—is the home of negroes and negroids, with dark brown, almost
-black, skin, narrow heads and faces, and woolly hair. The proper
-population of Asia is yellow peoples, with round heads, slant eyes, and
-straight, long, black hair. In Australia are brown peoples with curly or
-bushy hair. In Oceanica are several well-marked types—the little brown
-Malays, the dark, almost black, Melanesians with crinkly hair, and the
-tall, well-built, fine-featured, light Polynesians. This is, in general,
-the distribution of the human races. But there has been much movement.
-There are now both white and blacks in America; the English whites have
-crowded in upon the natives of Australia; in Asia there are white
-peoples, like the Ainu and Todas, who have certainly lived there a long
-time.
-
-The different peoples are unlike in their culture. Some peoples live on
-wild food, having no cultivated plants or domestic animals. They hunt
-animals and catch fish; they search for birds’ eggs and honey; they grub
-up roots and gather barks, leaves, fruits, seeds, and nuts for food. To
-such tribes, who usually wander in little bands from place to place, the
-name savage is given. The word does not mean that they are fierce and
-cruel in disposition; most savage tribes, to-day living, are neither.
-The Eskimo and Mincopies are savages, but they are quite kind and
-gentle. When peoples settle down to cultivate the soil and build homes,
-or when they raise herds of animals with which they move from time to
-time for new pastures, their life is easier. To such peoples—so long as
-they do _not_ know how to work iron by smelting, to write by means of
-characters that represent sounds, and to make animals assist them in
-tilling the ground—the name barbarian is applied. When any peoples have
-learned these three great helps, they are called civilized. There are
-then three great stages of culture,—savagery, barbarism, and
-civilization. The Eskimo is in savagery; the American Indians are mostly
-in barbarism; the Chinese are in civilization.
-
-The way in which the life of peoples is affected by the lands in which
-they live is most interesting. The Eskimo live in the cold north; there
-is little wood there for construction; fuels such as are used elsewhere
-are rare; no fibre-yielding plants grow there. Yet the Eskimo has made
-full use of what nature gives him. He builds his house, when necessary,
-of the snow itself, heats it with animal fats and oils, clothes himself
-in excellent garments of skins, knows the ways of all the animals and
-birds around him for their destruction, and has invented an ideal
-hunter’s boat and devised a beautiful series of weapons and tools. The
-way in which he has fitted himself to the place in which he lives is
-wonderful. The world over we notice the same thing: man everywhere
-ransacks his home-land to find out what is useful and turns it to his
-needs.
-
-Often where two different peoples live in the same district marriage
-takes place between them, and mixed types arise. Where one people has
-long occupied a country alone the type is very well-marked, and all look
-alike. Thus in the Andaman Islands, the little Mincopies look so much
-alike that a person needs to know them well to tell them apart. We,
-ourselves, are a great mixture. Even in one family there may be tall and
-short, light and dark, blue-eyed or brown-eyed persons. Such differences
-are only found where there has been much mixing between different
-peoples. In Mexico, once purely Indian, there has been since the coming
-of the Spaniards much mixture, and to-day a large part of the population
-is of a new type—part Indian, part Spanish. The people range in color
-from almost white to dark brown according to the amount of Spanish or
-Indian blood each has.
-
-
-
-
-                                  II.
-                 THE PEOPLES OF NORTH AMERICA: ESKIMO.
-
-
-For the larger part, North America is now occupied by populations of our
-own kind. The greater part of the people of Canada is of French or
-English descent; the people of our own country are mainly Europeans or
-of European descent. There are of course many negroes, especially in the
-South, who have descended from African slaves. There are also some
-Chinese, Japanese, Hindus, Malays, and others. Formerly the United
-States and Canada were occupied by Indians, but now there are few left,
-who mostly live upon reservations. South of the United States lie Mexico
-and Central America. They, too, were Indian lands when first visited by
-white men. In Northern Mexico a new, mixed population live; Southern
-Mexico is yet quite purely Indian. In Central America we find the mixed
-Spanish-Indian in some districts, and pure Indians in others. In the
-northmost part of the continent live the Eskimo. We shall speak about
-the Eskimo, wild Indians, and Mexicans.
-
-The home-land of the Eskimo is dreary. They live in Labrador, Greenland,
-and the Arctic country stretching from Greenland west to Northern
-Alaska. Generally, it is a land of snow and ice, where it is impossible
-to raise even the most hardy plants. The people are forced to live
-chiefly on animal food. Not only is the weather usually cold, but for a
-large part of the year the Eskimo do not see the sun, and for the rest
-of it they see the sun all the time. In some districts the swarms of
-mosquitoes in the warmer part of the year are a great trouble. There are
-few trees, and those are stunted; wood is precious, and drift wood is
-carefully gathered to make into tools and weapons. But notwithstanding
-his dreary home the Eskimo are rarely ugly and ill tempered.
-
-They are little people with yellowish brown skin. Some Greenlanders are
-of fair stature. Their faces are broad and round, with coarse features.
-The eyes are small, dark, and often oblique, like the Chinese; the nose
-is narrow at the root, but fat; the cheeks are round and full; the mouth
-is big, with good, strong teeth. Eskimo are usually filthy and appear
-much darker than they really are.
-
-The clothing is generally made of skins with the hair left on. Men and
-women dress much alike. Trousers are worn by both: a shirt or jacket
-with a hood attached is much used. That worn by men is often made of
-bird skins, and the feather side is worn next the body. The lower part
-of the legs and the feet are encased in _kamiks_, skin socks and boots.
-The little babies are carried naked in a great pouch at the back of
-their outer jacket. This pouch makes a fine nest for the little
-creatures, as it is lined with soft sealskin or reindeer skin.
-Formerly—and perhaps sometimes now—the Eskimo mothers used to wash their
-babies by licking them with their tongues.
-
-In Greenland the Eskimo houses are usually built of stones and earth.
-They are partly below ground, and only the upper part shows outside,
-like a mound of dirt. To enter the house one crawls through a long and
-narrow passage, also built of stones and earth, and which is also partly
-below ground. The house is not large, and consists of one room. It is
-lined with skins. Wide benches around the sides, covered with skins and
-moss, serve as beds. Several families live crowded together in one
-house. One house in East Greenland, measuring twenty-seven by fifteen
-feet, contained eight families,—thirty-eight persons. The houses are so
-low that a tall man cannot stand upright in one. Until lately the only
-heating was by stone lamps. These were flat and hardly deeper than a
-plate: oil was burned in them. They were kept burning day and night, and
-above them were racks of poles on which wet clothing was dried. In the
-middle part of the Eskimo land they build the quaint round-topped huts
-made of blocks of snow, of which you have often seen pictures.
-
-[Illustration: GROUP OF GREENLAND ESKIMO (NANSEN).]
-
-The Eskimo eat the flesh of seals, whales, birds, hares, bears, dogs,
-foxes, and deer. In that cold country they like _fat_ meat. Sometimes
-meat and fish are eaten raw, but they may be boiled or fried. Fresh, raw
-blubber is much loved. The skin of whales, seals, and halibut is
-favorite food. Travellers tell astonishing stories of the quantities of
-candles and oil that Eskimo eat and drink when they are supplied to
-them. The supply of plant food is small: stalks of angelica, dandelion,
-sorrel, berries, and seaweed are used.
-
-The man’s great business is hunting. He has studied the habits of the
-bear, deer, seal, and walrus, and has learned just how to capture or
-kill them. He has invented many curious darts, harpoons, spears, bolas,
-etc. The bird spears have several points projecting in different
-directions from the shaft, so that if one misses, another may strike, or
-several birds may be impaled at once. The bolas consists of several
-pebbles attached to cords, which are knotted together at the end. These
-are set to whirling and then hurled through the air at birds to entangle
-them. The point of the harpoon separates from the shaft when an animal
-is struck; it remains in the game while the shaft floats on the water;
-the point is connected by a line to a bladder, which, floating, shows
-where the animal goes, and helps to tire him out. In hurling harpoons
-and darts the Eskimo uses a spear-throwing stick which enables him to
-send them with more force and directness than by his hand alone.
-
-[Illustration: A GREENLAND ESKIMO FISHING (NANSEN).]
-
-Much of his hunting is done from his canoe or _kayak_. This is narrow,
-sharp-pointed at both ends, and light. It consists of a slight framework
-over which skins are tightly stretched. The opening above is but large
-enough for him to get his legs and body through. When he has crept in,
-he ties a collar of skin, that surrounds the opening, about his body,
-below his arms, to prevent the water dashing into the _kayak_, and
-paddles away. His different weapons are all fastened in their proper
-places on top of the canoe, where he can seize them when wanted. The
-Eskimo are wonderful boatmen and drive their _kayaks_ over the waves
-like seabirds. If they tip over, they easily right themselves.
-
-Formerly the Greenland Eskimo made long summer trips along the coast.
-The clumsy, great, woman’s boat was brought out. The oldest man, the
-women, children, and baggage went in it. The younger men went in their
-_kayaks_. In the big boat the women rowed while the old man steered.
-They often went fifty miles a day. At good spots they landed and built a
-tent of thin skins. They loved these summer journeys as our boys love
-their camping trips.
-
-
-
-
-                                  III.
-                             WILD INDIANS.
-
-
-There are no really wild Indians left in the United States. Formerly
-there were many tribes of them, but some have disappeared, and others
-have lost their old-time spirit. To-day our Indians live idly on the
-reservations or work their little farms with fair industry. Sometimes a
-tribe, roused by new wrongs inflicted on it by the white man, takes the
-war-path; sometimes some religious idea goes from tribe to tribe
-creating great excitement, like the Ghost Dance. But such outbreaks and
-excitements are less and less common.
-
-Mr. Lummis has written of the Apache warrior and described the war led
-by Geronimo. It was a daring thing. There was but a handful of the
-Indians. “Thirty-four men, eight well-grown boys, ninety-two women and
-children”—that was all. Only forty-two who could be called fighters. On
-May 17, 1885, the little band broke forth from their reservation and
-headed for Mexico. It took the United States a year and a half of
-useless trouble and expense to pursue them. Time after time, when it
-seemed certain that the Indians were trapped, they vanished. They never
-stood for a pitched battle. But anywhere, concealed behind rocks or
-hidden in brush, they picked off the soldiers sent to capture them. The
-forces of the United States and Mexico were both kept constantly upon
-the move. When a year had passed about sixty of the Indians returned
-home. Twenty warriors, with fourteen women, kept up the battle, when
-they too went home. During the year and a half of fighting more than
-four hundred whites and Mexicans were killed; only two of the Indian
-band were destroyed. During that time Arizona and New Mexico and all the
-northern part of Mexico were kept in constant terror. These Apaches were
-truly “wild Indians.”
-
-[Illustration: VICTORIO, AN APACHE WARRIOR (LUMMIS).]
-
-The Navajo are _not_ wild Indians though they are related to the Apaches
-and were formerly bold fighters. They live near the settled Pueblos and
-have learned from them many things. They are a prosperous tribe,
-numbering fully ten thousand. They are well-to-do, having nine thousand
-cattle, one hundred and nineteen thousand horses, and one million six
-hundred thousand sheep and goats. They dress well in their own way and
-wear many ornaments.
-
-A Navajo house is a simple affair. It consists of sticks or poles
-stacked up so as to meet in a point above; they are then covered over
-with bark, weeds, or earth, a hole being left for an entrance and one at
-the top for smoke escape: an old blanket hung over the entrance hole
-serves as a door. Near this hut there is often a little shelter of
-boughs where the family spend most of their time on fine days. The
-Navajo also build sweat houses for vapor baths. These are like the
-regular hut, but have no smoke hole, and are thickly covered over with
-earth. Stones are heated in a fire outside and carried into the sweat
-house between sticks; water is dashed over them, and in the steam thus
-made the bather sits.
-
-The Navajo are good workers in silver and are all the time improving in
-their art. They make spherical beads, bracelets, and rings of several
-sorts, breast ornaments, decorations for harness and bridle, and many
-other things out of coins or other silver furnished them. The Navajo
-excel as weavers of blankets, though they use extremely simple looms.
-The yarn is home-spun from wool taken off their own flocks; they do,
-however, buy some yarn ready-made from the white man. Formerly they dyed
-their yarn with dyes taken from various plants or colored earths, but
-now they mostly use white men’s dyes. Their blankets are firm and
-closely woven and shed water finely. They are woven in bright patterns.
-All the Indians who live near the Navajo like their blankets and pay
-good prices for them. The Navajo greatly like turquoise beads, but they
-do not find turquoise on their reservation. For these beads and
-ornaments they trade their fine blankets, and silverware, and good
-ponies with the Pueblo Indians who live near the mines of this handsome
-greenstone.
-
-The Navajo are great singers and have many songs; but it is the men who
-sing and not the women. They have also many interesting stories and
-curious customs, but we cannot stop to tell about them. The Apaches and
-Navajo are but two tribes out of the hundreds of American Indian tribes.
-In another book, _American Indians_, you may read about their manners
-and customs, their songs and music, their stories and worship.
-
-
-
-
-                                  IV.
-                               MEXICANS.
-
-
-Though Mexico is our next-door neighbor, life and customs are greatly
-different there from our own. Three different peoples make up the
-population. First, are the pure-blood Spaniards, who have been born in
-the country; second, there are the _Mestizos_, mixed people, partly
-Indian, partly Spanish; third, are the pure Indians, who now form about
-five-twelfths of the whole population. From the City of Mexico northward
-the land belongs chiefly to the mestizos; from the City of Mexico
-southward Indians prevail.
-
-We will say nothing of the Spaniards nor of the wealthy mestizos, both
-of whom are like European whites generally in their life. But the poorer
-mestizos in the cities and towns and the country people generally are
-interesting. The dress of the country gentleman was brilliant. It was of
-broadcloth or soft-dressed leather, of a buff or brown color. The
-little, close-fitting jacket, cut square at the waist, was supplied with
-two lines of silver or steel buttons, and embroidered with patterns in
-gilt or silver thread. The trousers fitted almost as a glove fits the
-hands, and there was a double row of bright buttons up the sides of the
-legs and a lacing of silver cord. The shoes, which were tan or buff,
-were sharp-pointed. Unfortunately this handsome costume is not common
-nowadays. All mestizos, rich and poor, still use the _serape_, which is
-a long and narrow blanket, usually of handsome, bright colors. In
-putting it on, one corner is held with the hand at the left shoulder,
-while the blanket is passed behind the back and around the body in
-front; the free end is then thrown over the left shoulder and hangs down
-behind. It thus holds itself in place and needs no tying or pinning.
-However poor a mestizo may be, he wants a fine hat or _sombrero_.
-Mexican sombreros have high, pointed crowns, and wide brims. They are
-made of palm or wool. Those of wool are of various colors—gray, brown,
-black, sometimes red, blue, or green. They are of all prices. They are
-decorated with bands of silver or gilt tinsel, and true silver ornaments
-are made in many forms for fastening to them; a fine sombrero, well made
-and well decorated, may weigh several pounds and cost _many_ dollars.
-
-The Mexicans are highly polite in manner. This is partly the result of
-Spanish training, but is also partly due to the old Indian fondness for
-ceremony. The movements of the hands and fingers by which they greet
-each other are graceful and pretty. Friends, meeting each other, warmly
-embrace. If a boy is spoken to by a gentleman he politely removes his
-hat and holds it while he is being addressed and while he answers.
-Should a stranger ask a little Mexican his name, with his hat off the
-boy would reply, giving his name and adding, “_Servidor de usted,
-señor_”—“your servant, sir.”
-
-The houses of poor Mexicans are miserable. The walls are usually built
-of great sun-dried _adobe_ bricks; there is but one room and that is
-small. There are no windows and but one door; the roof is flat and the
-floor is of dirt or stone. Generally there is no bed and there may be no
-table, and few if any chairs or stools. There are usually some rush mats
-in the corner, which are spread out upon the floor at night for sleeping
-on. There are always a _brasero_ and a _metate_. The brasero is a little
-kettle-shaped earthenware stove, where food is cooked over a wee fire of
-charcoal. The metate is the grinding-stone, on which the woman grinds
-corn-meal.
-
-The three common foods of the Mexican poor are corn-cakes, eggs, and
-beans—_tortillas_, _huevos_, and _frijoles_. The corn after being well
-soaked is ground on the stone; the woman, taking the lump of wet dough,
-throws it back and forth from one hand to the other, turning it as she
-does so around and around. In this way she shapes a flat, thin, round
-cake which she bakes upon a round pottery griddle. The eggs are usually
-fried, so are the black beans, a great deal of lard being used. Often
-they use no knives, forks, or spoons in eating. The corn-cakes
-themselves will be used in handling the eggs and in scooping up the
-beans. After thus serving as a fork and a spoon it will itself be eaten.
-
-But rich people in Mexico have beautiful homes. The outside, on the
-street, is quite plain. The house surrounds a square court or space
-which is called a _patio_. Passing through a great doorway, one goes
-from the street into the patio. All the rooms of the house open on the
-patio, either directly or under pretty arched galleries or corridors.
-The patio itself may be planted with trees and shrubs bearing sweet
-flowers, and often there is a fountain at the centre, with goldfish in
-the basin.
-
-Cages of birds are hung around the patio, or under the corridors, and
-the little captives delight with their brilliant colors or their sweet
-songs. Every one in Mexico keeps birds as pets, and you may see, even in
-the houses of the very poor, mocking-birds, doves, parrots, or clarins
-with their clear, whistling note.
-
-Wherever there are real _roads_ in Mexico, there you may see the quaint
-old-fashioned ox-carts with wheels often made from solid blocks of wood
-cut to shape. Two oxen are generally yoked to each, but when heavy loads
-are to be dragged, four, six, or even more are used at once.
-
-[Illustration: A MEXICAN OX-CART (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-[Illustration: MEXICAN WATER-CARRIER (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-In Central Mexico water is precious, and in the cities special men make
-it a business to sell water from house to house. The water-carriers of
-different towns greatly differ in the form and size of the jars they use
-and in the mode of carrying them. In the city of Mexico, where they are
-becoming an uncommon sight, the man carries two water-jars of metal, one
-in front, one behind, hanging by straps from his shoulders and cap; in
-Guadalajara a number of round pottery water-jars are set into a sort of
-a frame mounted on a cart or barrow; in San Luis Potosi there are four
-oval jars set into a wheelbarrow with an enormous wheel; in Guanajuato
-they use great slender jars nearly as tall as the man himself, with a
-ring of wood at the bottom to hold them when they are set on the ground.
-
-In the centre of every Mexican city or town of any importance is the
-_plaza_ or public square. Sometimes this is surrounded by handsome
-buildings and laid out with care as a garden. Among orange trees laden
-with sweet blossoms and golden fruit, rose bushes, banana trees, there
-wind pleasant walks with benches in the shade, where rich or poor may
-rest. Usually at the centre of the plaza there is a band-stand where on
-certain evenings every week fine concerts are given.
-
-The plaza is the pleasure-spot and gathering-place of all. To it flock
-venders of all kinds, with cakes, candies, fruits, sugar-cane, peanuts,
-toys, etc. Some of the wares are strange, and I am sure you could not
-guess them. There goes a man with a lot of pretty colored balls like wee
-toy balloons; they are red, white, blue, yellow; they are chewing-gum!
-There is another man with a great crumpled sheet of some whitish brown
-stuff; children flock to him with their coppers, and he cuts off pieces
-which they walk away munching; it is fried pigskin!
-
-[Illustration: OTOMI INDIAN GIRLS (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-Mexicans delight in holidays, and they celebrate a great many. The 2d of
-November, the day of the dead, is a great day. For several days
-beforehand thousands of strange toys have been offered for sale. Some
-are skulls made of sugar or clay; there are skeletons of various sizes
-and materials, corpses, funeral processions, grave monuments. These are
-all called “deaths.” When the day of the dead comes children expect to
-receive these strange presents. When they rise in the morning their
-first cry is, “Papa, mamma, give me my death.” There is a great
-excitement the day before Easter. All down the streets may be seen
-figures of Judas hung up above the heads of the passers. In the big
-cities there will be hundreds of them of all sizes and shapes. They are
-made of cardboard and paper, and have fireworks inside. At a certain
-hour they are all set on fire, and burn and explode at a great rate,
-much to the delight of the boys and girls. But these are only two of
-many occasions during each year to which little Mexicans look forward
-with delight.
-
-We have spoken only of the mestizos. The Indians are also interesting.
-There are many tribes, all with their own customs, and many with their
-old languages still in use. In the State of Oaxaca alone there are
-fifteen languages still spoken. Among the many Mexican Indian tribes
-perhaps the Aztecs, Otomis, Tarascans, Zapotecs, and Mayas are the best
-known.
-
-
-
-
-                                   V.
-                        SOUTH AMERICAN PEOPLES.
-
-
-South America, like North America, was occupied by Indians at the time
-of the discovery. The tribes differed in appearance, language, and
-customs, but all were true American Indians. To be sure, some tribes
-were dark, others light; some were tall, others short; some were true
-savages, while others were almost civilized.
-
-Probably the most advanced tribes lived along the Pacific border. In
-Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chili many relics of ancient art
-and many ruins of old buildings are found. Here and there east of the
-mountains similar evidences of culture are found, but they are less
-known. Best known of all are those of Peru.
-
-The ancient Indians of Peru were industrious and hard workers. Their
-rulers, the Incas, were called “the children of the sun.” The old
-Peruvians had important towns and cities. They diligently cultivated
-their fields and irrigated them by great systems of canals. They wove
-capital cotton cloth, from which they made good clothing. Their cloth
-was often decorated with pretty inwoven designs in colored threads. They
-tamed and bred the llama, and trained it for a pack animal. They could
-not write, but kept accounts by knotted cords called _quipus_.
-Differently colored cords were used for different things, and knots of
-varying sizes stood for varying numbers. Thus an owner of llamas might
-use a white cord for males, a reddish cord for females, and a yellow
-cord for young. A simple knot might stand for _one_, and larger knots
-might mean _five_, _ten_, or _twenty_. In this way the herder might keep
-exact account of his animals.
-
-[Illustration: PERUVIAN ANTIQUITIES (RATZEL).]
-
-The old Peruvians were great potters and thousands of their old water
-vessels and food dishes, which were buried with the dead, have been dug
-up. These had curious forms and were often adorned with colored
-patterns. Some of these jars were shaped like human faces, human
-figures, or animals. Sometimes they were “whistling jars,” which were so
-made that they whistled when water was poured in or out of them. The old
-Peruvians were skilled in working copper, silver, and gold, and made
-many ornaments and figures in these metals.
-
-They disposed of their dead carefully, and many of the dried bodies, or
-“mummies” have been found in the ancient graves. The dead were folded
-into a sitting position and bound; they were then wrapped about with
-fine cloths. After the last wrapping was in place, it was painted, a
-false face was marked on the cloth or placed over the proper place, and
-imitation ear ornaments were hung at the sides of the head. Many objects
-were buried with the dead,—vessels of food and drink, and the objects
-they had used in life,—with a woman, cotton, spindle, and work-basket;
-with a man, weapons and ornaments. The old Peruvians built fine public
-buildings, and temples of stone and some ruins of such buildings still
-remain.
-
-After the discovery of America two nations chiefly gained possession of
-South America—Spain and Portugal. Portugal secured what is now Brazil;
-Spain gained almost all the rest. The Spaniard settled chiefly where the
-native tribes had already been living a quiet and settled life. In those
-districts, just as in Mexico, there was much mixture between the two
-peoples, and to-day there is a large _mestizo_ population, whose mode of
-life has been influenced by that of Spain. In Peru, Brazil, Chili, and
-the Argentine Republic we find lands which are making progress, and in
-whose beautiful cities are fine buildings, handsome parks, and artistic
-statuary. It is a great mistake to think of any of the South American
-countries as uncivilized.
-
-Still, even in countries like Peru and Chili, centres of old and
-interesting settled life, there are plenty of pure-blood Indians to-day.
-These still keep up much of their old life and customs. And when,
-instead of looking at the old culture centres, we examine the tribes
-which were truly _wild_ at the time of the conquest, we find little
-change. On the eastern slope of the Andes, in the valleys of those
-streams which unite to form the Amazon, in the dense forests which
-border that mighty river itself, are many truly savage tribes to-day—or,
-when not savage, in low barbarism. Some of these tribes use the blow-gun
-in hunting. This is a tube, eight or ten feet long, made from a cane or
-bored out of wood. It is carefully straightened and smoothed on the
-inside. The shaft of the little arrow used with this is slender and ends
-in a sharp point; a tuft of cottony material, which just fits the bore
-of the blow-gun, is wrapped about the upper end of the arrow and
-fastened. When the arrow is placed in the blow-gun, this is raised to
-the lips, and a sharp puff of air from the mouth sends the little weapon
-on its way. These arrows go a long distance and with great force; as
-they make no noise they are especially good for bird-hunting. The arrows
-not only kill by their sharpness, but by poison, which is put on their
-tips. Several of these Indian tribes know how to make deadly poisons,
-chiefly from plants.
-
-Many of these wild tribes delight in bright feathers. They make
-necklaces, head-dresses, arm-rings, bracelets, leg-bands, aprons, and
-capes from them. Not that a single tribe makes all of these many
-ornaments; some will use the feathers in one way, others in another.
-Among the tribes of Brazil, the Botocudo are famous for the ornaments
-they wear in their lips and ears. These ornaments are mere disks or
-plugs of wood, which are inserted in holes pierced in the ears and lower
-lip. Some Botocudo lip plugs are three inches in diameter. Such a lip
-ornament holds the lip out almost like a shelf.
-
-[Illustration: BOTOCUDO INDIAN WITH LIP PLUG (TYLOR).]
-
-In eastern Ecuador and on the eastern slope of the Andes, near the
-Amazonian headwaters, are several tribes who cut off the heads of slain
-enemies as trophies. Best known of these tribes are the Mundurucus and
-Jivaros. The Mundurucus, after cutting off the heads, paint the faces,
-comb the hair, add feather ornaments, and then so dry the head that it
-retains its natural size and form. The heads that are kept by the
-Jivaros are even more curious. After they have been cut off the bones of
-the skull are removed piecemeal from below. The heads are then shrunken
-by means of astringent fluids, smoke, and pressure, until they are no
-larger than the fist. The features retain their form, but everything is
-reduced in size. It is hard to believe, when seeing one of these, that
-it could ever have been a full-sized human head. Believing that the
-spirit of the dead man will curse them and thus harm them, the Jivaros
-sew the lips of the trophy together with cords.
-
-In Guiana some of the Indians make beautiful baskets of split cane. The
-splints are sometimes stained black or brown, and thus pretty patterns
-are woven in color. These patterns look like simple geometrical
-designs—diamonds, meanders, etc.—but often they are really pictures of
-snakes, monkeys, or human beings. These tribes use _cassava_ for making
-bread. The roots or tubers, when first dug, are poisonous and unfit for
-food. These are first grated on a board set with sharp bits of stone.
-The shredded or grated pulp is then packed into a great tube of
-basketwork closed at the bottom. This is hung to a beam and a pole is
-passed through a loop at the lower end. By turning this pole the basket
-tube is twisted, and the cassava pulp is squeezed so tightly that the
-poisonous sap runs out, leaving the wholesome flour.
-
-
-
-
-                                  VI.
-                  THE PEOPLES OF EUROPE: FAIR WHITES.
-
-
-Europe is the continent of white peoples. While there are white peoples
-in other continents, they are there as invaders. But even among the
-whites of Europe itself there are differences. Most of the Northern
-peoples, like the Swedes, Dutch, Russians, Germans, are light peoples,
-with delicate skin, light hair, blue eyes, and rather long heads. They
-are mostly tall in stature. The Southern peoples are dark—Spaniards,
-Portuguese, Italians, Greeks, are all brunettes. They are shorter, more
-slender, with dark skin, dark eyes, and black hair. In the region
-between these two types of European whites there are peoples of medium
-stature, rather stout, somewhat dark, with broad, round heads. Mr.
-Ripley names these three kinds of Europeans—Teutonic, Mediterranean, and
-Alpine peoples. We will speak simply of light whites and dark whites.
-All the Europeans we have named speak languages that are much alike,
-belonging to a group of languages to which the name Aryan is given.
-There are, however, some peoples of Europe who do _not_ speak Aryan
-languages. Such are the Basques, Finns, Lapps, and Turks.
-
-All the fair whites are so like ourselves that it will hardly do to call
-them _Strange Peoples_. Yet we would find many curious things even in
-those who are most like ourselves, as the Hollanders. You know something
-about little Holland? It is a low, flat country, and much of it was
-formerly under the sea. The industrious Hollanders have built great
-dikes or walls to keep the sea back, and, by pumping out the water,
-reclaimed the land. A rich and fertile land it is, intersected by a
-network of little canals. Everywhere you go in Holland you see
-windmills. Because the country _is_ so low and flat, there are no rapid
-streams to furnish water-power for mills, so they must use the wind. At
-some places, like Zaandam, hundreds may be seen at once. With us
-windmills are simply for pumping water, but in Holland they do many
-kinds of work. Some are flouring mills, others are sawmills for cutting
-timber, others run oil presses, etc.
-
-[Illustration: FISH-GIRL OF SCHEVENINGEN, HOLLAND (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-The fishing towns of Holland are interesting. Every traveller wants to
-see Vollendam and Scheveningen and the hamlets on the Island of Marken.
-The men and women in these towns are kind-hearted, simple people, who
-are proud of their own village and think their own dress finer than that
-of other towns. Each of these fishing villages has its characteristic
-costume. The men of the Island of Marken wear a close-fitting jacket
-which ends at the waist and great, baggy, knee pants. Marken women wear
-round, white caps, fitting the head closely, with an open-work border,
-and a bright waist, with striped sleeves, over the front of which is a
-square of handsomely embroidered cloth. Little girls all through Holland
-dress exactly like women. But for her child face you would take the
-little girl from Scheveningen to be a grown person. She wears a dainty
-white cap pinned on with two great round-headed pins. Her ample dress
-quite reaches the ground; her white apron is neatly tied, and her purple
-shawl, tightly wrapped about her shoulders, is demurely crossed, and the
-ends are tucked under her apron strings. She wears the common wooden
-shoes of the country. A crowd of boys running in such shoes over the
-hard paved roads makes a great clattering. On Sunday the wooden shoes of
-men and boys are usually fresh whitened; if their owners enter a house,
-they leave the shoes outside the door. I am sure you cannot guess what
-little Dutch boys do with old wooden shoes. They make capital little
-fishing boats out of them, which they sail on the canal. The real big
-fishing boats are really shaped very much like shoes too.
-
-[Illustration: BOATS MADE FROM SHOES, HOLLAND (HAITÉ).]
-
-Edam cheese is one of Holland’s famous products. The people are
-wonderfully careful in making it. They take great care of the cows; when
-the weather is wet or the flies troublesome, they put blankets over them
-to protect them. The stables where they keep them are as clean as soap
-and water will make them; the stalls are made of handsomely planed wood,
-and there is a window at each one to let in light and to give the cows a
-chance to look out on the green meadows. The cheeses are made of cream
-and are pressed in clean, white, earthenware moulds, into the shape and
-size of cannon balls. They are then colored and sent to market. The
-greatest cheese market of Holland is at Alkmaar. Scores of boatfuls are
-there unloaded every market day. The market is at the water’s edge. The
-cheeses are colored orange or red, and are oiled and wiped till they
-shine. They are stacked in piles like cannon balls.
-
-Among famous Dutch towns is Delft, where they make a beautiful white
-porcelain with blue designs, which is a favorite everywhere: then there
-is Schiedam, where they make “Schnapps,” or gin, which is as famous
-probably as the Delft ware, but not so praiseworthy; then there is
-Haarlem, famous for its flower gardens, its tulips and begonias; at
-Leiden there is a noble old university and a museum where one may see
-objects made and used by all the Strange Peoples we shall study and many
-more. Holland has had many great artists, and their works are preserved
-in the art galleries at Rotterdam, Leiden, The Hague, Haarlem, and
-Amsterdam. Holland was once the great commercial and naval nation of the
-world: that day is past, but her ships still sail all seas; the little
-kingdom is still a centre of intelligence, industry, and education, and
-the thrifty and wealthy Dutch are a worthy example of the Fair Whites.
-
-
-
-
-                                  VII.
-                              DARK WHITES.
-
-
-Among the dark whites of Europe the Portuguese, Spanish, Italians, and
-Greeks are conspicuous. In speech they are kin to each other, and to the
-fair whites. How different they are otherwise! They are handsomer in
-face, more lithe and graceful in body, more quickly aroused, more
-changeable in purpose, than the fair whites. Their faces, their
-gestures, their movements, more emphatically betray their emotions. They
-live more in the present than the somewhat sober and sombre northern
-peoples.
-
-Just now people are apt to forget how much _we_ owe to the dark whites.
-They have done _much_ for the world. Greece taught Europe to think,
-developed an art and architecture which impressed the world, formed a
-literature and theatre that have never been surpassed; Rome taught
-mankind government and law; Italy has produced the greatest paintings;
-Spain discovered the New World. These are a few of the achievements of
-the dark whites. Nor are they idle now; in Greece and Italy to-day, in
-Spain and Portugal, art, invention, literature, and science are making
-rapid progress.
-
-[Illustration: ITALIAN CHILD (MILN).]
-
-Every one has seen Italians. Those who come to us are mostly poor, and
-badly represent their people. They are dark skinned, dark brown or black
-eyed, black and curly haired, and have fine and regular features. They
-are, perhaps, the handsomest of European peoples. They love the company
-of others in their work and play. They delight in bright colors, and the
-women fasten bright kerchiefs about their dark hair, fold a brilliant
-cloth across the breast, and hang gaudy earrings in their ears. The
-Italian language is sweet and lively, and the people who speak it are
-impulsive and sunny in disposition, though easily angered, and quick to
-resent an injury.
-
-Perhaps old Rome was the greatest city the world has known. The Roman
-people ruled the known nations, and their armies and governors were in
-all lands. Fine roads connected the city with every part of the Empire,
-and fragments of these roads still exist though almost two thousand
-years have passed. Rome was a centre to which flocked the painters,
-sculptors, poets, and orators of the world; there they produced their
-great works. At Rome were grand temples, great public buildings, the
-mighty Coliseum where public games were held. Ruins of these famous
-structures are still visited, and show the ancient grandeur of the dark
-whites of by-gone days.
-
-Not far from Rome are ruins of Pompeii and Herculaneum, towns where many
-of the Romans had their country homes. In the year 79, more than
-eighteen hundred years ago, Vesuvius burst forth in a terrible eruption
-and destroyed the two cities. Pompeii was buried under a sheet of
-“ashes,” while Herculaneum was overflowed by streams of lava. For
-centuries no one knew that underneath these layers of “ashes” and lava a
-great part of the two cities lay undestroyed. Recently, by digging away
-the covering, they have discovered many curious and interesting things.
-House walls, paintings, tools, weapons, ornaments, all remain to tell us
-how the ancient Romans worked and lived.
-
-But later Rome was also great. It was the central city of Christendom,
-the seat of the Pope’s power, the location of the Vatican. For this
-reason it was the place where master minds dealt with great problems,
-where great architects designed wonderful cathedrals, where painters
-produced the famous pictures of the world. Nor is Rome small to-day. She
-is no longer the mistress of the world; the temporal power of the church
-has been lessened; but modern Rome is still the capital of a great
-nation, a centre of enlightenment, a hive of industry; a shrine to which
-the lovers of art and beauty make their pilgrimage.
-
-Even the poorest and meanest in Italy love music, painting, and
-statuary. Everywhere in public places one sees sculptures in fine
-marble. Such works in our own land would run some risk of injury or
-destruction, but in Italy no one thinks of harming them. The Italians
-all love music, and most of them know how to play some instrument.
-
-Italian mosaics and cameos are famous. At Florence particularly the
-making of mosaics is important. Mosaics are pictures made by fitting
-together wee bits of stones, enamels, or glasses of bright colors. A
-pair of cuff buttons or a brooch may bear a spray of flowers, which
-looks like delicate painting, but is really made by the fitting together
-of these bits of stone. Cameos are cut from shell or onyx. Many sea
-shells are composed of layers of different colors of shelly matter. Onyx
-is a stone which is layered with different colors. A cameo is a piece of
-carving cut in such materials so that the different colored layers give
-different parts of the design. The work is beautiful and delicate.
-Perhaps the finest cameo cutting is done at Naples.
-
-The Italian enjoys games. Several kinds of ball games are favorites with
-him. He delights in throwing dice and other games of chance. Boys are
-fond of _morra_. There are two players: at a given signal each extends
-one hand with a certain number of fingers stretched out; at the same
-moment each calls how many fingers he thinks both will have out. If
-either guesses right, he wins. This is a very old game, and was played
-in the time of Rome’s imperial grandeur.
-
-The gayest time of the year for young and old is the Carnival. Every one
-is on the streets. They wear masks and are hideously dressed—like
-clowns, deformed and distorted beings, devils, animals. They make a
-great din and play all kinds of pranks. They throw flowers and paper cut
-to bits on one another and sprinkle passers-by with water. Men, women,
-and children all take part in this wild fun. The more ignorant Italians
-are superstitious. They fear witchcraft and the evil eye, and most of
-the lower class carry some lucky stone or other object to protect them
-against such dangers.
-
-
-
-
-                                 VIII.
-                                BASQUES.
-
-
-On both sides of the Pyrenees Mountains, in France and in Spain, there
-dwells a people which does not speak an Aryan language, the Basques.
-Many writers who have studied the Basque language have wondered how it
-came to exist alone in the midst of so many languages that have no
-relation to it.
-
-The people who speak this language are called French Basques or Spanish
-Basques according to which side of the Pyrenees is their home. They
-differ somewhat. The Spanish Basques are usually short,
-clear-complexioned, with rather long and narrow heads and brown or black
-hair. The French Basques are frequently quite tall, have much broader
-heads, and sometimes light hair. Neither French nor Spanish Basques are
-pure in blood, being much mixed with their neighbors. Still, it is said
-that a Basque can generally be known by his face. The upper, forward
-part of his head is wide and bulging, while his face is long, narrow,
-and ends in a pointed chin.
-
-The Basques are famous for their good health, their fine forms, and
-their quick and graceful movements. They are industrious, hard workers.
-In the uplands the men are shepherds, in the lowlands farmers and
-herders, and on the coast fishermen and sailors. In the cities they work
-at the docks, loading and unloading vessels. Women work at this hard
-work just the same as men. Formerly the men engaged much in piracy.
-Basque women are much employed as nurses in Spanish families.
-
-They are a gay and happy people. Men play tennis, and women play
-skittles. Formerly they had many dances; one only of these is still
-kept. It is danced by men only, and though the steps are difficult, the
-dance is slow and grave. They delight in poetry and are able to compose
-rapidly. Verneau says: “One may say that in the land of the Basques
-every mountaineer is born a poet, but the poetry is made up on the spur
-of the moment. In the midst of the delights of a feast, some one at the
-table rises. All noise ceases. Complete silence is made about him. He
-sings; the stanzas follow one another without effort and without
-fatigue. His song is grave and measured; both the air and words are made
-at the moment.”
-
-The Basques, especially those living in the mountains, are proud, happy,
-and independent. They are easily angered and quick to fight. They love
-their old life and customs and dislike changes. They still use many
-old-fashioned things such as the clumsy ox-cart, with great, solid
-wooden wheels and heavy wooden axle. The old dress has disappeared in
-many places, but is picturesque. Men wear rather loose and baggy
-trousers, a close-fitting vest, a sort of blouse or jacket that reaches
-only to the waist, a wide, white collar turned down over the neck of the
-blouse, and a loose necktie with streaming ends. They wear a loose cap
-jauntily on the head. Men and women both delight in bright colors.
-
-Their food is simple, but they are always ready to share it with guests.
-Strangers are welcome to the best the family has, which is generally
-corn bread and cider, with bean soup and boiled cabbage. They celebrate
-Christmas by killing a pig, the flesh of which gives the family a feast
-for a long time.
-
-[Illustration: BASQUE CART (VERNEAU).]
-
-They are proud of their strange and difficult language, which _they_
-call _Euskaric_. They call themselves _Euskaldanac_, which means “the
-speakers,” just as if other people using a different speech did not know
-how to speak at all.
-
-The Basques have produced some famous men. The great sailor Magellan,
-who circumnavigated the globe and discovered the Philippines in 1535,
-was a Basque. So were Ignacio de Loyola and Francis Xavier, who founded
-the _Society of Jesus_ or the _Jesuits_. Within recent years many of the
-Basques have left their old home and gone to seek fortunes in new lands.
-In all more than two hundred thousand have migrated, some to Havana and
-Mexico, but many more to Montevideo and Buenos Ayres.
-
-
-
-
-                                  IX.
-                                 FINNS.
-
-
-Finland, forming part of the Russian Empire, is bordered on the south
-and west by the Baltic Sea (Gulfs of Finland and Bothnia) and stretches
-as a narrow band almost north and south. There has been much discussion
-as to just what and who the Finns are. Some writers think them true
-white Europeans related to the long-headed, fair whites; others believe
-them Mongolians who have moved from Asia into Europe, where they have
-changed their color and appearance—partly by marrying with fair whites
-and partly by the influence of climate and other conditions—but who
-retain their old Asiatic language.
-
-Whichever is right, the Finns are an interesting people. There are about
-one million and a half of pure blood dwelling in Finland. There are two
-quite unlike types,—the Tavastland and Karelian Finns. The Tavastland
-Finns are rather tall and large built, with a large and broad head, a
-long and large face, light skin, light hair, and large and light eyes.
-They are rather quiet, a little morose though kindly, and have a great
-love for their old life and customs. The Karelian Finns are darker, with
-dark brown or black hair and dark eyes. They were quite tall, but less
-strongly built than the Tavastland Finns; they have a longer head and
-smaller head and face; they are more lively, gay, and enterprising. It
-is the Karelians who more nearly resemble the Finns of Asia, Ostiaks,
-and Samoyeds. Both kinds of Finns, though differing in appearance, speak
-one language, which is not Aryan, and is related to the languages of
-Northern Asia. The Lapps, Turks, and some other peoples of Southeastern
-Europe speak tongues related to the Finnish.
-
-In the cities and towns of Finland the people are much like their
-Swedish, German, and Russian neighbors. But in the small towns and
-villages and in the country they retain many old and curious customs.
-There they live in old-fashioned houses or even older-fashioned tents.
-The houses, built of logs, had low, broad, two-pitched roofs and
-consisted of a single room; there was one door and some small windows.
-Only recently have they used glass in the windows. The furniture is
-simple. Clothing and other articles are hung on pegs against the wall or
-over poles which are supported by hooks from the roof. Big, ring-shaped
-loaves of rye bread are hung up on these poles also. Outside the house
-are several small buildings used as store-rooms for treasures and the
-sweat-bath house.
-
-The old tents are now rarely seen. They were circular, and their
-framework was made by setting poles in the ground so that their upper
-ends met; branches were worked in to fill the spaces between these and
-form walls, and moss and turf were tightly packed in to fill all
-openings. A doorway was left and a smoke hole.
-
-The sweat-bath house is found everywhere. It is large enough to
-accommodate a good many bathers at once. Two sets of wide benches run
-around the inside of the house, one higher than the other: these are for
-the bathers to sit or lie upon. They reach the higher benches or
-platforms by means of a short ladder. In one corner of this sweat-house
-is a dome-shaped oven or fireplace built of stones. This is heated very
-hot, and then dippers of water are thrown upon the hot stones, until the
-steam fills the whole building. The bathers bask in the vapor, rub and
-strike themselves with bunches of birch twigs, and then dash cold water
-over themselves. They delight in these vapor baths, and every one—men,
-women, and children—takes them. _We_ would not enjoy it much, for there
-is much smoke mixed with the steam. Similar vapor baths are used in
-Russia, and recently “Russian baths” have come much into use among
-ourselves.
-
-Like many other northern peoples the Finns make many articles from birch
-bark. Boxes, vessels, carrying sacks, and even shoes are made from it.
-The climate of Finland is rather bad; winters are long and severe. The
-people raise some plants, but their agriculture is simple and
-old-fashioned. They burn over the space to be planted, work the ashes
-and soil with crude tools, and plant the seed. Their crops sometimes
-fail and terrible famines result. At such times they have made bread
-from bark and roots crushed between rude grinding stones. Such bread is
-called _famine bread_.
-
-[Illustration: FINNS SINGING (VERNEAU).]
-
-The Finns love song and poetry. It is said that every village has one
-poet, or more, and that he prepares a new song whenever aught of
-importance occurs. Besides these new songs they have many ancient songs,
-of which they never tire. When they sing the songs of the olden time,
-two men seat themselves face to face upon a bench, join hands, and rock
-backward and forward in time to the song. First one sings a line or
-passage, and then the other repeats the same, and so they continue,
-rocking back and forth and singing the whole night through. Sometimes a
-third man plays upon the _kantele_, while the others sing. This kantele
-is somewhat like a zither; it has a flat sounding-body upon which are
-strung from three to eight strings of different lengths. It is usually
-picked with the fingers like a guitar. It is said that the first kantele
-was made of fish-bones, though it is not easy to see how that could be.
-
-Until less than a hundred years ago, although these old songs were much
-loved, no one had written them down. They were learned by heart from
-father to son, and thus kept alive through the centuries. A man named
-Lönnrot became interested in them and copied many of them from the
-mouths of the singers. In 1825 he printed a book of them, and later he
-gathered and published still more. To this book of songs he gave the
-name of the _Kalevala_. It is one of the great poems of the world, and
-it tells of the life and doings and beliefs of the Finns of the old, old
-time. The style of the _Kalevala_ is lively and quite unlike most
-English poetry. In _Hiawatha_, Longfellow copies this style; so when you
-read _Hiawatha_ again, remember that it is like the old Finnish songs.
-
-The Finns are very fond of the _Kalevala_ and their other ancient songs.
-They are jealous, too, of their old customs, and dislike to see them
-pass away. They have some societies the purpose of which is to keep
-alive a knowledge of the past of Finland. But though the Finns love
-Finland and its old life, they are not to-day an independent nation.
-They were invaded long ago by Sweden, and later on by Russia. For a time
-Finland was a half-independent kingdom under Russian control, but lately
-its power has been again reduced, and it is part of Russia itself.
-
-What we have said of the Finns is true of the country people. In the
-cities things are much the same as in other European cities. In
-Helsingfors we should find one of the great universities of Europe, and
-many educated and distinguished men Finns by birth and language.
-
-
-
-
-                                   X.
-                                 LAPPS.
-
-
-In the northmost part of the Scandinavian Peninsula and Finland live the
-Lapps. There are probably not more than ten or twelve thousand, all
-told. They have had much contact with the Finns, and speak a language
-related to Finnish. In many customs they resemble them. This is not
-strange, as the land they live in is much the same.
-
-[Illustration: A GROUP OF LAPPS (VERNEAU).]
-
-But while all Finns are tall, the Lapps are short. Most of the men fall
-below five feet. Little and thin, they are yet strong and quick in their
-movements. Their skin is dark, their hair black and straight. Their
-heads are big and broad, and they have good foreheads and projecting
-cheek bones. Their eyes often seem to slant downward at their outer
-corners. While they are really dark skinned, they are not nearly so much
-so as they appear, for they are usually filthy. When their faces are
-washed, some of the women have quite fair skin and rosy cheeks. Life is
-hard among the Lapps, but they often live to be old—sometimes even to
-one hundred years or more.
-
-Those Lapps who live farthest away from the Finns, Russians, and Swedes
-still wear the old style of dress. In winter their garments are made of
-reindeer hide: the hair, which is left on, is worn next the body. Both
-men and women wear big mittens of skin. They have caps on their heads,
-and fishermen and herders may be distinguished by the style of these.
-Fishermen’s caps are pointed, while those of herders are square. In
-going out over the snow in winter, Lapps have long, narrow runners of
-wood fastened to their feet, and carry a pole in their hand. These
-runners are five feet or more in length, and only a few inches wide, and
-on them—aided by their poles—the Lapps glide along finely over the hard
-snow.
-
-Some Lapps are constantly wandering. Others settle down in quite
-permanent homes. The wanderers build tents similar in shape to those of
-our Sioux Indians and of the Finns. A lot of poles are set up in a
-circle with their upper ends meeting. This framework is covered with a
-cloth or with turfs. The settled Lapps live in houses, the framework of
-which consists of posts set upright and poles lashed across. Small
-storehouses for food are built near by, and these are set up on four
-posts to keep the contents out of reach of dogs and other animals.
-
-When they greet each other, the Lapps rub noses together. This mode of
-kissing is found also among other northern peoples, like the Samoyeds in
-Asia and the Eskimos in America. Mothers cradle their babies in a sort
-of trough hollowed out of a piece of wood. This they carry on their
-backs when they journey, and hang on a tree or set into a snowbank when
-they work.
-
-Of course every one thinks of reindeer when Laplanders are mentioned.
-And it is not strange, because reindeer are useful indeed to these
-little people. They furnish three useful things,—milk, meat, and skins.
-The reindeer are kept in herds and form almost the only wealth of their
-owners. Some herds number perhaps a thousand reindeer. These herds must
-be constantly watched. Men, women, and children all help in the work,
-and the many dogs kept by the Lapps are chiefly helpful in guarding the
-herds. The women do the milking, and each of the reindeer cows is milked
-twice a day. They give little milk, hardly more than a cupful at a
-milking, but it is rich and thick and can be thinned with a good deal of
-water. Some of the milk is drunk fresh, and from the rest the women make
-a kind of cheese. When they wish to milk a reindeer, they approach the
-animal carefully, throw a lasso over its head and wind this around the
-snout so as to hold the animal quiet. The reindeer are also much used to
-carry burdens and to drag sledges.
-
-[Illustration: LAPLANDER ON SNOW-RUNNERS (VERNEAU).]
-
-Besides the flesh and milk of the reindeer the Laplanders eat its blood,
-which is boiled down into a sort of pudding. The meat which is not eaten
-fresh is dried and stored away. Fish are dried and smoked. Birds and
-their eggs are much eaten. Bread, much like the “famine bread” of the
-Finns, is made from roots and barks. Soup is made of pine bark mixed
-with fat and flour or meal.
-
-The Laplanders who live in settled houses depend upon hunting during the
-fall and fishing during the summer. They hunt reindeer, squirrels, and
-birds. Wild reindeer they take chiefly by pitfalls: they dig a hole, or
-trench, in the path over which the reindeer is likely to pass, and
-carefully cover it with branches, earth, and grass. When the animals
-have fallen in, they are easily killed. Lapps are fond of the eggs of
-water birds, and to secure them they build nests for the birds in trees
-near the water, and then rob them after the eggs have been laid.
-
-The Laplanders are great believers in spirits. To summon these they use
-drums or tambourines, consisting of a ring of wood over which a membrane
-is tightly stretched. This has jingling objects fastened to it which
-make a noise when the instrument is beaten or rattled. Upon the membrane
-are rudely painted, curious figures, usually in red. Thus the sun,
-animals, and human beings are pictured, and are believed to help the
-drummer. The Lapps greatly fear their god of storms. He is believed to
-drive the storms forth from his cave with a club and to bring them back
-with a shovel. They fear him most at the season when the young reindeer
-are born, and then pray to him not to let loose the storms, lest the
-little creatures perish. Through their sorcerers they secure from this
-god, storm strings with three knots tied in them. Each of these knots
-represents a storm. If one knot is untied, a little storm is let loose;
-if two are untied, a greater one; if three, there is a fearful tempest.
-These strings are used against enemies or those who have tried to do
-them harm. The neighbors of the little Lapps think these can do them
-much harm with their wind strings and other magic, and they dread and
-hate them.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XI.
-                                 TURKS.
-
-
-With the Turks we pass from the peoples of Europe to those of Asia, for
-the European Osmanli Turks are only the most settled branch of a large
-group of peoples, most of whom lead wandering lives and live in Central
-and Northern Asia. All speak almost the same language. Formerly there
-was a great Turkish Empire, which stretched from the borders of China to
-the Caspian Sea. The present peoples of the Turkic group live within
-this area and in European Turkey. Among the most important of these
-peoples are the Yakuts, Turkomans, Uzbegs, Nogais, Cossacks, and
-Osmanli,—the latter being the Turks of European Turkey.
-
-We shall speak only of the Yakuts, Turkomans, and Osmanli. The Yakuts
-occupy an area along both banks of the Lena River and extending west
-from it. They are wanderers and raise herds of cattle and horses. They
-live chiefly on the produce of their herds, eating horse flesh
-especially, and making much cheese. Like many of their neighbors they
-are fond of _koumyss_, a drink prepared by fermenting mare’s milk. Those
-living farthest north, near the delta of the Lena River, also hunt small
-animals for food. These wandering herders, living in tents, are not
-quarrelsome; they respect age, and the old men control affairs and
-determine the time for moving camp. Women are well treated by their
-husbands, but one man may have several wives. In such cases, the wives
-live each in a separate tent, and these tents are placed about the tent
-of the husband. Men pay the father of their wives, for these, with
-cattle and horses. When a man among the Yakuts dies, they dress him in
-his best clothing and place in the grave with him his knife, a flint and
-steel, some tinder, and a little food. The burial is always under a
-tree, and two graves are dug. In one the man is buried with his head
-turned toward the west. The man’s favorite horse is brought in his
-finest harness and loaded with presents: a fat mare is also brought.
-These are both killed and buried in the second grave that they may
-accompany their master.
-
-[Illustration: CARAVAN PREPARING TO START: ASIATIC TURKS (VERNEAU).]
-
-The Turkomans, who live in Southern Turkestan and adjoining regions, are
-probably more like the ancient Turks in appearance, than any of the
-other Turkic tribes of the present. They are somewhat tall, with a
-broad, rounded head, broad face, prominent cheek bones, little slant
-eyes, a low nose, rather thick lips, and projecting ears. Their skin is
-yellowish, their hair is coarse and black, and they have little beard.
-They delight in bright clothing, and the women wear much jewelry. It is
-said that they wear so many jingling ornaments, that a party of passing
-women make a noise almost like the tinkling of bells. The Turkomans live
-in large, round, wall tents: the light framework of poles is covered
-with great pieces of felt. This felt is beaten by the women from sheep’s
-wool and camel’s hair. They are comfortable within. The floor is often
-covered with fine rugs or skins, and handsome woven stuffs are hung upon
-the wall or thrown over the sitting places. These fine articles are
-partly woven by the women and partly stolen from passing caravans—for
-the Turkomans are dreadful pillagers. Until very lately they were also
-slave-hunters and stole many Persian women to sell as slaves. The
-Russian government has almost put an end to this trade. The Turkomans
-raise horses, sheep, and camels. They eat the flesh of these animals and
-drink their fresh milk. Unlike the Yakuts, they do not care for koumyss.
-When an important man among the Turkomans dies, they raise a heap of
-stones over his grave. If he was a very pious man, they pay great
-respect to his grave and consider it a holy spot. A man who is ill or in
-trouble may visit this grave to pray there; if he has an animal that
-suffers from some disease, he leads it around the grave to cure it. Such
-ideas about a pious man’s grave prevail in all Mohammedan countries. All
-the peoples of the Turkic group are Mussulmans, though you would never
-think it from the way in which Yakut and Turkoman women go about
-unveiled.
-
-The Osmanli are the true Turks of Europe. Probably you would expect to
-see only Turks in Turkey. That would be a great error, for really only
-about one-tenth the population of Turkey is made up of Turks. There are
-many Armenians and Bulgarians, besides Greeks and others. The Osmanli
-Turks do not look like Mongolians, but their language and real blood
-relationship are with the yellow Asians, rather than with the white
-Europeans. It is not strange, however, that they present so mixed a
-type; Turks have long married with white slaves, and there is much
-Caucasian blood—both European and Asian—in their veins.
-
-Constantinople is one of the most beautiful cities of the globe, and is
-probably the most important Mohammedan city. The _mosques_, or places of
-worship, are everywhere and recognizable by their pretty minarets.
-Friday and not Sunday is the day of service. Daily prayers are required,
-and the hours for prayer are called by the _muezzim_. When the call is
-heard, no matter what he may be doing, a good Mohammedan stops his
-occupation, spreads his prayer cloth, faces the sacred city of Mecca,
-and goes through his prayers.
-
-The Turk is _not_ industrious and lacks energy; he enjoys ease and
-amusement. Perhaps a part of this is due to his being a fatalist; he
-believes that what will happen, _must_ happen; that he cannot in any way
-change the course of events. So _why_ should he hurry and worry? He _is_
-fond of trading, but even there is not in haste. In the bazaars the
-seller and buyer haggle a long time over the prices. The one never asks
-the price he expects to get, but one much larger; the other never
-expects to pay the price first asked, but one much lower. Mohammedans
-who can afford to keep them may marry four wives; they often own many
-female slaves beside. These wives and slaves live in a special part of
-the house called the harem, where no visitors except women enter. When
-Turkish women go upon the street they are closely veiled, and none of
-their face except the eyes can be seen. Mohammedanism permits polygamy,
-but it forbids wine-drinking. While not all Turks obey this command,
-they are usually temperate, and drunkenness is rare.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XII.
-                          THE PEOPLES OF ASIA.
-
-
-There has been much question as to _where_ man first lived. Some believe
-that the first men were white and lived in Europe and North Africa;
-others think the negroes of Africa are the oldest men; a few have argued
-that the American Indian was the original race; most, however, have
-thought that Asia was man’s first home. Whether this is so or not, Asia
-to-day contains a swarming population composed of many peoples,
-differing much in appearance, dress, life, and customs.
-
-The Asian peoples belong chiefly to the Mongolic or yellow race. It is a
-well-marked type. Medium stature, broad and round head, flat face, with
-nose rather low, broad and high cheek bones, hair coarse and straight
-and jet black, skin yellowish, dark eyes apparently set slantwise in the
-face, are its characters. The yellow race includes the Chinese,
-Japanese, Coreans, the peoples of Indo-China, and most of the wandering
-tribes of Siberia. There are probably more of this race than of any
-other on the globe; next to them in numbers is the white race; then the
-negroes; then the island peoples; last and least, the American Indians.
-
-Asia may justly be called the continent of yellow peoples. But it would
-be a mistake to think that no other peoples but Mongolic peoples live
-there. In almost every part of the great continent are peoples of white
-or Caucasic types. Thus, in the far northeast of Asia we have the
-curious Ghilyaks; in Japan, the Ainu; in China, various mountain tribes;
-in Southeastern Asia, similar peoples; in India, the Todas. All these
-tribes are white, bearded, with hairy bodies, rather long heads, and
-straight eyes. These tribes are small in numbers, rather quiet and
-timid, with little energy, and quite unlike European whites. They
-usually live in mountainous, out-of-the-way places, and it almost seems
-as if they are the scattered fragments of an ancient, white population,
-who occupied much of Asia before the yellow race was important, and who
-have been crowded back and almost destroyed by it.
-
-In India, Persia, and other parts of Western Asia, are many white
-peoples who are like true European whites in their Aryan languages and
-in their forms and features. In Western Asia there are, and long have
-been, many dark white populations who are vigorous and active, with
-features much more European than Mongolian. These dark whites speak
-languages related to each other, but not Aryan. To these peoples,
-including the old Hebrews, and the modern Arabs, and many other ancient
-and modern peoples, the name Semites is applied. So you see that in Asia
-there are not only the yellow, Mongolian peoples, but three different
-kinds of whites,—the ancient feeble race, the Aryans, and the Semites.
-
-Nowhere do we find more interesting ruins telling of past grandeur than
-in Asia. We think of Rome as old; of Greece as older; but in Mesopotamia
-are ruins far older than those of Greece and Rome. There are the ruins
-of Nineveh and Babylon, so often mentioned in the Bible. Both are old,
-but lately explorers have found yet older ruins dating back six or seven
-thousand years. And these are not ruins of small and unimportant places,
-but of grand cities, whose people were already civilized, with fixed
-laws, curious religions, and many arts and industries. Nowhere in the
-world have ruins of older cities been found, and it is believed that the
-people who built them were yellow Mongolians.
-
-In Asia most of the great religions were born. The oldest religious
-systems of which we know were those of Mesopotamia. In India Buddhism
-began. Buddha was a teacher who felt that the old religion of India,
-Brahmanism, was wrong. So he taught a new religion. There are more
-believers in Buddhism to-day than in any other religion. It is the chief
-religion of China, Japan, Tibet, Southeastern Asia, and Ceylon; but in
-India itself, where Buddha lived and taught, the people are _not_
-Buddhists. In China there arose a great teacher, Confucius. He taught no
-religion, but to-day there are Confucian temples all through China.
-Judaism, the worship of Jehovah by the Jews, began in Asia. There, too,
-in Judæa also, Christianity was born. Christ dwelt and taught there, and
-there the first Christian churches were founded. But just as Buddha’s
-land is not Buddhist, so Palestine to-day is not Christian. It is a part
-of the Mohammedan world. Mohammedanism, too, is Asiatic, beginning in
-Arabia almost thirteen hundred years ago. Perhaps the original home of
-man, Asia has certainly been the first seat of civilization, and the
-cradle of religions.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XIII.
-                                CHINESE.
-
-
-Perhaps four hundred and twenty million people dwell in the Chinese
-Empire and are called Chinese. They are not, however, all _true_
-Chinese. When the Chinese (or their ancestors) moved eastward into what
-is now China, four thousand or more years ago, they found many different
-tribes living there. Some of these were driven forth to seek new homes;
-many remained and have mixed and mingled with the Chinese.
-
-So many Chinese now live in our country that you all know how they look
-and dress. The Chinese in America are mostly from the poorest and
-meanest class, and most of them come from Canton. Most of those here are
-laundrymen, but in some of our larger cities there are merchants and
-restaurant keepers, and in California hundreds of them are gardeners.
-They quickly learn our ways of doing, and many are employed in
-cigar-making, shirt-making, and railroad-building. They work hard and
-save their money, as they want sometime to go home to their own country.
-Chinamen who die here are buried only for a little time: later the bones
-are gathered and sent home to be buried in China.
-
-The Chinese who come here are short or of medium stature. In the
-interior and north of China they are taller. They have yellow skin,
-black straight hair, and black eyes. Their eyes appear to slant or be
-set crookedly, the inner corners being lower than the outer; they are
-really almost as straight as our own, and the appearance is due to a
-fold of skin at the inner corner. The long queue that hangs down the
-Chinaman’s back is not composed entirely of hair; it is pieced out below
-with cord or strings braided in. This style of wearing the hair is _not_
-truly Chinese. Formerly the Chinese wore their hair in a knot on top of
-the head, but at the time of the Manchu Conquest, two hundred and fifty
-or so years ago, they were compelled to wear the hair in the Manchu
-fashion. For a Chinaman to cut off his queue would be almost the same as
-declaring himself unloyal to his Manchu rulers.
-
-[Illustration: CHINESE MANDARIN (RATZEL).]
-
-Chinamen usually have three names. The family name, which we place last,
-they place first. Thus _Li Hung Chang_, the great Chinese viceroy,
-belongs to the _Li_ family. Few of the Chinese laundrymen in this
-country have their true names on their signs. The _Li_ family is one of
-the largest in China, but it is also generally poor and despised. Most
-of our Chinese laundrymen are _Lis_, and are related to Li Hung Chang.
-
-In writing, the Chinese use a brush, which they dip into ink. A single
-character represents a word, though many Chinese words are written with
-compound characters, one part of which gives the sound, and the other
-part pictures the meaning. In Chinese many sounds have several different
-meanings. If the character with which the sound is written stood alone,
-it would not be clear which meaning was intended. Chinese books are
-printed on thin paper, which is folded back and forth like a screen or
-fan and then stitched at the back; this makes the pages double. The
-Chinese book begins at what we would consider the back and goes through
-to what we would call the front. The print goes from the top of the page
-down, in vertical columns, and the first column is the one to the right
-hand.
-
-To be able to write well is considered of the greatest importance in
-China. The Chinese respect learning also, and no man can hold office in
-China unless he is educated and has passed his examinations. From the
-time when a boy begins study he must keep it up for many years, if he
-hopes for a government position. Often he is a middle-aged or old man
-before he succeeds in passing all the necessary examinations. To be able
-to write beautifully, to be able to compose a poem upon any given
-subject, and to know the writings of Confucius and the other old
-philosophers are the things the Chinaman must learn. The great
-examinations at the Capital are attended by thousands from every part of
-the Empire. The man who stands first is sure to have an important
-governorship given to him at once.
-
-[Illustration: CHINESE BOY CHOOSING TOYS (DOOLITTLE).]
-
-There are many curious customs regarding Chinese children. One takes
-place when a little boy is one year old. A great bamboo sieve, such as
-farmers use, is placed upon the table. Upon it are spread many
-articles—money-scales, shears, a measure, a mirror, a pencil, ink,
-paper, inkstone, books, the counting-board, objects of gold or silver,
-fruits, etc. The baby, all dressed in his best clothes, is then set in
-the midst of the objects, on the sieve. His parents and friends watch
-anxiously to see which of the articles he will grasp. They believe it
-will show what he will do when he is a man. If he takes the money-scales
-or the gold or silver, he will become a rich merchant; if he takes the
-book or pencil, he will be a great scholar, and so on.
-
-Chinese money consists chiefly of round brass coins with a square hole
-in the middle. It takes from eight to sixteen of them to make one cent
-of ours. They are called “cash” and are often strung on strings for
-convenient carrying. Many hundreds of years ago the ancient Chinese used
-clothing and tools for money. When they began to make metal coins they
-made these in the shape of shirts, knives, and spades, and called them
-shirt money, knife money, and spade money.
-
-In eating the Chinese do not use knives and forks, but a pair of slender
-sticks called “chopsticks.” These are both taken in one hand, and are
-used to pick up bits of meat or vegetables from the soup or to lift
-boiled rice or dumplings to the mouth. For eating soup they use little
-flat-bottomed spoons of chinaware, which will not fall over when set
-down on the table. In making tea the cup or bowl for each person stands
-on the table with tea leaves in it; it sets into a little ring-shaped
-saucer and has a little cover over it like a saucer turned bottom
-upward. The servant lifts the cover and pours boiling water upon the
-leaves and then replaces the cover to let the tea steep. The cover may
-be used to stir the tea for cooling it, and when held in proper position
-prevents the tea leaves from getting into the mouth of the person who is
-drinking.
-
-But how many things are left that we cannot speak of! The busy work in
-the fields, the preparation of tea, the rearing of silkworms and making
-of silk, the trades, the government, the love and respect for parents,
-the respect for the graves of ancestors, the religious ideas, the life
-and teachings of Confucius—these things would need many books like this.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XIV.
-                                COREANS.
-
-
-Corea is often called the Hermit Nation, because it has wanted to keep
-foreigners away. In this respect it is what China, Japan, and Tibet have
-sometimes been; all of them have followed at times policies of
-exclusion. Still, Corea has had a good deal of contact with other
-nations; she has learned many things from China and has passed on much
-that she learned to Japan. Sometimes, too, Corea has been subject to
-China, sometimes to Japan.
-
-The dress of Corea, while somewhat like that of China, and that of
-Japan, is still quite peculiar. The common people are all dressed in
-bluish white stuffs. Rich people dress in silks of the most gorgeous
-colors—blue, crimson, scarlet, orange. The chief garment worn by men is
-a long, loose gown that hangs from the neck quite to the ground. This is
-bound around, high above the waist, with a stiff, broad belt. No buttons
-are used in the fastening of garments, but strips of colored ribbons.
-The socks and shoes of the Coreans are like those of the Chinese, except
-that the shoe soles are thick-set with nail-heads. Nowadays these
-hob-nailed shoes are worn at all times, but formerly they were probably
-used only in winter to prevent slipping on ice and snow. About this the
-Coreans tell a story: long ago there was war between China and Corea,
-and the Chinese sent an army of eight hundred thousand soldiers; Corea’s
-army numbered but five thousand. It was in the midst of winter. The two
-armies met at a river, which was frozen solid, and the battle took place
-upon the ice. The Chinese wore their smooth-soled shoes, while the
-Coreans wore hob-nailed ones. When they fought on the ice the Chinese
-slipped helplessly, while the Coreans were able to fight well. The
-result was a great victory for the Coreans who, since then, have worn
-their hob-nailed shoes constantly in memory of their success.
-
-But the most curious part of Corean dress is the hat. There are many
-different kinds. There are hats for young and hats for old, hats for
-out-doors and hats for the house, hats for people of different
-occupations. The commonest out-door hat is round, square-topped, and
-with the wide, flat, brim halfway up the crown. The hats worn at the
-royal court are like high skull-caps, with wide flaps or wings
-projecting at the sides. The straw hats worn by drovers and people in
-mourning are shaped like the top of a parasol and measure two feet and a
-half across.
-
-[Illustration: COREAN HAT (LOWELL).]
-
-Until lately people in Corea carried wooden blocks to show who they
-were. These blocks were carried by boys of fifteen and all older
-persons. They were called “name-tablets,” and were made of pear-wood or
-mahogany. They were about two inches long and a half inch wide. There
-was writing upon both sides. At the top on one side was the name of the
-ward where the boy lived; below it were the words “leisure-fellow,”
-meaning that he was not a servant; then came the boy’s name, and lastly
-his date of birth. On the other side was the date on which the tablet
-was issued, and the seal of the officer who gave it. When a boy was
-older his “name-tablet” was of box-wood; still later—after he had passed
-an examination—his tablet was cut from black horn; when finally he took
-highest honors, it was made of ivory. Poor people, of the lowest class,
-also carried tablets, but of a different sort; upon these the bearer was
-_described_.
-
-In Corea there is much cold weather with ice and snow. Much clothing is
-needed for warmth, and several garments of one sort may be worn one over
-another. In the houses they have _kangs_ for warmth at night. Under the
-house, or under a certain part of it, there is built a sort of oven or
-furnace; above this is a floor of stones and, perhaps, earth upon which
-oiled paper is smoothly spread. A fire is built in the furnace and the
-sleepers stretch themselves upon the heated floor. It is not a
-satisfactory mode of heating, but is used not only among the Coreans but
-also among their Tatar neighbors.
-
-Everywhere in Corea, Japan, China, and Tibet the people are Buddhists.
-But in all these countries we find also much worship of demons or bad
-spirits. Nowhere is there more of this than in Corea. They believe that
-there are spirits everywhere, some good, some bad. They are afraid of
-these bad spirits and do many things to ward off their mischief. Upon
-the roof of the king’s palace are a lot of ugly figures of bronze that
-resemble pigs and monkeys. All are different, but all are as terrible as
-their makers could shape. These are intended to frighten bad spirits
-away. No one but the king may have just these guardian animals; other
-important persons have two pictures fastened at the door; at the doors
-of the poor are hung a bunch of rice straw, and a bit of old rag. The
-two pictures represent two great generals, one a Chinese and the other a
-Corean, who were such valiant fighters against demons that their very
-pictures scare them. As for the things on the poor man’s door, it is
-believed that the spirits will stop to eat the grains of rice, and that
-they will think the rag the man’s clothing and will do their harm to it
-without entering the house.
-
-Among the Coreans the tiger is much admired and much feared. They
-believe that bad men and evil spirits can turn themselves into tigers,
-and they have many strange stories of these tiger-men magicians. Thus
-they say that once a man was travelling through a lonely and desolate
-region. Toward evening he was surprised to come upon a fine house.
-Entering and asking shelter he found an old man living alone there. He
-felt sure things were wrong and that the old man was a tiger-magician.
-He was right; it was the king of all the tiger-magicians. If he had
-shown his fear he would have been torn to pieces, but he pretended to be
-brave. When the old man asked him who he was and where he was going, he
-boldly declared he was hunting for tiger-magicians, of whom he meant to
-kill two hundred, that he might carry their skins to the king. When the
-old man—who you remember was king of the tiger-magicians—heard this bold
-talk he was terribly scared. Secretly he called his subjects together
-and told them of their danger. They advised him to kill two hundred
-tiger-magicians who were in jail and give their skins to the hunter,
-begging him to spare the rest. The traveller gladly accepted, and taking
-the skins sold them for much money. This man had a cowardly neighbor who
-heard the story and determined to try the same trick. When he reached
-the tiger-king’s palace, however, he got scared, the tigers knew his
-fraud, and falling upon him they killed him.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XV.
-                               TIBETANS.
-
-
-Few countries are naturally so difficult of access as Tibet. It is a
-lofty plateau. To reach it from any side frightful mountains must be
-passed. Not only is the country itself difficult to reach, but the
-Tibetans do not like strangers. They do everything in their power to
-keep white men out of the country. Few travellers of our race have ever
-been to the heart of Tibet. Recently the American traveller, W. W.
-Rockhill, has visited that country and written interestingly of it, and
-later Walter Savage Landor claims to have had exciting adventures there.
-But the journey that is best known and has been most talked of was made
-more than fifty years ago by two French missionaries named Huc and
-Gabet.
-
-Starting from China these gentlemen traversed Mongolia and Tatary and
-penetrated to the sacred Tibetan city of Lhassa. They returned to China
-over a different route. It was a fearful journey. The road led along the
-side of vast cliffs, over raging torrents where the bridges were
-composed of chains hung from bank to bank with boards laid crosswise of
-them, through snowdrifts, and over sheets of glacier ice.
-
-The people of Tibet vary in stature, color, hair, and other characters,
-but all are Mongolic and all speak Tibetan. Some of the tribes are
-nomads—either herders or pillagers; others are settled and live by
-agriculture, notwithstanding the climate. In Lhassa itself they are
-tradespeople and traders. They are good weavers and make excellent
-woollen stuffs. They are skilled goldsmiths, and their fine wares go to
-decorate the temples and monasteries. They make the finest incense in
-the world.
-
-The most important thing in Tibet is religion. Their religion, which is
-called Lamaism, is a sort of Buddhism peculiar to Tibet. Tibet might be
-called a _theocracy_, or a land where a god rules. For the ruler of
-Tibet, called the _Dalai-lama_, is considered no common man, but a real
-god on earth. Many centuries ago, in India, there lived a man named
-Gautama or Sakyi-muni. He was wise and good, and the new religion which
-he taught was a great improvement upon the Brahmanism of India. On
-account of his wisdom and goodness, he was called Buddha, but he never
-claimed to be himself a god. Since his death, however, many millions of
-people in many lands have worshipped him as a god.
-
-All Buddhists believe that there may be many Buddhas—that Gautama was
-one Buddha, and that there were others before him and will be others
-hereafter. In Tibet, however, they think that there are always Buddhas
-on earth, and that when one Buddha dies his spirit at once enters the
-body of some little babe, who becomes a Buddha in his place. The
-Dalai-lama is the greatest of living Buddhas. There are many others in
-different parts of Tibet and Tatary, all of whom are worshipped as gods.
-The Dalai-lama lives in Lhassa, the sacred city, in a beautiful palace,
-and has many priests to serve him. He is the all-powerful being in the
-land.
-
-[Illustration: TIBETAN LAMAS BLOWING ON SHELLS (VERNEAU).]
-
-But he does not trouble himself about governing his people. He appoints
-a _nomekhan_ to rule for him. The nomekhan has four _kalons_ who are
-appointed to assist him. These four appoint all the other officers, most
-of whom are lamas or priests. Really the lamas control everything in
-Tibet. Generally they live together in great buildings called
-lamaseries. These are to be seen everywhere in the land, and are often
-perched upon the summits of lofty mountains, from which they overlook
-the country for miles around. Some lamaseries contain but a few priests,
-others contain many thousands. The lamas are at once known from the
-people by their dress.
-
-The lamas receive support from the common people, and when it is not
-brought to them, they go to gather it. Huc met two lamas on horseback
-gathering gifts of butter from the shepherds. “Their course is this:
-they present themselves at the entrance of each tent and thrice sound a
-marine conch.[1] Thereupon some member of the family brings out a small
-roll of butter, which, without saying a word, he deposits in a bag
-suspended from the saddle of each lama’s horse. The lamas never once
-alight, but content themselves with riding up to each tent, and
-announcing their presence to the inmates by the sound of the shell.”
-
-Footnote 1:
-
-  A shell used as a trumpet.
-
-When a Dalai-lama dies, search is made for the new one. Prayers are said
-in all the lamaseries, processions are made, incense is burned. Even the
-common people everywhere pray. There are certain signs by which a baby
-shows that the spirit of a lama has entered him. All parents who think
-their baby the one send word to Lhassa and bring their babies there. All
-are carefully examined, and the three who best show the signs of being
-Buddha are taken. After fasting for six days, the priests who decide the
-matter take a golden urn containing three little fish of gold, upon each
-of which is engraved the name of one of the three babies. The urn is
-shaken and one of the fish is drawn. The baby whose name is engraved on
-it becomes the Dalai-lama. To the unlucky babies before they are sent
-home a present of five hundred ounces of silver is given.
-
-[Illustration: MONGOLS CHOOSING A LAMA (HUC).]
-
-Every day near sunset in Lhassa, all the men, women, and children stop
-whatever they may be doing and gather in the public squares of the city.
-There, grouped by sex and age, they kneel and chant their evening
-prayer. This prayer would seem to us curious, for it asks for nothing.
-The commonest prayer is—_om mani padme hum_, which means “the jewel in
-the lotus.” By the jewel they mean divine power. The lotus is a
-water-lily. The prayer is about the same thing as calling on the name of
-God. This prayer they repeat over and over again.
-
-To write this prayer where it will be seen is a good act. One may see it
-everywhere. It is printed on the flags that fly above the buildings.
-Pious rich men pay lamas to go through the country and chisel these
-sacred words on rocks and cliffs.
-
-Tibet is the land of prayer wheels. Prayer wheels contain the prayer
-written many times: every time the wheel is turned, so many prayers are
-supposed to have been said. Prayer wheels are of all sizes. The
-commonest stand near lamaseries, and are set to turning with the hand.
-Some lazy lamas, however, find it too much work to turn the wheels
-themselves and so arrange them that they are turned by wind or water.
-
-On the twenty-fifth of each month pious lamas “send horses to weary
-travellers.” On the roads there are many hardships, and travellers often
-become weary and perish. To help them the lamas send them horses, and
-the way they do it is this. Going to some lofty summit where the wind
-blows heavily, they throw strips of paper bearing pictures of horses
-into the air, and the wind carries them away. The lamas believe that by
-this sacrifice of paper horses they supply real ones to the needy
-travellers.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XVI.
-                               JAPANESE.
-
-
-It is a great mistake to think of the Chinese and Japanese as much
-alike; they are really vastly different. The Japanese is smaller, more
-delicately built, quicker, and more lively than the Chinese; he delights
-in novelties and borrows them from everywhere and from everybody. The
-Chinese language consists chiefly of words of one syllable; the Japanese
-have many long words of many syllables. While unlike in body,
-disposition, and language, the Chinese and Japanese are alike in many
-customs, arts, and ideas. For long centuries the Japanese borrowed much
-from China, or from Corea, which had learned from China. The Japanese
-owe their writing, the cultivation of tea, silk raising and weaving,
-lacquer work, porcelain, metal working, and many religious ideas to
-China. But lately, in their hurry to borrow all sorts of things from the
-European and American whites, they have become ashamed of many of their
-Chinese ideas and customs.
-
-[Illustration: JAPANESE GIRL WITH BABY (ARNOLD).]
-
-On the seventh day of a Japanese baby’s life, the little head is shaved
-clean except for a tuft on the nape of the neck. From that time on, the
-head is shaved until the boy goes to school, but tufts are left here and
-there, according to the fancy of the mother. After a boy begins school,
-his hair is left to grow. Japanese children have many sports and games,
-but they are quiet and gentle in them all. The older children carry
-their baby brothers and sisters strapped firmly on their backs. There
-are many interesting things for Japanese children to see on the streets.
-There is the sand painter; he sweeps a space clean and then opens
-several bags of different colored sand; he sprinkles handfuls of it here
-and there on the ground until he has made a pretty picture. There is the
-man who moulds and blows rice paste into all sorts of queer shapes,
-while the little buyers look on with delight; his sweet stuff is shaped
-into rabbits, foxes, monkeys, flowers, jinrikishas, fans, umbrellas,
-etc. There is the man who sells sugared peas, candied beans, and other
-sweets; he beats a drum and sings a song as he walks, so as to attract a
-crowd of children, and when he stops he tells a story, or does some
-trick, to amuse them. Then there is the little old woman of the batter
-cakes; she carries a little earthenware stove with a fire of charcoal in
-it; this she hangs at one end of a pole balanced upon her shoulder, and
-at the other end hang a griddle, ladles, cake turners, a jar of batter,
-and a sauce of salt and beans to eat with the cakes; the children pay
-five cents, and the old lady sets everything down, whereupon the
-children have great fun making their own cakes and eating them on the
-street.
-
-Japanese children are ever gay and happy, but there are two days in the
-year of especial joy. The third day of the third month is _the Dolls’
-Festival_. This is the day for the little girls. At that time dolls and
-all sorts of toy tools, implements, vessels, and dishes are for sale.
-The Japanese are fond of dolls, and in some families they have dolls
-that have been kept more than two hundred years. In some families they
-will have dozens or scores of dolls. Among these there is always one
-that represents the Emperor, another the Empress, and others the
-courtiers. At the time of the festival all these dolls are carefully
-arranged on a stepped platform. The Emperor and Empress are given the
-seats of honor, and the rest are grouped around them. With these are
-arranged all the toy objects. The fifth day of the fifth month is the
-Boys’ Festival. Then they are selling bows and arrows and other toy
-weapons everywhere. Everywhere they hang out great paper fishes, shaped
-like carp, and brightly painted. These are hung to tall bamboo poles of
-which there is one set in front of every house where they have a boy in
-the family. One fish is hung for each boy, and it is a gay sight to see
-the hundreds of bright fish waving and tossing in the wind. The reason
-why the carp is represented is because it swims _up_ the river against
-the current; so it is hoped “the sturdy boy, overcoming all obstacles,
-will make his way in the world and rise to fame and fortune.”
-
-[Illustration: BOYS’ FESTIVAL: JAPAN (BRAMHALL).]
-
-Japanese houses consist of a light framework supporting a heavy thatched
-or tiled roof. The sides of the house are wooden slides, which are
-usually removed in the daytime, leaving the sides open. In cold weather,
-slides consisting of frames covered with paper can be fitted in to form
-walls. The house is divided into rooms by sliding screens of paper,
-which can be easily removed so as to join two, three, or more rooms into
-one. There are no tables or chairs. The floors are covered with thick
-mats. At night quilts are brought in and laid down for beds; in the
-morning these are rolled up and stored away.
-
-Japanese gardens are curious and beautiful. They may be small, and
-frequently they contain no flowers. Sometimes a pretty landscape is
-built of rocks and water: there are little mountains and hills, valleys,
-streams, waterfalls, lakes. Wonderful in such gardens are the dwarfed
-trees. They may be pine trees, fifty or one hundred years old,
-flourishing and perfect in form, but not more than a foot in height.
-
-While Japanese gardens frequently contain none, the people are
-wonderfully fond of flowers. Among the favorites are the chrysanthemum,
-plum blossoms, and cherry blossoms. When these are in bloom every one
-goes to the places where they grow and delight in their beauty. These
-flower picnics are looked forward to for months. The cherry and plum
-trees are covered: “You see no leaves—only one great filmy mass of
-petals. Japanese chrysanthemums are wonderful; there are many strange or
-beautiful varieties. At one place in Tokyo, these flowers are wrought
-into all sorts of curious compositions—men and gods, boats, bridges,
-castles, etc.”
-
-The Japanese love to hear stories. There are fairy stories for the
-little people and tales of adventure and history for the larger ones.
-There are men whose business is story telling. Some of these wander
-about until they find a good spot, when they will stop and begin the
-tale; a crowd soon gathers to listen. Others are hired to tell their
-stories in a story-telling house, where people gather every evening,
-just as at the theatre.
-
-We have said so much about amusements and festivals that you may think
-the Japanese are always playing. No indeed, they are hard workers. They
-cultivate their fields industriously; they have many trades; they are
-great traders; they are fine artists. Their silk weaving, their metal
-work, their lacquer work, and their porcelains are famous.
-
-In these last years Japan has made great changes. She has borrowed so
-much from the whites that they have little left to teach her. To-day she
-has all our great inventions—telegraphs and telephones, electric lights
-and railroads; and in borrowing so much that is new she has lost and is
-losing much—very much—of the happy old life.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XVII.
-                                 AINU.
-
-
-Before the Japanese entered what is now Japan that country was occupied
-by the Ainu, among the most interesting people of the world. There are
-not many of them. In Yezo, the northern island of Japan, there are about
-seventeen thousand, and in the island of Saghalien, formerly Japanese,
-but now Russian, there are others. They are not like the Japanese, but
-are considered whites, not Mongolians. The men measure about five feet
-four inches; the women not more than five feet two inches. Their color
-is flesh, with a tinge of red or yellow; their eyes are large and do not
-appear to slant like those of the yellow peoples; their hair is abundant
-and tangled and they have much beard. Their body is very hairy. They are
-filthy and rarely wash themselves.
-
-The women tattoo, beginning in girlhood. The patterns are cut in the
-flesh with a razor and soot is rubbed into the lines; to render the
-color permanent, water in which ash-tree bark has been steeped is rubbed
-over the part tattooed. The tattooing first done is at the centre of the
-upper lip; later the lower lip. The marks are added to from time to time
-until they cover the upper lip and reach from ear to ear. Such women
-appear to have a great moustache. After marriage a woman’s forehead may
-be tattooed, also patterns may be made up the backs of the hands and on
-the arms, and rings may be tattooed around her fingers.
-
-[Illustration: AINU: A HAIRY SPECIMEN (BATCHELOR).]
-
-Ainu clothing is generally made of elm bark, and that worn by men and
-women is much alike. The bark is stripped from the tree in spring, when
-it is full of sap. It is soaked in water to separate the inner and outer
-bark. Fibres are secured from the inner bark, which can be woven like
-thread into cloth. The men’s garments of this fibre cloth are adorned
-with patterns embroidered with colored threads; those of women are
-generally plain.
-
-[Illustration: AINU WOMEN: SHOWING TATTOOING (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-The Ainu house is rectangular, with a rather frail support and a
-substantial thatched roof. The roof is built first; then the chief posts
-of the walls are set and the roof is lifted up and put on them. Ainu
-houses grow as the family grows. A young married couple build a small
-house; as they have children a new and larger house is built behind the
-old one, which remains as a sort of hall; when the family is still
-larger and richer, the hall is torn down and a larger house is built
-behind the second one, which now becomes a hall or porch to it. There
-are two windows and one door in these houses. The windows are on the
-south and east sides, while the door is at the west end. The east end of
-the house and its window are sacred; people must not throw things
-through this window nor spit out of it. Sometimes the men worship the
-rising sun as they see it through this east window.
-
-The Ainu are hunters and have ingenious ways of capturing or killing
-animals. In hunting deer they use a little squeaking whistle, the sound
-of which attracts the animals. They set bows, with arrows on the
-stretched cord, near trails over which deer and bears pass; in passing,
-the animal strikes a cord which lets loose a trigger, and the arrow
-flies. They also set a trap consisting of a stout bow, which, when
-sprung, shuts two boards tightly together; the foot of the animal is
-caught between these and held fast. Formerly the Ainu used poisoned
-arrows in hunting. These had a broad, hollowed point, in which a little
-of the poisonous paste was stuck. The poison was made from the root of
-aconite mixed with tobacco, peppers, and poisoned spiders. These, and
-other substances, were carefully mixed into a gummy paste. At present
-the Japanese government forbids the Yezo Ainu to use these poisoned
-arrows.
-
-The bear hunt is looked forward to with anxiety. It is in the spring
-while snow is yet on the ground. Before starting the hunters pray to
-their gods for help and direction. Dogs accompany them. When a den is
-found, there is great excitement. They try to draw the animal out by
-teasing him with long poles. If he will not come out, one of the men
-draws his knife, enters the den, and faces the bear. The animal pushes
-him aside, when the hunter pricks him from behind with his knife. The
-angry animal then rushes forth, growling and snarling. The hunters and
-dogs waiting outside soon despatch him, though frequently some one is
-hurt or killed. The hunters then sit down near the dead bear and say all
-kinds of pretty things to him, pretending that they are sorry to have
-killed him, and asking his forgiveness. They then skin him, cut up the
-meat, carry it home, and have a feast.
-
-At Ainu feasts the men always become dreadfully drunk from drinking rice
-wine. When he drinks, the Ainu uses a little stick to lift his moustache
-and keep it from the wine. These moustache lifters are made for the
-purpose and are frequently neatly carved.
-
-Sometimes Ainu hunters secure a little bear cub, which they carry
-carefully home. It is fed with the best of food, and treated as a great
-pet. When it is so big as to be rough and troublesome, they put it in a
-cage. When it is quite grown, a bear feast is planned. Many guests are
-invited. The men eat millet-cakes and drink rice wine. After feasting
-for some time two men noose the bear with ropes and drag him around; the
-whole company then worry and tease the poor creature, finally choking
-him, after which they eat him.
-
-The Ainu have many gods. In praying to them they use _inao_. These are
-little sticks which are so whittled with knives that curls of shavings
-hang from them. There are several ways of cutting these, and they are
-believed to please the gods. They are stuck up in the ground and left
-where prayers are made. Ainu men spend much time whittling these inao.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XVIII.
-                                HINDUS.
-
-
-The Hindus are but one of the many peoples living in India. They are
-considered a Caucasic, white people, though their skin is a dark brown
-and they have black hair and eyes. Their language belongs to the Aryan
-family, to which most European languages belong.
-
-The dress of the Hindus is too well known to need description. Hindu
-women are fond of jewelry, and wear rings, arm-rings, ankle rings,
-earrings, and nose rings of many kinds and made of gold, silver, or
-brass. The Hindus bear marks stamped upon themselves. Thus a round spot
-in the middle of the forehead, horizontal lines across the forehead, or
-perpendicular lines from the root of the nose to the top of the
-forehead, show to which of the great religious sects the man belongs.
-These marks are made fresh every morning.
-
-The Hindus are divided into four _castes_, or classes. These are named
-Brahmans, Kshatriyas, Vaisyas, and Sudras. There is a yet lower
-population called Pariahs. The Brahmans are the highest; they are
-priests or religious men; everybody must yield to them. The Kshatriyas
-come second, and are soldiers or warriors. The Vaisyas are the traders,
-or merchant class. The Sudras are the lowest, and are the people who
-have trades, or are laborers. The Hindus say that these different
-classes of men came from the body of Brahma, their great god; that the
-Brahmans came from his mouth; the Kshatriyas from his arm; the Vaisyas
-from his thigh; and the Sudras from his feet. As for the poor Pariahs,
-they do not seem to have come from Brahma, and no one has anything to do
-with them. Each of these castes was so much higher than the next one
-that they might not even be touched by them without being defiled and
-needing to be purified. People of different castes might not drink from
-the same vessel or eat from the same dish. One writer says: “I saw a
-high-caste Hindu dash an earthen jar of milk upon the ground and break
-it to atoms, merely because the shadow of a Pariah had fallen upon it as
-he passed.” Under English government many of these notions in India are
-passing away. The Pariah’s lot, however, is perhaps as hard as ever.
-
-Many trades are practised in India, some of them most skilfully.
-Whatever trade a man follows will be that of his son after him, as it
-was that of his father before him. Hindus are fine weavers, and some of
-their muslins are delicate and costly. They are glass-makers, potters,
-carpenters, blacksmiths, goldsmiths, brass founders, shell workers,
-shoemakers, barbers. These trades are carried on in the open streets;
-the men carry tools with them, and when they secure an order they set up
-their outfit and fall to work. Among pretty things sold in India are
-figures in clay representing all sorts of tradesmen at work.
-
-[Illustration: HINDU DANCING GIRLS AND MUSICIANS (VERNEAU).]
-
-Hindus tame and train elephants as beasts of burden. The native princes,
-in particular, use them. A palanquin in which the prince sits is mounted
-on the elephant’s back. These royal elephants are gorgeously decked out,
-and the palanquin is brilliant with metals and precious stones.
-Elephants are also employed in caravans and in the exciting tiger hunts.
-
-The Hindus love amusements. They are fond of music and have many curious
-instruments. Dancing girls dance for the amusement of guests at feasts
-given in the homes of the wealthy. They usually take their own musicians
-with them; one of these plays upon a little drum, the other on a kind of
-guitar. Street exhibitions are frequent. Parties of acrobats go about
-performing feats. Everyone has heard of the Hindu jugglers. Mr. Ward
-describes some tricks he saw done. Thus, the juggler spreads a cloth on
-the ground: in a moment a movement is seen under it: the cloth is raised
-and under it are pineapples growing. The juggler picks the fruit and
-presents it to the spectators to show that it is real. Again, he takes a
-large, clay jar, fills it with water, and turns it upside down to let
-the water run out; when he turns it up again, it is full of water.
-Again, he puts a lean dog into a common basket; opening it, he shows the
-dog with a litter of pups; covering these and opening again, there is a
-goat; again the basket is put down and raised and shows a live pig;
-again—and the pig is dead with its throat cut; then he ends the trick by
-again covering and uncovering, when the pig is seen alive and well.
-_How_ does he do it? Almost as wonderful as these juggler’s tricks are
-the performances of the snake charmers. They carry the dreaded,
-poisonous cobras around in baskets and handle them, playing at the same
-time on their little flutes, quite as if the creatures were entirely
-harmless.
-
-[Illustration: HINDU SNAKE CHARMERS (BREHM).]
-
-Nowhere in the world are there more dreadful religious customs than in
-India. People there are so crowded that life is hard. The result of this
-was that parents often destroyed their little babies, particularly
-girls. Often the mothers themselves threw the little beings into the
-sacred river, where they were drowned in its waters or were eaten by
-crocodiles. At the great religious festivals, men tortured themselves
-fearfully, or threw themselves under the chariot of the god that they
-might be crushed to death. The dead among the Hindus were usually
-cremated—burned upon a great open fire of wood. Formerly the widow of
-the dead man mounted the funeral pyre and was burned with his body. The
-English government has put an end to many of these practices, and among
-them this _suttee_, or burning of the widow. It has really done little
-good, as a widow’s life is so sad that she might almost better die. A
-widow must shave her head, wear miserable clothing, and serve every one
-like a slave: she is despised and harshly treated.
-
-Few peoples have caused as much wonder as the Gypsies. With their
-swarthy complexions, black hair and eyes, and handsome faces, they are a
-striking type. They love out-door life, and hate to be within walls.
-They wander from place to place, pitching their tents where fancy leads
-them. They are tinkers, mending pots and kettles; they are horseshoers,
-jockeys, horse traders, horse doctors; they tell fortunes, in which
-almost all of us believe a little, and every one fears them a little.
-There are many thousands of them in the United States: there are many in
-Great Britain, Spain, Italy, Poland, and other European countries; they
-are in North Africa, in Mexico, in Brazil, in India. Everywhere they are
-the same, and everywhere they talk their own language, the _Romany_. It
-is believed that they first came from India, and that they are related
-to the Hindus.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XIX.
-                                 TODAS.
-
-
-In the “hill country” of India live many curious brown peoples whose
-languages are different from the Aryan tongue of the Hindus. These
-peoples, called Dravidians, are considered the earliest occupiers of
-India. Among them no tribe is more curious than the Todas. In some ways
-they are like the Ainu. Though brown, they are probably really white or
-Caucasic. They have the features, strong beards, and hairy bodies of
-whites, and in these respects are like the Ainu.
-
-The Todas live on a tableland whose surface is covered with hills and
-rolling prairies. The hills are clad with coarse grass, and in some of
-the valleys are deep forests. The sunshine is bright and warm, and the
-dry season is long.
-
-The Todas think only of their cattle. They do not hunt—in fact, they
-have no weapons; they do not cultivate any fields, getting what plant
-food they use from the Badagas and other neighboring tribes. But they
-_do_ raise cattle—buffalo. Their villages are located in the midst of
-pasture land. No village is occupied for a whole year, but the people
-have always at least two villages and live first in one, then in the
-other. This is to have fresh pasture for their cattle and to be secure
-in the wet season. Toda villages contain but few houses, most of which
-consist of a single room eight feet square; sometimes two or three such
-rooms are set side by side—these do not open into each other, but each
-has an outside door. The roofs of these houses are thatched and project
-a yard or so beyond the house walls. The people sit under the shelter of
-these projecting roofs while they work or visit. There are no windows or
-chimneys to the houses. Everything in the house has its proper place—the
-pestle and mortar for pounding grain, the fireplace, and the raised bank
-of clay that serves the old people as a sleeping place. Near the house
-is a pen of stones and mud for the owner’s cattle.
-
-All the cattle of the villages are herded together. There is one dairy
-for the village, and all the cattle are milked there by special
-dairymen. After milking, these men give out so much milk as is needed to
-every one in the village; from the balance they make butter which they
-divide to the men of the village according to the number of cattle each
-owns. We have already said that the Todas raise no crops. The Badagas
-and Kotas live on the land of the Todas; they are stronger and more
-vigorous than the Todas, and both tribes have weapons and could easily
-defeat them in battle. But they live in peace with them and pay them, as
-rent for their land, grains and other produce they need.
-
-We have spoken of the common village herds. There are other (sacred)
-herds, which are cared for by dairymen priests, who are themselves
-almost worshipped. The priest has an assistant who cuts wood for him and
-otherwise serves him. When the priest milks the sacred cows, and he
-alone may do so, he repeats a prayer. He does the same when he carries
-the milk into the dairy. The village people treat him and his assistant
-with great respect and may not touch them, nor any of the implements
-they use. Men and boys may go to the wall that encloses the dairy
-buildings, but may not enter. Women may not go near the place.
-
-The cows in the sacred herds have descended from sacred cows of the
-past. In each herd there is an especially sacred “bell-cow.” This means
-that she is the owner of an ancient cow-bell which the dairyman priest
-keeps in the dairy. It belonged to her mother before her and to _her_
-mother, and so on back. When a bell-cow dies, the bell has to be put
-upon her daughter. The priest brings it out from the dairy and waves it
-around and around the head of the cow morning and night for three days.
-As he does so he says:—
-
-                 “What a fine cow your predecessor was.
-                 How well she supported us with milk;
-                 Won’t you supply us in like manner?
-                 You are a god among us.
-                 Do not let the Tirieri[2] go to ruin.
-                 Let one become a thousand!
-                 Let all be well!
-                 Let us have plenty of calves!
-                 Let us have plenty of milk!”
-
-The cow wears the bell for three days and nights, after which it is
-taken off forever. It is not used again until the old cow dies and her
-daughter is then made bell-cow in her place.
-
-Footnote 2:
-
-  Sacred dairy.
-
-[Illustration: GROUP OF TODAS (VERNEAU).]
-
-Perhaps you would like to know how the priest fills his time? One day is
-much like another with him. When he rises he washes his face, hands, and
-teeth. He makes a little lamp from a leaf and after filling it with
-butter places five wicks in it. After lighting it he sets it to burn in
-front of the ancient bells and other sacred objects. He then takes his
-staff and bamboo milk pail and goes to milk the cows. He salutes them
-and prays to them before milking. Carrying the milk into the dairy, he
-sprinkles some drops upon the sacred bells as an offering and repeats
-the names of the gods. He then makes butter from the milk of the
-preceding day. His work is now done, and he prepares food for himself
-and his assistant. This man then drives the herd to pasture and gathers
-firewood. The last thing before going to sleep at night, the priest puts
-fresh butter and wicks into the little lamp before the bells.
-
-The Todas have other curious customs, but we have no space to describe
-them. Their salutations, the naming of children, the yearly feast, when
-they eat a young buffalo bull (they rarely eat meat at any other time),
-and their funeral customs are all interesting. Every man who dies among
-the Todas has _two_ funerals, called the green and the dry funeral, a
-year apart.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XX.
-                         ANDAMANESE: MINCOPIES.
-
-
-East of British India and south of Cochin-China in the Bay of Bengal are
-the Andaman Islands, on which the Mincopies live. They are small in
-stature, black or _dark_ brown, with broad round heads, and crinkly or
-woolly hair. They are often called _negritos_, or little negroes.
-
-An Englishman named Man lived for some years in the Andaman Islands and
-became much interested in the little blacks. He learned their language
-and has described their customs.
-
-The Mincopies are true savages, living entirely on wild food; they are
-gentle and non-savage in disposition. The islands are well supplied with
-food. “The sea which washes their coasts is full of fish and abounds
-with turtles; the jungles are filled with wild pigs; the bees furnish
-abundance of wild honey.” From plants they get roots and fruits. They
-have no cultivated fields and no domestic animals. Although savages,
-these little people know how to build good houses. These are huts some
-thirty-five by forty feet; the framework is of posts and poles and the
-firm thatch is of palm leaves. The huts are arranged about an oval or
-elliptical cleared space, where they hold their dances. When off on long
-hunting trips the Mincopies build rude shelters of branches and leaves.
-In their villages boys and girls, unless they are still babies, do not
-sleep in the houses with grown persons, but there are two special
-sleeping houses—one for boys and the other for girls. In the houses of
-the Mincopies fires are kept burning. It is said that these people do
-not know how to kindle fire; if this is true, they are almost the only
-people who are ignorant of this important knowledge. They are careful of
-the fires they have and feed them well.
-
-Unless they think they have some reason to fear strangers, the Mincopies
-receive them kindly. The little children are taught to respect visitors.
-“They are the first served; the best dishes are offered to them; they
-are accompanied at their departure; before separating they clasp hands,
-and instead of embracing they blow in each other’s faces; then they
-engage in an affectionate dialogue. Finally they separate with mutual
-promises of meeting again.”
-
-The adoption of children is common among Mincopies. It is rare that any
-child remains with its parents after it is six or seven years old. Some
-friend of the family wishes to show his friendship and asks to adopt the
-child. The little one goes to his house and belongs to him. The parents
-may visit him in his new home, but no longer have any control over him.
-His new father may do what he likes with him, even to giving him away to
-some other person who may wish to adopt him. When children are about
-twelve years of age, they begin a fast, which is kept up until they are
-almost men and women; during that time they must not eat turtle, pork,
-fish, or honey. After several years of thus fasting, they may again eat
-these foods.
-
-There are rules about foods for grown persons, too. During certain parts
-of the year they must not eat some kinds of roots and fruits; their god
-Puluga will be displeased if they do. Children must not eat the flesh of
-the two water animals, the dugong and porpoise. And to _every_ person
-there is some one kind of food which he must not eat in all his life;
-this forbidden food differs with the persons.
-
-We have said a good deal about the kindness of the Mincopies: they are
-not always good. They have their quarrels and battles like the rest of
-the world. They are quick-tempered and often become angry for a small
-offence. When a Mincopy _is_ angry, he acts like a naughty child,
-striking and breaking everything around him, even his own choicest
-treasures. Trouble sometimes breaks out between two tribes in the midst
-of a feast. In their wars they destroy and carry off property; they take
-no prisoners among the men, killing the wounded, but children of the
-enemy are usually kept alive and kindly treated. Sometimes they try to
-harm enemies by witchcraft, or conjuring. They think that Puluga
-dislikes the smell of burning beeswax and will, in his anger, send forth
-a storm. So, when they know that their enemy is going fishing or
-hunting, they burn beeswax so that the angry Puluga will send a storm.
-
-[Illustration: ANDAMAN MINCOPIES (TYLOR).]
-
-Most curious is the funeral of a child among the Andamanese. When a
-little one dies there is general weeping. Parents and friends paint
-their bodies with clay; their heads are fresh shaved, and upon them,
-over the forehead, men place a lump of clay, while women put one upon
-the top of the head. The mother prepares the little body for burial; she
-shaves and paints the head, neck, wrists, and knees with red ochre; she
-then folds the little body together and wraps it in great leaves and
-binds the bundle thus made with cords. The grave is dug in the floor of
-the hut, under the fireplace. After gently blowing a few times upon the
-little face in farewell, the child is buried and the fire is rebuilt
-over the grave. The mother leaves a few drops of her own milk in a cup
-on the grave. The hut is then deserted, a garland of rushes being
-fastened around it to show that a death has taken place. The whole
-village then moves, that the child’s spirit may not be disturbed. After
-three months of mourning, they all return. The little skeleton is dug
-up, the bones are painted red or yellow and distributed as keepsakes to
-the friends, who wear them as necklaces in memory of the dead child.
-This seems dreadful to us, but our people often keep locks of hair cut
-from a dead child’s head; it is the same thing. At this time the lumps
-of clay, signs of mourning, are removed from the heads and foreheads.
-Some days later, there is a gathering of all the friends. The father,
-holding his remaining children in his arms, sings a mourning song: the
-women take part in the chorus, and all the rest cry noisily. The parents
-then dance “the dance of tears,” after which they withdraw to the hut.
-The visitors keep up the dance some hours longer.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XXI.
-                                 ARABS.
-
-
-The old home of the Arabs was Arabia; to-day they are found not only in
-Arabia, but over half of Asia and all of Northern Africa. Their great
-wanderings began with the founding of Mohammedanism about the year 622
-A.D. Full of zeal, the Arabs carried the new religion in every
-direction.
-
-The Arab is a white man, but a dark one. His language belongs to the
-Semitic family and resembles the old Hebrew language. Arabic is a soft
-and poetical language which is spoken to-day by myriads of people who
-are not Arabs by blood. The Arab is of moderate stature; he is thin but
-muscular, and has great endurance; he has a long head and a narrow, oval
-face; his nose is long, thin, and prominent; his hair and eyes are
-black.
-
-We always think of the Arab as dwelling in tents. This is only partly
-true. In Arabia itself about one-fourth of the Arabs are wandering
-tent-dwellers; in Northern Africa, especially near the great desert,
-many are nomadic. But everywhere we also find settled, town-inhabiting
-Arabs also.
-
-The tents of the desert Arabs are large, low, and flat; the covering is
-a firm wool and camel’s-hair cloth. During the daytime, at least, the
-sides are raised to permit the air to circulate. These tents are easily
-taken down and packed, and as easily set up. Desert Arabs have flocks of
-sheep and herds of goats, camels, and horses. Every one has heard of the
-beauty, gentleness, and spirit of the Arabian horses—the finest perhaps
-in the world. Their owners love them and treat them as tenderly as
-children. Horses are rarely used by Arabs as draught animals or burden
-bearers, but only for riding. The camel it is upon which the Arab packs
-his heavy burdens for desert travel. The nomad Arab lives chiefly on
-food drawn from his flocks and herds. Mutton is his most important meat;
-couscous is a favorite food (see Kabyles). The nomad Arabs are
-pillagers, and fall upon caravans of traders to rob them. Still they are
-hospitable to the stranger who comes to their tent asking shelter; in
-fact, they treat him with the greatest politeness. A table is set before
-him; he is given water to wash his hands; the master himself receives
-the food from the servants and places it before his guest. The Arabs
-admire strength and agility, and at evening, before their tents, the
-young men of the encampment practise tumbling, wrestling, hurling, and
-other feats of strength.
-
-[Illustration: CAMEL AND PALANQUIN (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-The town Arabs live in comfortable houses. Most of these are of a single
-story, though some are of two; they enclose a central open court; they
-are flat-roofed; a large gateway gives entrance to the court, and is
-high enough for a man on horseback to ride through. The flat house tops
-make a favorite resting-place in the cool of the day. Streets in Arab
-towns are narrow, crooked, and filthy. In Arab towns are noticed at once
-many domes and minarets: the domes usually mark some famous grave; the
-minarets, mosques. These graves are those of some pious Mohammedan
-saint. There are thousands of them to which the Arabs flock to say their
-prayers and to be cured of disease. Often at such tombs dervishes go
-through with their strange performances. Some pierce themselves with
-swords, with no signs of pain; others spin around and around on their
-heels until one wearies of watching them, and wonders why they do not
-fall.
-
-The town Arab is more particular about his religion than the Bedouin
-dweller in the desert. He must—and every good Mohammedan _should_—wash
-his hands before eating; he must pray five times a day with his face
-turned toward Mecca. Mecca is so sacred to them because it was the home
-of Mohammed; every Arab and other good Mohammedan tries, once in his
-life, to go on a pilgrimage to Mecca, where he must see the _Kaabah_, or
-black-stone. Arabs are much given to pious exclamations. Thus before
-eating or beginning any business they say _Bismallah_, which means _In
-God’s name_, and on finishing the meal or successfully completing the
-business they say _Hamdouallah_, _Praise God_. This piety does not
-interfere with the town Arab driving hard bargains in business. He loves
-trade and money. He frequently goes in caravans to trade in other
-places. The Arabs, too, are the slave-traders in Africa. This cruel
-business has not yet been stopped completely. The traders buy negroes
-where they can, and hunt them almost like wild animals when they cannot
-buy them. In some places the hunted beings take refuge in trees, which
-have been prepared as places of safety from which they defend
-themselves.
-
-Formerly the Arabs were more important than now. Seven or eight hundred
-years ago Arabia was the world’s centre of learning—or at least the Arab
-cities were. At a time, when Europe had lost much of what she once
-possessed, the Arab world was full of philosophers, physicians, poets,
-and astrologers. From the Arabs Europe gained much of the knowledge that
-we now possess. But those bright days of Arabian glory are past. To-day
-the boys in Arab schools learn little but reading, writing, and
-arithmetic. They learn long passages from the Koran—the sacred book of
-Mohammedanism. The little fellows—for girls do not go to school—sit on
-the floor, and all study aloud, the louder the better, because then the
-teacher will know that they _are_ studying.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXII.
-                    THE PEOPLES OF AFRICA: KABYLES.
-
-
-We rightly think of Africa as the home of the negroes, but it is a
-mistake to think that no other peoples dwell in that continent. The
-peoples of North Africa are white peoples; their complexions are often
-dark, but in head, form, features, and character they are like
-Europeans, rather than negroes. There are many types in North Africa.
-There are the modern Egyptians, who look like their great and famous
-distant ancestors; there are the Berbers and Kabyles, of whom we shall
-say more later; there are Arabs; there are “Jews,” especially in
-Algeria, Morocco, and the other Barbary States; there are Moors also,
-who are a mixed people with some negro blood.
-
-True Negro-Africa begins near the Equator and stretches southward. The
-Sudan is the great negro country. There are four areas in this Sudanese
-negro belt: the upper Nile valley, the Sudan proper, the Senegambian
-district, and Guinea. In these four sections the people are negroes,
-though here and there somewhat mixed. Most of Africa south of this negro
-belt is occupied by negroids, who consist of many tribes and resemble
-negroes in their narrow heads and woolly hair; they are, however, less
-dark in color, more graceful in build, and more intelligent. Scattered
-here and there in Equatorial Africa are bands of Pygmies, men and women
-among whom are like boys and girls among us in size. In far Southern
-Africa live the Bushmen and Hottentots, among negroid tribes.
-
-The Kabyles are among the most interesting of North African peoples.
-There are two types, the dark and the light Kabyles. The latter have
-light skin, fair hair, blue eyes, and much resemble the light whites of
-Europe. The Kabyles are tall, well built, and active. They are
-industrious and love labor. They are a mountain people and love their
-home. Their towns are located upon the slopes or on the summits. The
-houses are usually of one story and have flat roofs. There are two
-rooms,—one for the family and the other for the animals. When there are
-two stories to a house, it shows that the owner has a married son living
-with him; the upper story has been built above the old house for the
-young couple. A little garden always surrounds the house. The Kabyl
-country is rather cold, and the houses are not widely separated, so that
-they assist in protecting each other against the winds. In winter the
-family lives in a sort of cellar under the house.
-
-[Illustration: GROUP OF KABYLES: ALGERIA (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-The Kabyles work hard to raise their little crops. Their fields are down
-in valleys or are terraced out on the hill slopes. They raise barley,
-wheat, gourds, cucumbers, and melons; they raise flax; they have some
-common cultivated plants that have been introduced from Mexico, as the
-prickly-pear cactus, maguey, maize, tobacco, and potato. The prickly
-pear and maguey are so common that landscapes in Algeria resemble those
-of Mexico. The Kabyles raise apples, pears, apricots, olives, figs,
-grapes, and nuts. They keep bees, and have quite a trade in wax. The men
-are good workers in metals and leather, and trade their wares to their
-neighbors.
-
-The women, like all women in the Mohammedan world, delight in jewelry
-and ornaments, and as they are not wearers of veils they have a good
-chance to display their treasures. Couscous is a favorite food in
-Northern Africa, not only among Kabyles, but Arabs and other peoples.
-Kabyl women spend much of their time in its preparation. Flour is mixed
-with water into a sort of thick dough, which is divided into little
-masses which are rolled between the fingers. These little pellets,
-almost like seeds, they steam and eat with bits of meat and hot, peppery
-sauce.
-
-The Kabyles love horseback riding, and are bold hunters. They fight
-bravely in defence of their homes. Among their amusements, perhaps
-falconry stands first. The falcon, you know, is a bird much like a hawk,
-which is trained to chase and kill or capture smaller birds or animals.
-It is carried to the field by the hunter on horseback. The bird is
-perched upon its master’s wrist, and is blinded by a hood over its head.
-When the hunter sees game, he unhoods the falcon and lets it fly after
-the victim.
-
-[Illustration: MAKING COUSCOUS IN THE DESERT (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).]
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXIII.
-                                NEGROES.
-
-
-We have already spoken of the district of true negroes. In the Sudan
-they are at their best and purest type. The skin is almost black; the
-head long and narrow; the face narrow; the hair kinky and woolly. The
-lower part of the face projects far beyond the upper part. The lips are
-thick. Negroes have an odor which is peculiar to them, and which most
-white persons dislike. Many of the negro tribes are composed of persons
-who are tall, strong, and well built.
-
-Almost all negroes are agriculturists, living in settled villages. Their
-houses are usually round huts. The Bongo of the upper Nile build huts
-about twenty feet in diameter and the same in height, which are firm and
-well built, though made only of poles and thatch. The entrance is so low
-that one crawls into the hut on hands and knees. On the conical roof are
-built benches of straw, on which persons sit to overlook and guard the
-planted fields. The floor inside the hut is made of hard, well-beaten
-clay. Skins of animals serve as beds. The Wolofs of the Sudan make very
-similar huts, but do not construct the seats on the roof. Among both
-tribes they build little granaries near the huts; these are made of
-basketwork and are set up on posts to place them out of reach of
-animals.
-
-The African negroes are fond of bright colors and tawdry ornaments.
-Objects of metal and glass beads are particularly prized. They use rings
-of iron, copper, and brass of all sizes for the arms, legs, and fingers.
-Sometimes so many rings will be put upon the arms that they completely
-cover them. The negroes in some tribes pierce ears, noses, and lips for
-inserting ornaments. The Bongo women, for example, pierce a series of
-holes along the rim of each ear, along the edges of the nose, and at the
-corners of the mouth, and through each hole they thrust a short bit of
-grass stalk. The men in negro tribes often bear a tribal mark; this is
-usually the scar or scars left by cutting lines or patterns on the face
-or chest. Thus the mark of one tribe might be three cuts across each
-cheek; that of another a pattern of criss-cross lines upon the forehead;
-another tribe in the central lake district had a line of wart-like
-swellings, at equal distances from each other, extending from the root
-of the nose to the top of the forehead. All these tribal marks were cut
-in childhood, and the cutting must have been painful. It is said that
-the Bornu baby boys have one hundred and three cuts made on their little
-bodies for their tribal sign.
-
-African negroes often dress their hair into strange and curious forms,
-as do also the neighboring negroids. They build it up into great horns,
-train it out in little strings, the ends of which they fasten to a
-wooden ring, build it into thick mats or wigs, and insert all sorts of
-fibres, beads, and ornaments in it. Of course such carefully trained
-hair must not be spoiled by lying on it, so they have the same sort of
-wooden pillows as the Fiji Islanders, to keep the head off the ground.
-
-These wooden pillows are often decorated with carvings of human and
-animal figures. Many negroes delight in wood-carving and sometimes make
-strange masses of many human and animal figures crowded together in the
-most curious way. These they paint in bright colors. Near the west coast
-of Africa several tribes are ivory carvers, and their artists will cover
-an elephant’s tusk with human figures, animal forms, and geometrical
-designs; no space will be lost; every spot will be filled.
-
-[Illustration: NEGRO SMITHS AT WORK (RATZEL).]
-
-Most of the negro tribes know how to weave, and some of their cloth made
-from grass or vegetable fibres is closely and well woven. The most
-remarkable art of the negroes, however, is their working of iron. They
-know how to get iron from its ore and to work it into desired forms.
-They build a little conical smelting furnace or oven of clay, into which
-they put their fuel and ore. They then blow air through the fire with
-their rude bellows. This consists of two earthen vessels, or boxes of
-some sort, over the top of which bladders or skin are tied; tubes lead
-from these vessels and the lower end of a stick is tied to the middle of
-each bladder covering. The smith takes the upper ends of the sticks in
-his hands and works them up and down, first one and then the other. He
-thus forces air first into one tube and then into the other: these two
-tubes end in a single clay tube which conducts the air into the furnace.
-After the blacksmith gets his iron from the ore he works it with heat
-and beating to the forms wanted. At Benin City, which was at the head of
-a dreadful negro kingdom, they had learned how to cast bronze and made
-wonderful objects in it. They made rings, bells, animal figures, plaques
-with human figures represented on them, and masks of the human head of
-life size.
-
-Negroes love music and have many instruments, not only rattles, drums,
-whistles, flutes, and trumpets, but stringed instruments also. In some
-tribes there are wandering minstrels, who go from place to place playing
-on their three-stringed guitar and singing songs in praise of the chief
-or king whom they visit. They sing in his praise if he pays them well;
-if, however, he is stingy, their songs make bitter fun of him. These
-minstrels are either men or women: they are feared and disliked, but
-well treated, as no one wishes to gain their ill will.
-
-Some of the most brutal and cruel acts in the world are done among negro
-kingdoms like Ashanti, Dahomey, and Benin. No human life is there safe.
-The king orders instant death to those who offend him. The executioner’s
-knife is kept busy. Cruel butcheries are connected with their religion,
-and sometimes the king will have dozens, scores, or even hundreds of men
-killed to carry messages to his dead father. It is also among negroes
-that we find cannibalism existing in revolting forms and frightful
-belief in witchcraft. Any old man or old woman may be accused, at any
-time, of being a witch: it takes little to prove their guilt, and they
-are speedily executed.
-
-Negroes often believe that some men can change themselves into wild
-animals and then resume their own form. They are especially afraid of
-man-leopards: not unfrequently men who have been thought to be such have
-been executed. We cannot, however, blame the negroes much for such
-ideas. Not long ago white Europeans generally believed in werewolves (or
-manwolves), and there are still districts in Europe where such beliefs
-exist.
-
-Many African negroes wear charms to protect themselves against harm.
-Such charms are called _gri-gris_. Almost anything may be a gri-gri: a
-part of some animal, a plant, a curious stone. Where the negroes have
-had much to do with Arabs or other Mohammedans a favorite gri-gri is a
-verse from the Koran, written on paper done up in a little leathern
-pouch and hung about the neck. Sometimes a man will be almost covered
-with gri-gris. He may have so many “as to weigh thirty pounds,” and they
-may hamper him so “that he must be helped in mounting a horse.”
-
-We have already told you that the Arabs still hunt negro slaves. Many of
-the negro tribes themselves keep slaves—thus the Wolofs do so. They,
-however, treat their slaves more kindly than the Arabs do.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXIV.
-                               NEGROIDS.
-
-
-The negroids of Southern and Eastern Africa resemble the negroes. They
-are generally tall; they have a fine dark brown color, long narrow
-heads, hair less kinky and woolly than the negroes, flat nose and thick
-lips. They do not have the negro’s odor. The negroids comprise many
-different tribes, but all speak related languages known as the Bantu
-languages. The tribes we shall consider are the Zulus, Kaffirs, and
-Waganda.
-
-The Zulus and Kaffirs wear generally but little clothing. A man wears a
-cord about the waist with flaps of leather hanging from it in front and
-behind; the woman wears a fringed girdle about her waist. Sometimes they
-wear a mantle of hairy skins. At great festivals the men deck themselves
-finely. A traveller, describing a young man who was going visiting,
-says: “He will wear furs, among them the Angora goat; feathers in his
-head-dress; globular tufts of beautiful feathers on his forehead or at
-the back of his head; eagle feathers in fine head-dresses, as also
-ostrich, lory, and peacock feathers. He ties so many tufts and tails to
-his waist girdle that he may almost be said to wear a kilt.”
-
-The negroids, like the negroes, are agriculturists and live in towns of
-huts. Some tribes are raisers of cattle and have large herds that yield
-milk, meat, and skins. They are hunters, too, and that on a large scale.
-They set up long hedges or lines of brush and stakes, which converge
-toward certain points where they dig pits and cover them. They then
-scatter over a large district and beat it, scaring in the animals and
-driving them between the lines of brush into the pits, where they easily
-kill them.
-
-The two great weapons of the southern negroids are the _kerry_ and the
-_assegai_. The kerry is a short wooden club with a knob at the end. This
-is thrown at the game. The assegai is a spear, the shaft of which is
-long and slender and the head of which, made of iron, is long and wide.
-Assegais are used all through South and Central Africa. The form and
-size of the blade varies with tribes: sometimes it is two feet in length
-and several inches across. Mrs. French-Sheldon saw the assegai maker, in
-one tribe she visited, using a natural leaf as his pattern, and he was
-careful to exactly copy its form. Both negro and negroid tribes in some
-parts of Africa, especially Western Central Africa, use throwing-knives;
-they are made from a flat piece of iron, worked into several blades
-projecting in different directions. They are thrown through the air, and
-some one of the ugly blades is quite sure to strike.
-
-Kaffirs and Zulus make long oval shields almost as tall as themselves,
-for protection in battle. A cowskin, with the hair on, is stretched over
-a light and simple wooden frame. Each great section of Africans has its
-own kind of shield. The Niam-Niams and some Congo tribes weave beautiful
-close and light shields of wicker or basket work; they are long and
-narrow, and protect the whole body. The splints of which they are woven
-differ in color and are worked into rather handsome patterns. In Nubia
-they use shields made of thick and heavy hide, like elephant or
-rhinoceros hide; these are circular, not very large, and have a round or
-conical knob or boss raised at the centre.
-
-[Illustration: WAGANDA MUSICIANS (RATZEL).]
-
-Kaffirs and Zulus are fond of war and are brave in battle. They have war
-dances in which they are inflamed for the fray. A Kaffir who slays an
-enemy may have a great gash cut in his leg on his return home to show
-that fact. The scars of such gashes are objects of great pride. The
-Kaffirs are fine speakers and their speeches on important occasions are
-stirring and impressive. Like negroes, the negroids delight in music and
-have many instruments. None, however, is a greater favorite than the
-noisy drum.
-
-Among Zulus and Kaffirs, the sorcerer is much feared and dreaded. When
-men are ill, or in trouble, they go to him for help and advice. He goes
-through with many strange performances. The people believe that he can
-detect thieves and find stolen property, that he can bewitch and cure
-bewitchment; he is frequently, also, a rain-maker. There is much
-jealousy between the sorcerers or rain-makers in a tribe, and they
-sometimes challenge each other to tests of their power. The description
-of such a test between two rain-makers, in one of Rider Haggard’s books,
-is probably true to life.
-
-
-
-
-                                  XXV.
-                                PYGMIES.
-
-
-Many centuries ago, the Greek writers, Homer, Herodotus, and Aristotle,
-spoke of dwarf peoples, whom they called _Pygmies_, living in Africa. On
-an ancient Egyptian wall there is painted a queer little dwarf-like
-figure with the word _Akka_ written near it. It is plain that little
-African peoples were known both to the Greeks and Egyptians. But for
-hundreds of years after the old Greek writers and Egyptian artists were
-dead, no one believed in real Pygmies. Every one felt that the accounts
-of them were “travellers’ lies,” told to amuse people. But travellers
-who have been going into Africa during the last two hundred years and
-more have from time to time told us of such tribes, and to-day there can
-be no doubt of their existence. There are really Pygmies, and they are
-curious and interesting.
-
-When the great German traveller Schweinfurth was visiting King Munza of
-the Monbuttus in “the heart of Africa,” he learned that tribes of
-Pygmies lived near. There were nine clusters of them, and they were
-called _Akkas_—just like the little creature represented on the old
-Egyptian wall—and each cluster had its own chief. At one time
-Schweinfurth saw several hundred of these little people together. Munza
-traded one of these Pygmies, whose name was Neevoué, to Schweinfurth.
-The traveller was kind to the little fellow, and wanted to take him to
-Germany, but Neevoué died in Egypt. He was a cruel little creature, not
-very bright, and had great difficulty in learning. Later on, in Ashango
-Land, much farther to the west, Du Chaillu found the dwarf Obongos, whom
-he described, and whose houses he pictured. An Italian traveller named
-Miani secured two Akkas in trade. He planned to take them to Italy, but
-he died on his journey home. His two Pygmies, however, reached Italy,
-where a kind-hearted nobleman took care of them. They were gay and
-happy, though fitful, and were rather quick to learn; they learned to
-speak, read, and write Italian.
-
-[Illustration: HUTS OF ASHANGO-LAND DWARFS (DU CHAILLU).]
-
-So much was known about the Pygmies before Stanley’s journey. He saw
-many of them, and tells a good deal about them and their life. The Akkas
-were the tribe he saw. They measure from three feet to four feet and six
-inches; a full-grown man weighs about ninety pounds. Some of them have
-long heads, long, narrow faces, small, reddish eyes placed near
-together, and are sour looking and morose. The others have round faces
-with fine, large, bright eyes placed wide apart, high foreheads, skin of
-a rich ivory-yellow color. All African Pygmies seem to have their bodies
-covered with short, rather stiff, grayish hair. Stanley says the Akkas
-place their villages near the towns of bigger people, and that sometimes
-eight to twelve Pygmy villages will surround one negro (or negroid)
-town. These Pygmies are lively and active; they do not cultivate any
-plants, but devote themselves to hunting.
-
-They use little bows and arrows, and small spears. The tips of the
-arrows and spears are often poisoned. With these weapons these little
-folk attack and kill antelopes, buffalo, and even elephants. They dig
-pitfalls and make traps. Some of their traps are like sheds, the roofs
-of which are held in place by vines; bananas and nuts are placed in
-these as bait; when chimpanzees or other animals try to take the bait,
-the roof falls. The Pygmies catch birds for their feathers, and hunt for
-wild honey.
-
-The Pygmies use two kinds of arrow poison. One is dark and thick and
-made from the leaves of a plant quite like our Jack-in-the-pulpit or
-Indian turnip. The other is believed to be made from red ants,—which are
-dried and crushed to powder,—mixed with palm oil. Both are said to act
-quickly when fresh. Stanley mentions one man who died within one minute
-from a small wound in his right arm and chest. When the poison is old it
-acts less rapidly.
-
-These Pygmies live in low oval huts, with doors two or three feet high.
-The houses are arranged in a circle about an open cleared space, in
-which the chief’s house stands. About one hundred yards from the
-village, along every path that leads to it, is a little guard house,
-only big enough for two Pygmies. These are guard houses and toll
-stations, and all strangers who pass must pay toll. The Pygmies are
-usually on good terms with their big neighbors, and both are useful to
-the other. The little people sell their ivory, skins, honey, and poison
-to their neighbors, or trade them for vegetable food. The Pygmies, keen
-and watchful, are good pickets for the others, and often warn them of
-danger from approaching enemies.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXVI.
-                        BUSHMEN AND HOTTENTOTS.
-
-
-Far to the south in Africa, in and about the Desert of Kalahari, live
-the Bushmen. They are somewhat like the Pygmies. They are
-little—full-grown men being from four feet to four feet six inches in
-stature. They are of a yellow-brown color; their hair is black and
-kinky, but appears to grow in little tufts with bare spaces between; the
-jaws project and the lips are thick; they wrinkle early. They are quick
-and lively in movements, and are bold hunters.
-
-Little bands of them wander from place to place, without any fixed home.
-They build no houses. Usually they live in holes among the rocks; at
-most, they build rude, temporary shelters. They live chiefly on game,
-which they kill with the bow and arrow, or sometimes with the spear.
-They sometimes trail an animal a long distance, and when they overtake
-and kill it, stop at the spot to eat it. They are wonderful at following
-the trail of either animals or men, and see signs of their having passed
-which a white man would never notice. They get a hard living; they
-gather seeds and roots, fruits and gums; they hunt the honey of wild
-bees; they catch lizards and snakes. They are so fond of the white
-grubs, or pupæ of ants—which we usually, but wrongly, call ants’
-eggs—that the Boers, living near the little people, call them “Bushmen’s
-rice.” They also eat the huge eggs of the ostrich, and make water
-vessels out of the empty shells.
-
-Their bows are small and their arrows are hardly more than a foot in
-length; the points of bone, stone, or iron are poisoned, and are so
-attached to the shaft that they separate and remain in the wound. The
-spear and darts which they use are also small and have poisoned tips. In
-the quivers with their arrows they carry a little sharpening stone for
-grinding the points and a brush for applying the poison. For digging
-roots the Bushmen use a pointed stick, which is weighted with a stone
-ring. These few simple weapons and tools are all that these poor people
-possess, except a few wooden dishes and a smoking pipe, which is said to
-be owned by a whole family or band.
-
-Livingstone says that their arrow poison comes from a sort of
-caterpillar or grub, which they crush and dip the arrow tip into. They
-always clean their nails carefully after handling the poison, as it
-causes damage if it comes into contact with any scratch or cut. The pain
-caused by the poison is so great as almost to make the man who has been
-wounded crazy. When a lion has been struck with one of these poisoned
-arrows he roars terribly and bites and tears the ground and trees. To
-cure a person who has been bitten they use an ointment made of the
-crushed caterpillar mixed with grease. They believe that the caterpillar
-is hungry for grease; when it does not find fat in a person it kills
-him; when they supply it the fat it wants, it does no harm. It is said
-that this caterpillar is sacred and that they pray to it, asking it to
-give them plenty of game when they are hunting.
-
-[Illustration: GORA-PLAYER: BUSHMAN (RATZEL).]
-
-These little people are fond of music and drawing. Their finest musical
-instrument is a _gora_. This is a hunter’s bow, with a ring on the bow
-string. By sliding this ring they change the note which it gives when
-twanged. The twang of a bowstring is not a very loud sound; to increase
-it a gourd is hung to the lower end of the bow. All over the country of
-the Bushmen cliffs and the walls of caves are covered with their
-pictures, which represent animals, birds, and men; hunting scenes and
-battles are also represented. These pictures are sometimes just pecked
-out in the rock; sometimes they are painted; sometimes they are first
-pecked out and then filled with color. The colors most used in these
-pictures are red, yellow, and black.
-
-The negroid Kaffirs and the Hottentots who live near the poor Bushmen
-hate them and harm them. Meeting them on the road, they sometimes kill
-them without pity. In 1804 a Kaffir who went to Cape Town on business
-found a Bushman boy eleven years old working as a servant in the
-government building. He killed the little fellow with a spear. This, of
-course, was long ago, but it shows how the Kaffirs despise the Bushmen.
-
-The Hottentots live near the Bushmen and are a mixture between them and
-the negroids. They are taller than the Bushmen, but have much the same
-yellowish brown skin color and the same sort of hair. Their language,
-too, is much like that of the Bushmen. In both languages there are some
-strange sounds, hard for white men to pronounce, called “clicks.” These
-sounds come in the middle of words, and are called “clicks” because they
-sound something like the sound made in driving horses. Among the Bushmen
-there are nine different sounds of this kind; the Hottentots have only
-four.
-
-[Illustration: BUSHMAN ROCK PICTURE (RATZEL).]
-
-The Hottentots are cattle-raisers, but do not cultivate plants. They
-gather wild fruits and dig roots. They move with their herds from one
-pasture to another; their settlements are called _kraals_. Their huts
-are dome-shaped and consist of a light framework of poles over which
-mattings are hung. When they move it takes only a few minutes to take
-the houses to pieces and pack them on to their cattle. The huts are
-always set up in a circle, enclosing a clear space where the cattle are
-herded.
-
-Both men and women of the Hottentots wear fur caps, and it is considered
-indecent for a woman to be seen with her head bare. Hottentot clothing
-consists of leather aprons and cloaks. Hottentots rarely kill their
-cattle, which they keep for milk rather than for meat.
-
-They are quite warlike, and each tribe has a leader. They honor brave
-warriors. They are gay in disposition and like to say sharp and funny
-things about each other; this often leads to quarrels and fights. When a
-man is angry with another, he takes a handful of dust and offers it to
-him; if the offender is willing to fight, he seizes the hand and
-scatters the dust on the ground; if he refuses to fight, the angry man
-throws the dust upon him to show that he is a coward. In fighting to
-settle quarrels, they kick and club each other and even use spears.
-
-[Illustration: HOTTENTOT KRAAL (RATZEL).]
-
-The Hottentots have many songs and prayers which they repeat to, or
-about, their sacred beings. Among their stories are some about the
-rabbit and his adventures. They worship the stars which we call the
-Pleiades. When these stars rise for the first time in the year, the
-people greet them. Mothers take their babies in their arms and teach
-them to stretch out their little hands toward the friendly stars. They
-then have a dance and sing a song in honor of one of their gods. There
-is a large insect called the _mantis_, which, when it stands still,
-raises its long front legs into a curious position; the Hottentots think
-that it is praying. When a praying mantis appears in a kraal every one
-is pleased, as they think it brings good luck. No one thinks of killing
-it, and they make an offering to it.
-
-When a Hottentot man goes hunting, his wife kindles a fire at home and
-does nothing while he is gone but carefully tend it. They believe if she
-lets it go out that he will fail in his hunting. Hottentot conjurers are
-thought to be great snake charmers. It is said that they can hiss in
-such a way that all the snakes in the district will be attracted to
-them. So much are these conjurers feared that every one wears some
-object about him to protect himself against their power.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXVII.
-                                MALAYS.
-
-
-The Malays live in the Malay Peninsula, on the great islands near
-it,—Sumatra, Borneo, and Java,—and on a host of lesser islands in that
-part of the world. They also form part of the population of the great
-island, Madagascar, lying east of Africa.
-
-They are short, with brown skin, dark eyes, straight and coarse black
-hair, and broad, round heads. Their forms are slight and graceful. They
-are active and gay, quick and intelligent; they are easily offended, do
-not readily forgive injuries, and are often deceitful and treacherous.
-
-The Malays are believed to have come from the continent of Asia not more
-than three thousand years ago.
-
-They are fairly industrious in working their fields, the most important
-crop from which is rice. They have other crops, however, and also raise
-many fruits. They use the buffalo as a help in field work and for
-drawing carts. Those Malays who live near the coast fish, and use both
-fresh and salted fish for food. They are good sailors, making journeys
-by water to China, Australia and other islands. They are shrewd in
-trading. Formerly, many Malays were bold pirates, as indeed in some
-parts they still are.
-
-Malay houses are usually built of boards, are rectangular in form, and
-have a two-pitched roof. They are almost everywhere, set up on posts
-quite high above ground, and must be reached by means of ladders.
-
-The Malays are great chewers of betel nut. A piece of the nut is mixed
-with a little lime, placed in a leaf, and chewed. It colors the saliva
-red and stains the teeth a brownish black. So used are the Malays to
-these stained teeth that they no longer admire white teeth. Of a man
-whose teeth are not stained with betel they will say, “he has teeth like
-a dog,” and seem to consider it a disgrace. They even chip off or file
-away the enamel on the front of the teeth of children so that they may
-become sooner blackened.
-
-[Illustration: MALAY FAMILY: JAVA (VERNEAU).]
-
-All Malays like amusement; even the most civilized celebrate many
-festivals. Animal fights and theatrical performances are favorites.
-Almost every man among the Malays keeps a fighting cock of which he is
-proud and fond; while he works in his field, the bird is tied by a cord
-to a stake near him, and he stops now and again to stroke and pet him.
-Cock-fights take place frequently, but the birds are not allowed—as in
-Mexico—to kill each other. The bull-fights in the Malay region are also
-much less cruel than those of Mexico and Spain. In these countries the
-bull is made to fight against a trained company of human fighters; among
-the Malays he fights another animal of his own kind. The Malay
-buffalo-tiger fight is famous. A buffalo and tiger are placed in a pen
-together and then excited until they attack each other. The buffalo is
-quite frequently the victor. Most curious, however, is the battle
-between crickets. The contest between these insects is watched with
-great interest and excitement by the Malays. It occurs also in Japan.
-
-Malays delight in dances and the theatre. At the World’s Columbian
-Exposition in Chicago there was a complete Javanese village. It
-contained a dance house where dances were given to the sound of the
-strange gongs and other musical instruments of the Javan people. The
-dancing was by girls who were gayly dressed in velvet, silk, and satin
-with gold and silver tinsel. They wore curious gilt helmets. They did
-not dance with their feet, but kept time to the music by graceful
-movements of the arms, hands, head, and eyes. In the same building they
-gave plays, in which the players wore small and curious masks of wood.
-In other plays, somewhat like our Punch and Judy, puppets were moved and
-played the parts. The Javanese also have shadow plays, where jointed
-human figures, cut from cardboard, are moved by sticks and their shadows
-are thrown upon a screen.
-
-[Illustration: BUFFALO CART: JAVA (RATZEL).]
-
-“Running amuck” is fearfully common among Malays. Suddenly a man, on the
-street or in some public place, becomes insane with a desire to kill.
-Seizing a weapon, he starts down a street filled with people and strikes
-right and left at every one as he runs. The police hurry after the
-murderer and are usually compelled to kill him before his dreadful work
-can be stopped. The Malays are really a nervous and excitable people; it
-is said that frequently a steady look at a person will throw him into a
-trance or hypnotized state.
-
-[Illustration: KRISES: JAVA (RATZEL).]
-
-Of the various weapons used by the Malays the _kris_ seems to be the
-favorite. In Java this was often a remarkable object. A kris is a short
-sword or dagger with a fine steel blade which ends in a point, and the
-sides of which are wavy instead of straight. Probably they think of this
-as a stinging serpent; anyway the handle is frequently in the form of a
-serpent’s head. Sometimes this handle is finely carved and often it is
-set with gems. Some that belonged to the old Javan princes were a mass
-of precious stones. The sheath for the kris might be plain, but it might
-also be decorated with carvings or encrusted with jewels.
-
-Strangest of the Malays are the Dyaks of Borneo and the Battaks of
-Sumatra. Both are a little larger and have longer heads than the
-Javanese. The Dyaks are great “head-hunters.” No man is respected until
-he has brought in a head as a trophy. Usually only the skull is kept;
-sometimes this will be engraved with patterns or stained with coloring
-matter; sometimes designs are cut in the bone and foil is set in the
-patterns. The Battaks are industrious and have made progress in many
-ways. They have a system of writing. Inscriptions are usually carved
-upon staves of bamboo; they also have books made of strips of palm or
-other vegetable substances. The Battaks are among the most dreadful of
-cannibals.
-
-
-
-
-                                XXVIII.
-                    THE PEOPLES OF THE PHILIPPINES.
-
-
-The Philippine Islands lie northeast from the great Malay Islands. The
-group extends for one thousand miles and includes almost two thousand
-islands of sizes from barren rock masses too small for use up to the
-great Island of Luzon, which is about the size of Ohio. All together the
-islands have an area equal to that of New York and the New England
-States united. It is uncertain how large a population occupy the
-islands, but it is probably between seven and eight million.
-
-Dr. Blumentritt, an Austrian who has studied the Philippine peoples for
-many years, says that fifty-one different languages are spoken among
-them. He thinks that the peoples have come at various times to the
-islands from various places. He believes that the first people here were
-the negritos and that they once occupied the whole region. Perhaps three
-thousand years ago Malay tribes, a good deal like the Dyaks of Borneo,
-crowded in upon the unfortunate little natives, seizing their land and
-driving them into the mountains of the interior and to the more remote
-parts of the coast. Later, from eighteen hundred to fourteen hundred
-years ago, other Malays crowded in, but this time they were more like
-those of Java. Much later, only about five hundred years ago, a third
-lot of Malays, bold and hardy seamen, began a movement into the islands.
-But just then the Spaniards discovered the Philippines and checked these
-pirates before they had gained much of a foothold. Blumentritt speaks of
-these invasions of Malays as the first, second, and third Malay
-migrations.
-
-[Illustration: PHILIPPINE NEGRITO (MEYER).]
-
-The negritos, or old population, are a little people much like the
-Mincopies of the Andaman Islands. They are short, black skinned, and
-crinkly haired. They do not live to be old, but a person of thirty or
-forty looks as if much older. They build no true houses; in bad weather
-they put up rude shelters. They are wanderers and have no agriculture;
-they make no pottery; they wear but little clothing; some scar or
-tattoo; they are fond of ornaments. Their chief weapon is the bow and
-arrow, though they also have spears. They are skilful in throwing
-stones. They make fire by friction, sawing one sharp piece of bamboo
-across another. If a negrito dies, his fellows believe he was bewitched
-by some Tagal or other Malay, and will not be satisfied until one has
-been killed in revenge. When two negritos wish to swear friendship, they
-cut their arms and each sucks blood from the other; they thus become of
-one blood and are like brothers. They used to send messages by knotting
-grass which either had a meaning itself or helped the person who carried
-it to remember what he had been told. There are now perhaps twenty
-thousand negritos and they live mostly on the larger islands—Luzon,
-Mindanao, and Negros.
-
-Many tribes in the Philippines represent the first Malay invasion. They
-are much alike in life and character; all are bold and cruel; most of
-them are head-hunters. They depend, in part, on agriculture, and have
-settled villages which are usually in the mountains or forests. The
-Igorrotes are a good example of them. They live in North Luzon. Both men
-and women tattoo; they gild their teeth and are fond of ornaments. The
-men go armed with spears, bows and arrows, and knives. Their peculiar
-weapon, however, is a hatchet-knife called _ligua_; the thin broad
-blade, set like that of a hatchet, has a concave cutting edge which runs
-into a long point above. The houses of the Igorrotes are large,
-rectangular, and raised on piles. These people are good agriculturists,
-tending their fields—which they irrigate—with care. The girls of the
-village are in charge of an old woman, and they all live and sleep
-together in one special house; this is unlike the other houses of the
-village and is not set up on posts. The Igorrotes have much respect for
-the souls of their ancestors. In each village there is a sacred tree in
-which they believe these souls abide. Though industrious and settled the
-Igorrotes are dreadful head-hunters. They organize war-parties to attack
-neighboring tribes for victims. The party shown in the picture were on
-such an errand. Only a few days after the photograph was taken they fell
-upon a Tingian village, killed thirty-nine persons, and carried away
-twenty-five heads as trophies.
-
-[Illustration: HOUSES OF IGORROTES (MEYER).]
-
-The Tagals, one of the tribes of the second invasion, are the most
-important of the Philippine peoples. They industriously work their
-fields and raise rice, yams, maize, and several fleshy-root plants. Of
-fruits they cultivate mangoes, bananas, pineapples, cocoanuts, and
-others. Of industrial plants they produce manila hemp, cotton, indigo,
-and tobacco. Many of these plants they have only had since the coming of
-the Spaniards. They have long had domestic animals, among them the
-buffalo, pig, dog, hens, and ducks. The Tagals have towns of
-considerable size, with well-built houses perched on posts. They are
-well dressed in good cloth woven by the women. They are fond of gain and
-good traders. They are active in body and mind. They delight in poetry,
-and it is said “boys on the street will improvise by the yard.” The
-Tagals write their language with an alphabet which was probably brought
-from India _long_ ago. They formerly wrote on bamboo or on the bark of
-certain trees. The Tagals are passionately fond of cock-fighting. Every
-one chews betel nut.
-
-[Illustration: HEAD-HUNTING PARTY: IGORROTES (MEYER).]
-
-As to the third migration, it failed to reach the great island of Luzon.
-The immigrants were Mohammedan Malays from Borneo. They were sea-rovers
-and pirates. They gained possession of the Sulu Islands, the farthest to
-the southwest of the Philippines, and had landed on Mindanao when the
-arrival of the Spaniards put an end to their movements. They are usually
-called _Moros_ or Moors, from their religion. They are polygamous and
-keep slaves. Their ruler is called the Sultan of Sulu.
-
-Such are the people of the Philippines: at least fifty-one tribes,
-speaking as many different languages. But there are also many foreigners
-there: thousands of Japanese and Chinese; descendants of American
-Indians, brought by the old Spaniards from Mexico and Peru; Spaniards
-and other whites. And lastly there are all sorts of _mestizos_, or mixed
-persons, produced by the intermarriage of all these so many different
-stocks—native and foreign.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXIX.
-                              MELANESIANS.
-
-
-Several great groups of people occupy the vast island world of the
-Pacific. We have already spoken of the Malays. In Australia live many
-tribes differing in language and customs. They are mostly dark brown
-with bushy or curly hair. They are savages in culture. South of
-Australia, in Van Diemen’s Land, or Tasmania, there formerly lived a
-dark brown people, not tall in stature, with peculiar features and long
-curly hair; they are now all gone. North of Australia, in Papua or New
-Guinea, are many tribes with curious and interesting arts and customs.
-The real Papuans are dark brown in color and have woolly hair, which,
-like that of the Bushmen, _seems_ to grow in tufts with bare spaces
-between. They are of medium stature. The islands to the east and south
-of Australia and New Guinea are occupied by black, woolly-haired tribes,
-who are called Melanesians, and who are related to the Papuans. Among
-them are the natives of Fiji, New Britain, New Ireland, and the Solomon
-Islands.
-
-The Fijians of fifty years ago will well represent the Melanesians.
-Thomas Williams, _Fiji and the Fijians_, will give us our facts.
-
-The Fijian hair-dressing was striking. Each chief had a special
-hair-dresser, who frequently spent several hours a day in arranging his
-master’s hair. The hairs were trained to stand out from the head so as
-to form a great mass that might be trimmed into curious shapes. This
-smooth, soft, solid, cushion-like mass of hair was stained with
-colors—jet black naturally, it might be blue-black, ashy white, or
-shades of red. The whole mass of hair, except a band in front, might be
-black, while _that_ was white; sometimes the hair behind was twisted
-into cords ending with tassels; one man had a knot of fiery red hair on
-the crown while the rest of his head was shaved; sometimes the hair mass
-measured four feet or more in circumference. Such grand hair-dressing
-would be ruined by lying down with the head on the ground—so the Fijians
-had a wooden head-rest or pillow, which was set under the neck and held
-the head up, off the ground.
-
-[Illustration: FIJIAN (RATZEL).]
-
-Men wore a long sash of bark cloth, which was anywhere from three to one
-hundred yards long. This was passed between the legs and wound around
-the waist any number of times; if it were long and the man wanted to
-present a _fine_ appearance it was folded several times up against the
-upper part of his body; the ends were allowed to trail behind. The men
-wore a turban of the same material, but fine and gauzy; from four to six
-feet long, it was wrapped around the head, several times if need be; if
-the hair mass was large, however, it would go little more than once.
-Women wore little but a fringed waist band, which hung to the knees.
-
-Like the Polynesians, from whom they probably learned it, the Fijians
-used much _kava_, a drink which produces a stupefied or intoxicated
-condition. The preparation of kava for the king was a great occasion.
-The great kava bowl, made of wood carefully polished, was placed upon
-the ground. The guests seated themselves around it. A number of young
-men took pieces of the root from which the drink was to be made and
-chewed them well in their mouths; they stacked up the pellets in the
-dish; water was poured in until the bowl was nearly full and the balls
-of chewed root were well stirred about and squeezed in it. Then a man,
-especially trained to the work, strained them out with a bunch of fibre,
-in which, by twisting, he squeezed the pellets until no more juice or
-water ran out. The liquid was now ready for drinking. Prayer and song
-had accompanied the making of the kava. The king, receiving a cupful
-from a servant, spilled a little to the gods, and then drank. The others
-then drank in their order. It was a high honor to drink next after the
-king.
-
-[Illustration: PILE-DWELLING VILLAGE: NEW GUINEA (RATZEL).]
-
-[Illustration: CANOE: NEW GUINEA (RATZEL).]
-
-The Fijians carved neat bowls and other vessels from wood. The kava
-bowls, though usually plain, were carefully cut and beautifully
-polished. The Fijians—almost alone of Pacific Islanders—made pottery;
-the vessels were in various strange though rather graceful forms, and
-were somewhat glazed. They made remarkable war clubs of fine, heavy,
-dark woods which varied much in form, were decorated with carving, and
-were handsomely polished. Fijians were not good sailors, but they made
-better canoes than some of those made by Polynesians, who _were_ bold
-sailors. It is said that the Tongans (Polynesians) gave up their own
-style of canoe to adopt that of the Fijians. The canoes were, like those
-of many of the Pacific Islands, double canoes; two canoes of the same
-shape and size were placed side by side—with some little space
-between—and united by a platform of boards; one sail was sometimes
-hoisted; paddles were used for sculling and a great steering oar was
-employed. A much larger book than this would be needed for describing
-all the craft used on the water by Malayans, Melanesians, and
-Polynesians. The Fijians enjoyed music and had two or three kinds of
-drums, sticks that were beaten together, pan-pipes, a bamboo jew’s-harp,
-a conch-shell trumpet, and a little flute that was blown by the nose.
-
-The Fijians were a polite people—that is, they had rules about
-greetings, behavior, and the treatment of superiors. One curious rule
-was that a servant or inferior, in case his master fell or got into some
-ridiculous position, must also fall or place himself in a similar
-ridiculous position. Afterward it was expected that he would be rewarded
-for his politeness. Mr. Williams tells us an incident that illustrates
-this practice:—
-
-“One day I came to a long bridge formed of a single cocoanut tree, which
-was thrown across a rapid stream, the opposite bank of which was two or
-three feet lower, so that the declivity was too steep to be comfortable.
-The pole was also wet and slippery, and thus my crossing safely was very
-doubtful. Just as I commenced the experiment a heathen said, with much
-animation, ‘To-day I shall have a musket.’ I had, however, just then to
-heed my steps more than his words, and so succeeded in reaching the
-other side safely. When I asked him why he spoke of a musket, the man
-replied, ‘I felt certain you would fall in attempting to go over, and I
-should have fallen after you; and, as the bridge is high, the water
-rapid, and you a gentleman, you would not have thought of giving me less
-than a musket.’”
-
-The _tabu_ is one of the most curious habits of Pacific Islanders.
-Though it occurred in Fiji, it was Polynesian, rather than Melanesian.
-Tabu was forbidding persons to touch, or use, or make some object.
-Chiefs and priests set most of the tabus, but lesser people might
-sometimes do so. A man might tabu all the cocoanuts in a district,
-setting up some sign or mark to show that he had done so; no one might
-thereafter touch a nut there until the tabu had been removed. A chief
-might tabu a man’s working; he could not do work of any kind until the
-chief removed the tabu. A chief might tabu the building of canoes by the
-people of a certain village; the people thenceforth would need to secure
-canoes from others. Thousands of tabus were set, and they made much
-trouble and inconvenience. The man who broke a tabu was punished,
-sometimes by death.
-
-The Fijians were dreadful cannibals. England governed Fiji for many
-years, and it was believed that the practice had disappeared. A few old
-men were considered almost as curiosities because they had eaten flesh
-of men and were called “the last of the cannibals.” Then suddenly in
-1889 the old custom broke out again. A party of Fijians killed some
-victims and ate them in a cave. A party in pursuit found evidence of the
-dreadful feast. Among these were some of the curious wooden forks used
-because it was not proper that the flesh should be touched with the
-fingers!
-
-
-
-
-                                  XXX.
-                              POLYNESIANS.
-
-
-The Pacific Islands lying east from the Melanesian Islands, beginning
-with New Zealand and stretching to Easter Island, were occupied by
-Polynesians. The best known of their island groups were New Zealand, the
-Society Islands, Samoa, and the Hawaiian Islands. These islands are
-either volcanic islands or coral islands, and the natural animal and
-vegetable life occurring on them is less varied than on the great
-islands lying nearer to the Asiatic or Australian continents.
-
-The Polynesians present a fine type. They are often tall and well built;
-their skins, though brown, are frequently light; the features are
-regular and the faces handsome. They are quick and intelligent, think
-and reason well, take new ideas readily, and are fond of beauty. They
-were barbarians, but had made so much progress that they were at the
-border-line of civilization. Living in a mass of islands that presented
-few natural resources, they had made the most of everything nature gave
-them.
-
-[Illustration: TATTOOED NEW ZEALANDER (VERNEAU).]
-
-Many Polynesian tribes tattoo. Elaborate patterns are pricked into the
-skin, with lines of needles set side by side and dipped in color. The
-New Zealanders tattooed their faces with curious curved-line patterns,
-each line had its proper place, and the patterns probably had a meaning.
-The Marquesas Islanders covered their bodies with elaborate and graceful
-patterns. The process was painful and only a small space was done at one
-time; the whole work required years.
-
-Polynesian dress differed somewhat with the region. In New Zealand fine,
-soft, and flexible robes and blankets were woven of the native flax. In
-Hawaii the king and chiefs had wonderful feather cloaks which hung to
-the knees or even to the ankles. The little feathers of which these were
-composed were red and yellow; a garment composed only of yellow feathers
-could be worn only by the king; when both colors of feathers were used,
-they were arranged in diamond-shaped or other ornamental forms, with
-spots and lines of dark purple or black feathers. Besides the cloaks,
-there were tippets of feathers, which were generally worn by lower
-chiefs, who had not, or might not have, feather cloaks. In these feather
-garments the dress was made of a sort of netted foundation, into which
-these bright feathers were worked. Chiefs also had wonderful helmets of
-wickerwork which were covered with feathers. The helmet might be simple,
-just fitting the head, or large, ridged, or crested, and rising high
-above the head. In some islands the clothing consisted of a fringed
-girdle hanging from the waist to the knees.
-
-[Illustration: HELMETS AND IDOL-HEADS OF FEATHERS: HAWAII (RATZEL).]
-
-But everywhere in Polynesia the common dress was made of _tapa_. This
-was a kind of paper or cloth beaten out of the bark of certain trees.
-The bark was removed from the tree and soaked in water; it was laid upon
-a large piece of wood and beaten with a sort of club or mallet. This was
-made of hard wood and was round at one end for being taken in the hand;
-the remainder was squared, and the four faces were either smooth or
-ribbed by longitudinal grooves. By this beating the wood was separated
-into its fibres, and these were mashed together into a sheet of firm
-paper or cloth. This tapa differs with the tree from the bark of which
-it is made. Some is thin and dark brown; that from the bark of the
-breadfruit tree is fawn-colored; that from the paper-mulberry, best and
-finest of all, is beautifully white. The women were so expert at beating
-tapa that single strips, four yards wide and two hundred yards long,
-were beaten. Such cloth might be left plain, or it might be stained with
-colors, or it might be stamped with patterns. Wooden blocks or strips of
-bamboo were carved with designs which were smeared with color and
-stamped on the cloth; sometimes ferns were laid in coloring matter, then
-the form transferred to the tapa.
-
-The two chief food supplies in Polynesia were breadfruit and cocoanuts;
-yams (much like sweet potatoes) and bananas were plenty. A favorite food
-in places is _poi_, a sort of gruel or pudding made from the root of
-_taro_. It was not eaten with a spoon, but the finger was dipped into it
-and stirred around to get a good load of the sticky stuff on it, when it
-was stuck into the mouth and sucked clean. Fish were much eaten, though
-not all kinds nor at all times.
-
-The Polynesian oven was a hole, three or four feet across, and a foot
-deep, dug in the ground. The bottom was lined with stones, which were
-covered with dry leaves, upon which a brisk fire was built. When the
-stones were red-hot, the dust and ashes were brushed out of the oven,
-and the potatoes, yams, and taro, or the pigs, dogs, fish, and birds
-were wrapped in leaves, and laid upon the hot stones. When all the food
-to be cooked had been neatly placed, leaves were laid above them, and
-hot stones on these. All was then covered in with leaves and earth, and
-left until thoroughly baked through.
-
-Many of the strange peoples we have considered are filthy; Polynesians
-were unusually cleanly, and bathed frequently. In some islands surf
-bathing was the chief sport. Every traveller to Hawaii has described the
-practice. Babies were taken into the sea by their mothers within two or
-three days of their birth, and could swim as soon as they could walk.
-Old and young, men and women, bathe in the surf, and the heavier the
-waves the greater the sport. The surf-bathing board was five or six feet
-long, and a foot wide; it was carefully polished. Taking his board and
-pushing it before him, the man swam far out to sea, diving under the
-billows as he met them. When far enough out, he lay himself on the end
-of the board and waited for a great wave. When it came, he poised
-himself on its very crest, and paddling with hands and feet rode in upon
-it almost to the shore.
-
-The Polynesians were warriors, and their battles were cruel and bloody.
-They rarely ventured into battle until their gods, through their
-priests, promised them success. To prepare themselves for war they
-practised in warlike arts. Thus they slung stones at marks, threw
-javelins, and wrestled. It is said that, in slinging, they were able to
-strike a small stick at fifty yards’ distance, four times out of five.
-In their javelin practice, the man at whom the weapon was thrown often
-caught it and hurled it back; some were so skilled that they “would
-allow six men to throw their javelins at them, which they would either
-catch and return on their assailants, or so dextrously turn aside that
-they fell harmless to the ground.” In going to war, a chief summoned all
-his friends and subordinates. When they had gathered, the
-gods—especially the war gods—were brought out to assist and encourage
-them. During the battle there was great noise and confusion; effort was
-made to kill the great chiefs of the enemy, so that their followers
-might be discouraged. Many were killed. Survivors fled to some fortress,
-or the mountains, or found safety in one of the curious “places of
-refuge,” within whose sacred precincts no harm could be done them.
-
-For weapons, the Hawaiians had spears of great length, javelins, clubs
-which were used both for thrusting and striking, a hard wood dagger, and
-slings often made of human hair. On the Kingsmill Islands the natives
-made weapons, in many shapes or sizes, of wooden shafts, along the sides
-of which great numbers of sharks’ teeth were securely lashed. These
-weapons were used both for thrusting and striking, and were fearful
-things on naked bodies. In those same islands, and on account of these
-shark-tooth weapons, the natives had curious protective clothing or
-armor of cocoanut fibre.
-
-[Illustration: KINGSMILL ISLANDER (TYLOR).]
-
-Many Polynesians were cannibals: some of them dreadful cannibals. Their
-eating of human flesh was often connected with their religion. They had
-many gods, whom they represented by idols. The Hawaiian war god is an
-example. His idol was an image four or five feet high; the upper part
-was of wickerwork covered with red feathers; the hideous face was
-supplied with a great mouth with triple rows of dog’s or shark’s teeth;
-the eyes were of shell, and upon the head was a helmet crested with long
-tresses of human hair.
-
-
-
-
-                                 XXXI.
-                              CONCLUSION.
-
-
-We have spoken of many Strange Peoples. We have gone around the world in
-our search. But after all we have examined but a small part. Remember
-that there are fifty-one peoples at least in the Philippines alone. We
-have not examined the Australians, or the unfortunate Tasmanians, or the
-many tribes of Siberia, or the sixty native populations of India. We
-have omitted great nations like the southeast Asians,—Siamese, Burmese,
-Annamese. In fact there are many times more Strange Peoples in the world
-whom we have _not_ examined, than whom we have. But we have examined
-enough, I hope, to learn that they are interesting and deserve our
-acquaintance and our sympathy.
-
-There are few unknown peoples left. Travellers have gone to almost all
-parts of the world. The spots which represent absolutely unexplored
-regions on our maps are now neither large nor numerous. There are many
-peoples about whom we know little, but there are not many who are
-actually unknown. Those that may be discovered hereafter will be
-interesting, but they are not likely to be very different from those now
-known.
-
-Many of the Strange Peoples are becoming less “strange” every year. Old
-customs and peculiar practices are dying out in every part of the world.
-Travellers, missionaries, and merchants from white men’s lands are
-taking our ideas, our tools, our weapons, our dress, our learning, our
-religion, and our vices to the remotest parts of the world. Some of the
-Strange Peoples here described have already lost most of their old
-customs. The Polynesians and Fijians have little of the old life which
-we have described. Many American Indian tribes have changed less. Some
-populations have still changed little. But a tribe must indeed be remote
-and difficult of access to actually escape our touch absolutely. Usually
-the change is _not_ improvement. Other people more quickly adopt our
-vices than our virtues. Many tribes have become drunken, diseased, and
-depraved through the white man’s influence. It is rare, indeed, that a
-lower people gains in happiness or virtue by contact with “higher
-civilization.”
-
-Many of the Strange Peoples will disappear. The Tasmanians were killed
-off almost like so many animals by the English. American Indian tribes
-have suffered almost as badly at our hands. Many tribes have gone;
-others are going. The Lipans were once a fairly numerous tribe. In 1892
-I saw all who were left in the United States—four women and one man; six
-months later I saw them again—the man was dead and only four women
-remained. The Tonkaways are dying out at the rate of one-third each
-eight years. The Polynesians, strong, handsome, active, and happy as
-they were when James Cook visited their islands little more than one
-hundred years ago, have dwindled, and fifty years more may blot them
-from the earth. Not all American Indian tribes are dying out; it is
-possible too that Polynesian decline began before Cook’s travels. But it
-is certain that on the whole the changes brought by the newcomers sealed
-the doom of the Indian and Polynesian.
-
-There have always been movements of peoples from place to place. We have
-seen the Malays pouring three great masses of immigrants into the
-Philippines. There are white peoples in Asia; there are yellow peoples
-in Europe. Recently plenty of whites and of blacks have poured into
-America. Such movements contain some danger. The fair whites will
-probably never be able to live in the tropical lands. A certain sort of
-skin, hair, nose, breathing apparatus, is necessary for men who are to
-live and prosper in low, hot, marshy parts of Africa. For Germans to try
-to _colonize_ equatorial Africa is probably a fatal blunder. So far as
-we know the dark whites—Spaniards, Italians, south Frenchmen—make better
-tropical colonizers than we do; but even they are not successful. The
-negro is a bad colonizer, he hardly holds his own even in our Southern
-states. Of all the peoples of the globe the Chinese seem to be the best
-able to colonize differing countries. He seems to go to hot lands and
-cold lands, to small islands and to great continents, but flourishes
-everywhere. So true is this that some writers have urged that Africa be
-opened up for settlement to the crowded millions of the old empire. For
-most peoples, however, migration, if they _must_ migrate, is best along
-the lines of latitude into lands as much like the old home as possible.
-Many Scandinavians live to-day happily where Wisconsin, Iowa, and
-Michigan join; and they may be expected to prosper there, for land and
-water, soil and products, scenery and climate, are there much what they
-were in the fatherland.
-
-
-
-
-                LIST OF BOOKS REGARDING STRANGE PEOPLES.
-
-
-This list makes no pretension to completeness; a few only of the many
-books of the kind are mentioned. Those with a prefixed asterisk will be
-useful to teachers; those without will interest children; those followed
-by an asterisk have directly contributed to this book in reading matter
-or illustration.
-
- ARNOLD: Japonica.*
-
- BATCHELLER: The Ainu of Japan.*
-
- BRAMHALL: The Wee Ones of Japan.*
-
- *BRINTON: Races and Peoples.
-
- DU CHAILLU: The Land of the Dwarfs.*
-
- *DENIKER: The Races of Man.
-
- DOOLITTLE: Social Life of the Chinese.*
-
- ELLIS: Polynesian Researches.*
-
- FIELDE: A Corner of Cathay.
-
- HEARN: Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan.
-
- HUC: Travels in Tartary, Thibet, and China.*
-
- *KEANE: Ethnology.
-
- *KEANE: Man; Past and Present.
-
- LANE: The Modern Egyptians.
-
- LEONOWENS: The English Governess at the Siamese Court.
-
- *LOWELL: Chosön.*
-
- *LUBBOCK: Origin of Civilization.
-
- *LUMMIS: The Land of Poco Tiempo.*
-
- MARSHALL: Phrenologist among the Todas.*
-
- *MEYER: Album von Philippinen-Typen.*
-
- MILN: Little Folk of Many Lands.*
-
- NANSEN: Eskimo Life.
-
- *PESCHEL: The Races of Man.
-
- DE QUATREFAGES: The Pygmies.
-
- *RATZEL: History of Mankind.
-
- *RATZEL: Völkerkunde.*
-
- *RÉCLUS: Primitive Folk.
-
- ROCKHILL: The Land of the Lamas.
-
- SCHWEINFURTH: The Heart of Africa.*
-
- SMITH: Chinese Characteristics.
-
- STANLEY: In Darkest Africa.*
-
- *TURNER: Samoa.
-
- *TYLOR: Anthropology.*
-
- *VERNEAU: Les Races Humaines.*
-
- WALLACE: The Malay Archipelago.
-
- WARD: India and the Hindoos.*
-
- WILLIAMS: Fiji and the Fijians.*
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-                             ADVERTISEMENTS
-
-
-
-
- ╔═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
- ║                          AMERICAN INDIANS                           ║
- ║                                                                     ║
- ║                     BY FREDERICK STARR, PH.D.,                      ║
- ║                                                                     ║
- ║    _Associate Professor of Anthropology, University of Chicago_.    ║
- ║                                                                     ║
- ║  Cloth. 240 Pages.      Fully Illustrated.       Price, 45 Cents.   ║
- ║                                                                     ║
- ║                   D. C. HEATH & CO., Publishers,                    ║
- ║       BOSTON.                NEW YORK.               CHICAGO.       ║
- ╚═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-=W. N. Hailman=, _Supt. of Schools, Dayton, O., formerly U. S.
-Commissioner of Indian Schools_: The book is beyond question the most
-attractive and conscientious presentation of the subject I have met.
-
-=M. V. O’Shea=, _School of Education, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison,
-Wis._: I am glad to say that I regard Starr’s “American Indians” as one
-of the most appropriate books for grammar grade reading that I have
-seen.
-
-=Richard E. Dodge=, _Prof. in Teacher’s College, Columbia Univ._, in
-“The Journal of School Geography”: The name of the author is a
-sufficient guarantee as to the accuracy and value of the little book
-whose title is noted above. We have long needed a well-written and true
-account of the much misused and misunderstood American Indians, and more
-especially an account that would appeal to the young, and give them
-different impressions from those gathered from nursery tales, school
-primers or Cooper’s stories. The book is attractive in general
-appearance, in typography, and illustration, and is well divided into
-thirty-three short chapters, each devoted to a pertinent topic. It deals
-with all the aspects of Indian life, as is shown by the following
-selected chapter headings—Houses, Dress, the Baby and Child, War,
-Hunting and Fishing, Picture Writing, Money, Medicine Men and Secret
-Societies, Dances and Ceremonials, The Algonquins, the Six Nations, the
-Creeks, the Cherokees, The Pueblos, Totem Posts, The Aztecs, etc. The
-author has made good use of authorities and includes notes concerning
-each author quoted. The book shows that great care has been expended in
-selecting and organizing materials, and is authoritative. It should
-receive a hearty welcome, and be used not only in schools, but in homes,
-as a book for boys and girls, or as a book for a parent to use in
-selecting true facts for family talks and conferences. Two valuable maps
-are included in the text, and are both very pertinent.
-
-=Journal of Education, Boston, Mass.=: The book is interesting and
-instructive throughout, and should be read widely in school and out.
-
-=The American, Philadelphia, Pa.=: This book, prepared especially for
-younger people, is a careful, interesting history of the chief tribes of
-North American Indians, their peculiarities and ways of life. The
-picture drawn is good and highly instructive.
-
-=Tribune, Chicago, Ill.=: Professor Starr is already a recognized
-authority on Indian lore, having a personal acquaintance with some
-thirty tribes, from Alaska to Yucatan. His book condenses into 240 pages
-the main facts gathered by students and explorers among the red men
-since the discovery of America. One cannot read many pages without
-feeling that the author is deeply in sympathy with the people of whom he
-is writing.
-
-                          Supplementary Reading
-
-                   _A Classified List for all Grades._
-
- GRADE I. Bass’s The Beginner’s Reader                               .25
-     Badlam’s Primer                                                 .25
-     Fuller’s Illustrated Primer                                     .25
-     Griel’s Glimpses of Nature for Little Folks                     .30
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book I                                    .25
-     Regal’s Lessons for Little Readers                              .35
-
- GRADE II. Warren’s From September to June with Nature               .35
-     Badlam’s First Reader                                           .30
-     Bass’s Stories of Plant Life                                    .25
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book I                                    .25
-     Snedden’s Docas, the Indian Boy                                 .35
-     Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature, Readers No. 1              .25
-
- GRADE III. Heart of Oak Readers, Book II                            .35
-     Pratt’s America’s Story, Beginner’s Book                        .35
-     Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature Readers, No. 2              .35
-     Miller’s My Saturday Bird Class                                 .25
-     Firth’s Stories of Old Greece                                   .30
-     Bass’s Stories of Animal life                                   .35
-     Spear’s Leaves and Flowers                                      .25
-
- GRADE IV. Bass’s Stories of Pioneer Life                            .40
-     Brown’s Alice and Tom                                           .40
-     Grinnell’s Our Feathered Friends                                .30
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book III                                  .45
-     Pratt’s America’s Story—Discoverers and Explorers               .40
-     Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature Readers, No. 3              .45
-     GRADE V. Bull’s Fridtjof Nansen                                 .30
-     Grinnell’s Our Feathered Friends                                .30
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book III                                  .45
-     Pratt’s America’s Story—The Earlier Colonies                    .00
-     Kupfer’s Stories of Long Ago                                    .35
-
- GRADE VI. Starr’s Strange Peoples                                   .40
-     Bull’s Fridtjof Nansen                                          .30
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book IV                                   .50
-     Pratt’s America’s Story—The Colonial Period                     .00
-     Dole’s The Young Citizen                                        .45
-
- GRADE VII. Starr’s American Indians                                 .45
-     Penniman’s School Poetry Book                                   .30
-     Pratt’s America’s Story—The Revolution and the Republic         .00
-     Eckstorm’s The Bird Book                                        .60
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book IV                                   .50
-     Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature Readers, No. 4              .50
-
- GRADES VIII _and_ IX. Heart of Oak Readers, Book V                  .55
-     Heart of Oak Readers, Book VI                                   .60
-     Dole’s The American Citizen                                     .80
-     Shaler’s First Book in Geology (boards)                         .40
-     Goldsmith’s Vicar of Wakefield                                  .50
-     Addison’s Sir Roger de Coverley                                 .35
-
-              _Descriptive circulars sent free on request._
-
-
-
-
-                         Elementary Mathematics
-
-
-  =Atwood’s Complete Graded Arithmetic.= Presents a carefully graded
-    course, to begin with the fourth year and continue through the
-    eighth year. Part I, 30 cts.; Part II, 65 cts.
-
-  =Badlam’s Aids to Number.= Teacher’s edition—First series, Nos. 1 to
-    10, 40 cts.; Second series, Nos. 10 to 20, 40 cts. Pupil’s
-    edition—First series, 25 cts.; Second series, 25 cts.
-
-  =Branson’s Methods in Teaching Arithmetic.= 15 cts.
-
-  =Hanus’s Geometry in the Grammar Schools.= An essay, with outline of
-    work for the last three years of the grammar school. 25 cts.
-
-  =Howland’s Drill Cards.= For middle grades in arithmetic. Each, 3
-    cts.; per hundred, $2.40.
-
-  =Hunt’s Geometry for Grammar Schools.= The definitions and elementary
-    concepts are to be taught concretely, by much measuring, and by the
-    making of models and diagrams by the pupils. 30 cts.
-
-  =Pierce’s Review Number Cards.= Two cards, for second and third year
-    pupils. Each, 3 cts.; per hundred, $2.40.
-
-  =Safford’s Mathematical Teaching.= A monograph, with applications. 25
-    cts.
-
-  =Sloane’s Practical Lessons in Fractions.= 25 cts. Set of six fraction
-    cards, for pupils to cut. 10 cts.
-
-  =Sutton and Kimbrough’s Pupils’ Series of Arithmetics.= Lower Book,
-    for primary and intermediate grades, 35 cts. Higher Book, 65 cts.
-
-  =The New Arithmetic.= By 300 teachers. Little theory and much
-    practice. An excellent review book. 65 cts.
-
-  =Walsh’s Arithmetics.= On the “spiral advancement” plan, and perfectly
-    graded. Special features of this series are its division into
-    half-yearly chapters instead of the arrangement by topics; the great
-    number and variety of the problems; the use of the equation in
-    solution of arithmetical problems; and the introduction of the
-    elements of algebra and geometry. Its use shortens and enriches the
-    course in common school mathematics. In two series:—
-
-    _Three Book Series_—Elementary, 30 cts.; Intermediate, 35 cts.;
-       Higher, 65 cts.
-    _Two Book Series_—Primary, 30 cts.; Grammar school, 65 cts.
-
-  =Walsh’s Algebra and Geometry for Grammar Grades.= Three chapters from
-    Walsh’s Arithmetic printed separately. 15 cts.
-
-  =White’s Two Years with Numbers.= For second and third year classes.
-    35 cts.
-
-  =White’s Junior Arithmetic.= For fourth and fifth years. 45 cts.
-
-  =White’s Senior Arithmetic.= 65 cts.
-
-       _For advanced works see our list of books in Mathematics._
-
-
-
-
-                      Drawing and Manual Training.
-
-
-  =Thompson’s New Short Course in Drawing.= A practical, well-balanced
-    system, based on correct principles. Can be taught by the ordinary
-    teacher and learned by the ordinary pupil. Books I-IV, 6 × 9 inches,
-    per dozen, $1.20. Books V-VIII, 9 × 12 inches, per dozen, $1.75.
-    Manual to Books I-IV, 40 cts. Manual to Books V-VIII, 40 cts.
-    Two-Book Course: Book A, per dozen, $1.20; Book B, per dozen, $1.75;
-    Manual, 40 cts.
-
-  =Thompson’s Æsthetic Series of Drawing.= This series includes the
-    study of Historical Ornament and Decorative Design. Book I treats of
-    Egyptian art; Book II, Greek; Book III, Roman; Book IV, Byzantine;
-    Book V, Moorish; Book VI, Gothic. Per dozen, $1.50. Manual, 60
-    cents.
-
-  =Thompson’s Educational and Industrial Drawing.=
-
-    Primary Free-Hand Series (Nos. 1–4). Each No., per doz., $1.00.
-       Manual, 40 cts.
-    Advanced Free-Hand Series (Nos. 5–8). Each No., per doz., $1.50.
-    Model and Object Series (Nos. 1–3). Each No., per doz., $1.75.
-       Manual, 35 cts.
-    Mechanical Series (Nos. 1–6). Each No., per doz., $2.00. Manual, 75
-       cts.
-
-  =Thompson’s Manual Training No. 1.= Clay modeling, stick laying, paper
-    folding, color and construction of geometrical solids. Illus. 66 pp.
-    25 cts.
-
-  =Thompson’s Manual Training No. 2.= Mechanical drawing, clay
-    modelling, color, wood carving. Illus. 70 pp. 25 cts.
-
-  =Thompson’s Drawing Tablets.= Four Tablets, with drawing exercises and
-    practice paper, for use in the earlier grades. Each No., per doz.,
-    $1.20.
-
-  =Drawing Models.= Individual sets and class sets of models are made to
-    accompany several of the different series in the Thompson Drawing
-    Courses. Descriptive circulars free on request.
-
-  =Anthony’s Mechanical Drawing.= 98 pages of text, and 32 folding
-    plates. $1.50.
-
-  =Anthony’s Machine Drawing.= 65 pages of text, and 18 folding plates.
-    $1.50.
-
-  =Anthony’s Essentials of Gearing.= 84 pages of text, and 15 folding
-    plates, $1.50.
-
-  =Daniels’s Freehand Lettering.= 34 pages of text, and 13 folding
-    plates. 75 cts.
-
-  =Johnson’s Lessons in Needlework.= Gives, with illustrations, full
-    directions for work during six grades. 117 pages. Square 8vo. Cloth,
-    $1.00. Boards, 60 cts.
-
-  =Lunt’s Brushwork for Kindergarten and Primary Schools.= Eighteen
-    lesson cards in colors, with teacher’s pamphlet, in envelope. 25
-    cts.
-
-  =Seidel’s Industrial Instruction= (Smith). A refutation of all
-    objections raised against industrial instruction. 170 pages. 90
-    cents.
-
-  =Waldo’s Descriptive Geometry.= A large number of problems
-    systematically arranged, with suggestions. 85 pages. 80 cents.
-
-  =Whitaker’s How to use Woodworking Tools.= Lessons in the uses of the
-    hammer, knife, plane, rule, square, gauge, chisel, saw and auger.
-    104 pages. 60 cents.
-
-  =Woodward’s Manual Training School.= Its aims, methods and results;
-    with detailed courses of instruction in shop-work. Illustrated. 374
-    pages. Octavo. $2.00.
-
-              _Sent postpaid by mail on receipt of price._
-
-
-
-
-                 America’s Story for America’s Children
-
-
-      A series of history readers by Mara L. Pratt. In five books.
-
-=Book I.—The Beginner’s Book.= This is introductory to the series, and
-is adapted to third and fourth year classes. Its purpose is to develop
-centers of interest, and to present the picturesque and personal
-incidents connected with the greater events in our history.
-
-The book contains about sixty illustrations, four of which are in color.
-Cloth. 132 pages. 35 cents.
-
-=Book II.—Exploration and Discovery: 1000–1609.= The second book tells
-the story of the great discoverers and explorers from the time of Leif
-Ericson to Henry Hudson. It portrays the pomp and pride of the Spanish,
-the simple life and customs of the aborigines, and the sturdy temper of
-the early English and Dutch navigators.
-
-A large number of illustrations from authentic sources add to the
-interest and value of the stories. Cloth. 160 pages. 40 cents.
-
-=Book III.—The Colonies.= The story of the founding of the first
-settlements on this continent, and of the beginnings of the thirteen
-colonies. The style is animated and attractive; the subject matter
-includes the results of the most recent research, and the most accurate
-data that are available concerning the earlier colonial period.
-
-                                                            [_In press._
-
-=Book IV= treats of the early settlements in the Mississippi Valley, the
-French and Indian Wars, etc., and gives vivid and definite ideas of the
-heroes of the later colonial period.
-
-                                                            [_In press._
-
-=Book V= tells the story of the Revolution, the causes that led to it,
-and of the men who guided the development of events and laid the
-foundations of the Republic. The victories of peace, and the growth of
-the nation in wealth and power are also set forth.
-
-                                                      [_In preparation._
-
-                  *       *       *       *       *
-
-                      D. C. HEATH & CO. Publishers
-
-                     BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDON
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-                          TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
-
-
- 1. Silently corrected typographical errors and variations in spelling.
- 2. Archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings retained as printed.
- 3. Enclosed italics font in _underscores_.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Strange Peoples, by Frederick Starr
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STRANGE PEOPLES ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62749-0.txt or 62749-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/7/4/62749/
-
-Produced by Richard Tonsing, Chris Curnow, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/62749-0.zip b/old/62749-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index e0fb13f..0000000
--- a/old/62749-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h.zip b/old/62749-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ac8a90..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/62749-h.htm b/old/62749-h/62749-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e4286f..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/62749-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6857 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
-    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
-  <head>
-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
-    <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Strange Peoples, by Frederick Starr</title>
-    <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
-    <style type="text/css">
-       body { margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 10%; }
-       h1 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large; }
-       h2 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; }
-       .pageno { right: 1%; font-size: x-small; background-color: inherit; color: silver;
-               text-indent: 0em; text-align: right; position: absolute;
-               border: thin solid silver; padding: .1em .2em; font-style: normal;
-               font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; text-decoration: none; }
-       p { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify; }
-       sup { vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.6em; }
-       .fss { font-size: 75%; }
-       .sc { font-variant: small-caps; }
-       .large { font-size: large; }
-       .xlarge { font-size: x-large; }
-       .small { font-size: small; }
-       .lg-container-b { text-align: center; }
-       @media handheld { .lg-container-b { clear: both; } }
-       .lg-container-r { text-align: right; }
-       @media handheld { .lg-container-r { clear: both; } }
-       .linegroup { display: inline-block; text-align: left; }
-       @media handheld { .linegroup { display: block; margin-left: 1.5em; } }
-       .linegroup .group { margin: 1em auto; }
-       .linegroup .line { text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em; }
-       div.linegroup > :first-child { margin-top: 0; }
-       .index li {text-indent: -1em; padding-left: 1em; }
-       .index ul {list-style-type: none;  padding-left: 0; }
-       ul.index  {list-style-type: none;  padding-left: 0; }
-       .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; }
-       ol.ol_1 {padding-left: 0; margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: .5em;
-               margin-bottom: .5em; list-style-type: decimal; }
-       div.footnote > :first-child { margin-top: 1em; }
-       div.footnote p { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       div.pbb { page-break-before: always; }
-       hr.pb { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-bottom: 1em; }
-       @media handheld { hr.pb { display: none; } }
-       .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
-       .figcenter { clear: both; max-width: 100%; margin: 2em auto; text-align: center; }
-       .figleft { clear: left; float: left; max-width: 100%; margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0;
-               text-align: left; }
-       .figright { clear: right; float: right; max-width: 100%; margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em;
-               text-align: right; }
-       div.figcenter p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
-       div.figleft p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
-       div.figright p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
-       @media handheld { .figleft { float: left; } }
-       @media handheld { .figright { float: right; } }
-       .figcenter img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
-       .figleft img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
-       .figright img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
-       .id001 { width:30%; }
-       .id002 { width:60%; }
-       .id003 { width:30%; }
-       .id004 { width:99%; }
-       @media handheld { .id001 { margin-left:35%; width:30%; } }
-       @media handheld { .id002 { margin-left:20%; width:60%; } }
-       @media handheld { .id003 { width:30%; } }
-       @media handheld { .id004 { margin-left:0%; width:99%; } }
-       .ic001 { width:100%; }
-       .ig001 { width:100%; }
-       .table0 { margin: auto; }
-       .table1 { margin: auto; margin-top: 2em; width: 90%; }
-       .table2 { margin: auto; margin-top: 4em; border-collapse: collapse; }
-       .bbtd { border-bottom: medium double; }
-       .bltd { border-left: medium double; }
-       .brtd { border-right: medium double; }
-       .bttd { border-top: medium double; }
-       .nf-center { text-align: center; }
-       .nf-center-c0 { text-align: left; margin: 0.5em 0; }
-       .c000 { margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
-       .c001 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em; }
-       .c002 { margin-top: 2em; }
-       .c003 { margin-top: 1em; }
-       .c004 { margin-top: 4em; }
-       .c005 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-right: 1em; }
-       .c006 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
-       .c007 { page-break-before:auto; margin-top: 4em; }
-       .c008 { margin-top: 2em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       .c009 { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       .c010 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; padding-right: 1em; }
-       .c011 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; text-indent: -1em;
-               padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
-       .c012 { margin-top: 1em; font-size: .9em; }
-       .c013 { text-decoration: none; }
-       .c014 { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       .c015 { margin-top: .5em; }
-       .c016 { vertical-align: top; text-align: center; padding-left: .5em;
-               padding-right: .5em; }
-       .c017 { text-align: center; }
-       .c018 { vertical-align: bottom; text-align: right; }
-       .c019 { margin-left: 5.56%; text-indent: -2.78%; margin-top: 2em;
-               margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
-       .c020 { margin-left: 5.56%; text-indent: -2.78%; margin-top: 0.5em;
-               margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
-       .c021 { margin-left: 5.56%; }
-       .c022 { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-top: 0.8em;
-               margin-bottom: 0.8em; margin-left: 35%; margin-right: 35%; width: 30%; }
-       div.tnotes { padding-left:1em;padding-right:1em;background-color:#E3E4FA;
-              border:1px solid silver; margin:2em 10% 0 10%; font-family: Georgia, serif;
-               }
-       .covernote { visibility: hidden; display: none; }
-       div.tnotes p { text-align:left; }
-       @media handheld { .covernote { visibility: visible; display: block;} }
-       .section { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
-       .ol_1 li {font-size: .9em; }
-       @media handheld {.ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: 0em; } }
-       body {font-family: serif, 'DejaVu Sans';  text-align: justify; }
-       table {font-size: .9em; margin-top: 1.5em; page-break-inside: avoid; clear: both; }
-       .footnote {font-size: .9em; }
-       div.footnote p {text-indent: 2em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
-       div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always;
-               page-break-after: always; }
-       div.titlepage p {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;
-               line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 3em; }
-       .figcenter,.figleft,.figright {font-size: .9em; page-break-inside: avoid;
-               max-height: 100%; max-width: 100%; }
-       .ph1 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large;
-               margin: .67em auto; page-break-before: always; }
-       .ph2 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; margin: .75em auto;
-               page-break-before: always; }
-       .box {border-style: solid; border-width: medium; padding: 1em; margin: 0em auto;
-               page-break-inside: avoid; max-width: 50%; }
-       .cite { font-style: normal; font-weight: bold; }
-    </style>
-  </head>
-  <body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Strange Peoples, by Frederick Starr
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Strange Peoples
-       Ethno-Geographic Reader, No. 1
-
-Author: Frederick Starr
-
-Release Date: July 25, 2020 [EBook #62749]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STRANGE PEOPLES ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Richard Tonsing, Chris Curnow, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class='tnotes covernote'>
-
-<p class='c000'><span class='cite'>Transcriber’s Note:</span></p>
-
-<p class='c000'>The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div id='Frontispiece'  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_frontis.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>AUSTRALIAN (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-  <div class='nf-center'>
-    <div><span class='large'>Ethno-Geographic Reader, No. 1</span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='titlepage'>
-
-<div>
-  <h1 class='c001'>STRANGE PEOPLES</h1>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
-    <div>BY</div>
-    <div class='c003'><span class='large'>FREDERICK STARR</span></div>
-    <div class='c002'>BOSTON, U.S.A.</div>
-    <div class='c003'><span class='large'>D. C. HEATH &amp; CO., PUBLISHERS</span></div>
-    <div class='c003'>1901</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='box'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div><span class='large'>Ethno-Geographic Readers.</span></div>
-    <div class='c003'>BY FREDERICK STARR.</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table0' summary=''>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c005'>No. 1. STRANGE PEOPLES.</td>
-    <td class='c006'><span class='fss'>40 CENTS.</span></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c005'>No. 2. AMERICAN INDIANS.</td>
-    <td class='c006'><span class='fss'>45 CENTS.</span></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c005'>No. 3. HOW MEN DO.</td>
-    <td class='c006'><span class='fss'>IN PREPARATION.</span></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-  <div class='nf-center'>
-    <div>D. C. HEATH &amp; CO., <span class='sc'>Publishers</span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
-    <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>Copyright, 1901,</span></span></div>
-    <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>By Frederick Starr.</span></span></div>
-    <div class='c002'><span class='small'>Plimpton Press</span></div>
-    <div><span class='small'>H. M. Plimpton &amp; CO., PRINTERS &amp; BINDERS</span></div>
-    <div><span class='small'>NORWOOD, MASS., U.S.A.</span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>THIS BOOK</div>
-    <div class='c003'><span class='large'>STRANGE PEOPLES</span></div>
-    <div class='c003'>IS DEDICATED TO</div>
-    <div class='c003'><span class='large'>WILLIAM FOSTER YOUNG</span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_v'>v</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>PREFACE.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The author claims no originality for the matter of
-this book for young readers on <cite>Strange Peoples</cite>. He
-has culled material where he could. His aim has been
-to present a series of sketches which may render the
-maps in the geography more interesting and give school
-children a broader and deeper sympathy with other
-races and peoples. Indebted to many books, he has
-been under constant obligations to Verneau’s <cite><span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">Les Races
-Humaines</span></cite> and Ratzel’s <cite><span lang="de" xml:lang="de">Völkerkunde</span></cite>. Other books which
-have been helpful will be found listed at the close of
-this volume.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>At first the author planned to use only original or
-new illustrations. It has been, however, impossible
-to carry out this plan. Less than one fourth of the
-pictures are really new; it is believed, however, that
-all are authentic and will prove instructive.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>It would have been easy to make the book more
-interesting by the introduction of descriptions, more
-detailed, of the ridiculous or dreadful practices of some
-races. The purpose has, however, not been to hold
-other peoples up to ridicule nor to teach morality by
-contrast; there are, indeed, too many matters for criticism
-in our own mode of life to warrant such a treatment.
-Nor would it be possible in a book for children
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_vi'>vi</span>to present that full discussion which might be expected
-in a treatise on ethnology for students. The book
-makes no pretence to systematic treatment; only a few
-people are taken, here and there, almost at haphazard,
-to illustrate the marvellous richness of the field for
-study which, even now, is presented by the <cite>Strange
-Peoples</cite> of the globe.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_vii'>vii</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>CONTENTS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table1' summary='CONTENTS'>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='14%' />
-<col width='75%' />
-<col width='10%' />
-</colgroup>
-  <tr>
-    <th class='c010'><span class='small'>CHAPTER</span></th>
-    <th class='c005'>&nbsp;</th>
-    <th class='c006'><span class='small'>PAGE</span></th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>I.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Introduction</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_1'>1</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>II.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>The Peoples of North America: Eskimo</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_6'>6</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>III.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Wild Indians</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_13'>13</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>IV.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Mexicans</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_17'>17</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>V.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>South American Peoples</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_26'>26</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>VI.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>The Peoples of Europe: Fair Whites</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_33'>33</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>VII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Dark Whites</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_38'>38</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>VIII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Basques</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_43'>43</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>IX.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Finns</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_47'>47</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>X.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Lapps</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_53'>53</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XI.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Turks</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_60'>60</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>The Peoples of Asia</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_65'>65</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XIII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Chinese</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_69'>69</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XIV.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Coreans</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_76'>76</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XV.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Tibetans</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_81'>81</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XVI.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Japanese</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_88'>88</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XVII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Ainu</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_95'>95</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XVIII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Hindus</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_101'>101</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XIX.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Todas</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_107'>107</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XX.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Andamanese: Mincopies</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_112'>112</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXI.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Arabs</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_118'>118</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>The Peoples of Africa: Kabyles</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_123'>123</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'><span class='pageno' id='Page_viii'>viii</span>XXIII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Negroes</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_128'>128</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXIV.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Negroids</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_134'>134</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXV.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Pygmies</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_138'>138</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXVI.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Bushmen and Hottentots</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_143'>143</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXVII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Malays</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_150'>150</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXVIII.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>The Peoples of the Philippines</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_156'>156</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXIX.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Melanesians</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_163'>163</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXX.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Polynesians</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_172'>172</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>XXXI.</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>Conclusion</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_180'>180</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c005'><span class='sc'>List of Reference Books</span></td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_185'>185</a></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_ix'>ix</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table1' summary='LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS'>
-<colgroup>
-<col width='3%' />
-<col width='65%' />
-<col width='31%' />
-</colgroup>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Australian (Ratzel)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><em><a href='#Frontispiece'>Frontispiece</a></em></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <th class='c010'></th>
-    <th class='c011'>&nbsp;</th>
-    <th class='c006'><span class='small'>PAGE</span></th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>1.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Group of Greenland Eskimo. (Nansen.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_9'>9</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>2.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>A Greenland Eskimo Fishing. (Nansen.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_11'>11</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>3.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Victorio—an Apache Warrior. (Lummis.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_14'>14</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>4.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Mexican Ox-cart. (From photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_21'>21</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>5.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Mexican Water-carrier. (From photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_22'>22</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>6.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Otomi Indian Girls, Mexico. (From photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_24'>24</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>7.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Peruvian Antiquities. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_27'>27</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>8.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Botocudo Indian with Lip-plug. (Tylor.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_31'>31</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>9.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Fish-girl of Scheveningen, Holland. (From photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_35'>35</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>10.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Boats made from Shoes, Holland. (From drawing by Haité.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_36'>36</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>11.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Italian Child. (Miln.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_39'>39</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>12.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Basque Cart. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_46'>46</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>13.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Finns Singing. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_51'>51</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>14.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>A Group of Lapps. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_54'>54</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>15.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Laplander on Snow-runners. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_57'>57</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>16.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Caravan preparing to start: Asiatic Turks. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_62'>62</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>17.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Chinese Mandarin. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_71'>71</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>18.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Chinese Boy choosing Toys. (Doolittle.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_73'>73</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>19.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Corean Hat. (Lowell.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_78'>78</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>20.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Tibetan Lamas blowing on Shells. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_84'>84</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>21.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Mongols choosing a Lama. (Huc.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_86'>86</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>22.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Japanese Girl with Baby. (Arnold.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_89'>89</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>23.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Boys’ Festival: Japan. (Bramhall.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_92'>92</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'><span class='pageno' id='Page_x'>x</span>24.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Ainu—a Hairy Specimen. (Batchelor.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_96'>96</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>25.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Ainu Women, showing Tattooing. (From a photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_97'>97</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>26.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Hindu Dancing girls and Musicians. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_103'>103</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>27.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Hindu Snake Charmers. (Brehm.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_105'>105</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>28.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Group of Todas. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_111'>111</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>29.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Andaman Mincopies. (Tylor.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_116'>116</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>30.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Camel and Palanquin. (From a photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_120'>120</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>31.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Group of Kabyles: Algeria. (From a photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_125'>125</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>32.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Making Couscous in the Desert. (From a photograph.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_127'>127</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>33.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Negro Smiths at Work. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_131'>131</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>34.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Waganda Musicians. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_137'>137</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>35.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Huts of Ashango-land Dwarfs. (Du Chaillu.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_140'>140</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>36.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Gora-player: Bushman. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_145'>145</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>37.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Bushman Rock Picture. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_147'>147</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>38.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Hottentot Kraal. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_149'>149</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>39.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Malay Family: Java. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_152'>152</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>40.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Buffalo Cart: Java. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_154'>154</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>41.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Krises: Java. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_155'>155</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>42.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Philippine Negrito. (Meyer.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_158'>158</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>43.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Houses of Igorrotes. (Meyer.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_160'>160</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>44.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Head-hunting Party: Igorrotes. (Meyer.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_162'>162</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>45.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Fijian. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_165'>165</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>46.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Pile-dwelling Village: New Guinea. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_167'>167</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>47.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Canoe: New Guinea. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_168'>168</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>48.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Tattooed New Zealander. (Verneau.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_173'>173</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>49.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Helmets and Idol-heads of Feathers: Hawaii. (Ratzel.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_175'>175</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c010'>50.</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Kingsmill Islander. (Tylor.)</td>
-    <td class='c006'><a href='#Page_179'>179</a></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_a_012.jpg' alt='MAP OF THE WORLD SHOWING LOCATION OF THE STRANGE PEOPLES DESCRIBED IN THIS BOOK' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='section ph1'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>STRANGE PEOPLES.</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_1'>1</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>I.<br /> <span class='large'>INTRODUCTORY.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>We are to read about some of the <em>Strange
-Peoples</em> of the world. We shall find many curious
-customs. There is an old saying,—</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c012'>
-  <div class='linegroup'>
-    <div class='group'>
-      <div class='line'>“Many men of many minds;</div>
-      <div class='line'>Many birds of many kinds;</div>
-      <div class='line'>Many fishes in the sea;</div>
-      <div class='line'>Many men who don’t agree.”</div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Peoples differ in so many ways. There are
-tall Patagonians and short Bushmen. There are
-white peoples, and black, yellow, and brown peoples.
-There are peoples whose bodies are so
-covered with hair as almost to be called furry,
-and there are peoples whose faces even are hairless
-except for eyebrows and eyelashes. There
-are lively peoples and there are sluggish peoples;
-gay peoples and sad ones. Negroes do not think
-and feel like white men, and the Chinaman thinks
-and feels differently from either. All peoples
-have their own customs. When we speak of
-other peoples as <em>Strange Peoples</em>, we must never
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_2'>2</span>forget that we are as <em>strange</em> to them as they are
-to us. We think it curious that the Chinese
-dwarf, by bandaging, the feet of their women;
-they think it strange that we do <em>not</em>. To us the
-Chinese face seems much too flat; the Chinese
-think ours are like the face of an eagle and that
-they are harsh and cruel. We think the flat,
-wide nose of the negro is ugly; negroes think
-it far handsomer than ours. So we will remember
-that all these peoples are “strange” only
-because they are <em>unlike</em> us: that we ourselves
-are just as strange as they are. They have as
-much right to their ideas and customs as we
-have to ours: often indeed we might find theirs
-better than our own.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We begin with North America. We then
-pass to South America; then to Europe, Asia,
-Africa, and the Pacific Islands in order. We
-shall find that the different peoples of the world
-are not scattered haphazard; on the contrary, they
-are quite regularly distributed by types. Thus
-until lately the peoples living in America were all
-Indians, with red-brown skin, straight and coarse
-black hair, and high and wide cheek bones.
-Europe and Northern Africa (which really belongs
-rather to Europe than Africa) form the
-land of the white peoples. South Africa—Africa
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_3'>3</span>proper—is the home of negroes and
-negroids, with dark brown, almost black, skin,
-narrow heads and faces, and woolly hair. The
-proper population of Asia is yellow peoples, with
-round heads, slant eyes, and straight, long, black
-hair. In Australia are brown peoples with curly
-or bushy hair. In Oceanica are several well-marked
-types—the little brown Malays, the dark,
-almost black, Melanesians with crinkly hair, and
-the tall, well-built, fine-featured, light Polynesians.
-This is, in general, the distribution of the human
-races. But there has been much movement.
-There are now both white and blacks in America;
-the English whites have crowded in upon
-the natives of Australia; in Asia there are white
-peoples, like the Ainu and Todas, who have
-certainly lived there a long time.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The different peoples are unlike in their culture.
-Some peoples live on wild food, having
-no cultivated plants or domestic animals. They
-hunt animals and catch fish; they search for
-birds’ eggs and honey; they grub up roots and
-gather barks, leaves, fruits, seeds, and nuts for
-food. To such tribes, who usually wander in
-little bands from place to place, the name savage
-is given. The word does not mean that
-they are fierce and cruel in disposition; most
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_4'>4</span>savage tribes, to-day living, are neither. The
-Eskimo and Mincopies are savages, but they are
-quite kind and gentle. When peoples settle
-down to cultivate the soil and build homes, or
-when they raise herds of animals with which they
-move from time to time for new pastures, their
-life is easier. To such peoples—so long as they
-do <em>not</em> know how to work iron by smelting, to
-write by means of characters that represent
-sounds, and to make animals assist them in tilling
-the ground—the name barbarian is applied.
-When any peoples have learned these three
-great helps, they are called civilized. There are
-then three great stages of culture,—savagery,
-barbarism, and civilization. The Eskimo is in
-savagery; the American Indians are mostly in
-barbarism; the Chinese are in civilization.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The way in which the life of peoples is affected
-by the lands in which they live is most interesting.
-The Eskimo live in the cold north; there
-is little wood there for construction; fuels such
-as are used elsewhere are rare; no fibre-yielding
-plants grow there. Yet the Eskimo has made
-full use of what nature gives him. He builds his
-house, when necessary, of the snow itself, heats
-it with animal fats and oils, clothes himself in
-excellent garments of skins, knows the ways of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_5'>5</span>all the animals and birds around him for their
-destruction, and has invented an ideal hunter’s
-boat and devised a beautiful series of weapons
-and tools. The way in which he has fitted himself
-to the place in which he lives is wonderful.
-The world over we notice the same thing: man
-everywhere ransacks his home-land to find out
-what is useful and turns it to his needs.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Often where two different peoples live in the
-same district marriage takes place between them,
-and mixed types arise. Where one people has
-long occupied a country alone the type is very
-well-marked, and all look alike. Thus in the
-Andaman Islands, the little Mincopies look so
-much alike that a person needs to know them
-well to tell them apart. We, ourselves, are a
-great mixture. Even in one family there may be
-tall and short, light and dark, blue-eyed or brown-eyed
-persons. Such differences are only found
-where there has been much mixing between different
-peoples. In Mexico, once purely Indian,
-there has been since the coming of the Spaniards
-much mixture, and to-day a large part of the
-population is of a new type—part Indian, part
-Spanish. The people range in color from almost
-white to dark brown according to the amount of
-Spanish or Indian blood each has.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_6'>6</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>II.<br /> <span class='large'>THE PEOPLES OF NORTH AMERICA: ESKIMO.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>For the larger part, North America is now
-occupied by populations of our own kind. The
-greater part of the people of Canada is of French
-or English descent; the people of our own country
-are mainly Europeans or of European descent.
-There are of course many negroes, especially in
-the South, who have descended from African
-slaves. There are also some Chinese, Japanese,
-Hindus, Malays, and others. Formerly the
-United States and Canada were occupied by
-Indians, but now there are few left, who mostly
-live upon reservations. South of the United
-States lie Mexico and Central America. They,
-too, were Indian lands when first visited by
-white men. In Northern Mexico a new, mixed
-population live; Southern Mexico is yet quite
-purely Indian. In Central America we find the
-mixed Spanish-Indian in some districts, and pure
-Indians in others. In the northmost part of the
-continent live the Eskimo. We shall speak
-about the Eskimo, wild Indians, and Mexicans.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The home-land of the Eskimo is dreary.
-They live in Labrador, Greenland, and the Arctic
-country stretching from Greenland west to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_7'>7</span>Northern Alaska. Generally, it is a land of snow
-and ice, where it is impossible to raise even the
-most hardy plants. The people are forced to live
-chiefly on animal food. Not only is the weather
-usually cold, but for a large part of the year the
-Eskimo do not see the sun, and for the rest of it
-they see the sun all the time. In some districts
-the swarms of mosquitoes in the warmer part of
-the year are a great trouble. There are few trees,
-and those are stunted; wood is precious, and
-drift wood is carefully gathered to make into tools
-and weapons. But notwithstanding his dreary
-home the Eskimo are rarely ugly and ill tempered.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They are little people with yellowish brown
-skin. Some Greenlanders are of fair stature.
-Their faces are broad and round, with coarse
-features. The eyes are small, dark, and often
-oblique, like the Chinese; the nose is narrow at
-the root, but fat; the cheeks are round and full;
-the mouth is big, with good, strong teeth. Eskimo
-are usually filthy and appear much darker
-than they really are.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The clothing is generally made of skins with the
-hair left on. Men and women dress much alike.
-Trousers are worn by both: a shirt or jacket
-with a hood attached is much used. That worn
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_8'>8</span>by men is often made of bird skins, and the
-feather side is worn next the body. The lower
-part of the legs and the feet are encased in <em>kamiks</em>,
-skin socks and boots. The little babies are
-carried naked in a great pouch at the back of
-their outer jacket. This pouch makes a fine
-nest for the little creatures, as it is lined with soft
-sealskin or reindeer skin. Formerly—and perhaps
-sometimes now—the Eskimo mothers used
-to wash their babies by licking them with their
-tongues.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In Greenland the Eskimo houses are usually
-built of stones and earth. They are partly below
-ground, and only the upper part shows outside,
-like a mound of dirt. To enter the house one
-crawls through a long and narrow passage, also
-built of stones and earth, and which is also partly
-below ground. The house is not large, and consists
-of one room. It is lined with skins. Wide
-benches around the sides, covered with skins and
-moss, serve as beds. Several families live crowded
-together in one house. One house in East Greenland,
-measuring twenty-seven by fifteen feet, contained
-eight families,—thirty-eight persons. The
-houses are so low that a tall man cannot stand
-upright in one. Until lately the only heating
-was by stone lamps. These were flat and hardly
-deeper than a plate: oil was burned in them.
-They were kept burning day and night, and
-above them were racks of poles on which wet
-clothing was dried. In the middle part of the
-Eskimo land they build the quaint round-topped
-huts made of blocks of snow, of which you have
-often seen pictures.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_9'>9</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_009.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>GROUP OF GREENLAND ESKIMO (NANSEN).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_10'>10</span>The Eskimo eat the flesh of seals, whales, birds,
-hares, bears, dogs, foxes, and deer. In that cold
-country they like <em>fat</em> meat. Sometimes meat
-and fish are eaten raw, but they may be boiled or
-fried. Fresh, raw blubber is much loved. The
-skin of whales, seals, and halibut is favorite food.
-Travellers tell astonishing stories of the quantities
-of candles and oil that Eskimo eat and drink
-when they are supplied to them. The supply of
-plant food is small: stalks of angelica, dandelion,
-sorrel, berries, and seaweed are used.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The man’s great business is hunting. He has
-studied the habits of the bear, deer, seal, and
-walrus, and has learned just how to capture or
-kill them. He has invented many curious darts,
-harpoons, spears, bolas, etc. The bird spears
-have several points projecting in different directions
-from the shaft, so that if one misses, another
-may strike, or several birds may be impaled at
-once. The bolas consists of several pebbles
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_11'>11</span>attached to cords, which are knotted together
-at the end. These are set to whirling and then
-hurled through the air at birds to entangle them.
-The point of the harpoon separates from the
-shaft when an animal is struck; it remains in
-the game while the shaft floats on the water; the
-point is connected by a line to a bladder, which,
-floating, shows where the animal goes, and helps
-to tire him out. In hurling harpoons and darts
-the Eskimo uses a spear-throwing stick which
-enables him to send them with more force and
-directness than by his hand alone.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_011.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>A GREENLAND ESKIMO FISHING (NANSEN).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Much of his hunting is done from his canoe
-or <em>kayak</em>. This is narrow, sharp-pointed at both
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_12'>12</span>ends, and light. It consists of a slight framework
-over which skins are tightly stretched.
-The opening above is but large enough for him
-to get his legs and body through. When he has
-crept in, he ties a collar of skin, that surrounds
-the opening, about his body, below his arms, to
-prevent the water dashing into the <em>kayak</em>, and
-paddles away. His different weapons are all
-fastened in their proper places on top of the
-canoe, where he can seize them when wanted.
-The Eskimo are wonderful boatmen and drive
-their <em>kayaks</em> over the waves like seabirds. If
-they tip over, they easily right themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Formerly the Greenland Eskimo made long
-summer trips along the coast. The clumsy,
-great, woman’s boat was brought out. The oldest
-man, the women, children, and baggage went
-in it. The younger men went in their <em>kayaks</em>.
-In the big boat the women rowed while the old
-man steered. They often went fifty miles a day.
-At good spots they landed and built a tent of
-thin skins. They loved these summer journeys
-as our boys love their camping trips.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_13'>13</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>III.<br /> <span class='large'>WILD INDIANS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>There are no really wild Indians left in the
-United States. Formerly there were many tribes
-of them, but some have disappeared, and others
-have lost their old-time spirit. To-day our
-Indians live idly on the reservations or work
-their little farms with fair industry. Sometimes
-a tribe, roused by new wrongs inflicted on it by
-the white man, takes the war-path; sometimes
-some religious idea goes from tribe to tribe creating
-great excitement, like the Ghost Dance. But
-such outbreaks and excitements are less and less
-common.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Mr. Lummis has written of the Apache warrior
-and described the war led by Geronimo. It was
-a daring thing. There was but a handful of the
-Indians. “Thirty-four men, eight well-grown
-boys, ninety-two women and children”—that
-was all. Only forty-two who could be called
-fighters. On May 17, 1885, the little band
-broke forth from their reservation and headed
-for Mexico. It took the United States a year
-and a half of useless trouble and expense to
-pursue them. Time after time, when it seemed
-certain that the Indians were trapped, they
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_14'>14</span>vanished. They never stood for a pitched battle.
-But anywhere, concealed behind rocks or hidden
-in brush, they picked off the soldiers sent to
-capture them. The forces of the United States
-and Mexico were both kept constantly upon the
-move. When a year had passed about sixty
-of the Indians returned home. Twenty warriors,
-with fourteen
-women, kept up the
-battle, when they
-too went home.
-During the year
-and a half of fighting
-more than four
-hundred whites
-and Mexicans were
-killed; only two
-of the Indian band
-were destroyed.
-During that time
-Arizona and New Mexico and all the northern
-part of Mexico were kept in constant terror.
-These Apaches were truly “wild Indians.”</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_014.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>VICTORIO, AN APACHE WARRIOR (LUMMIS).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Navajo are <em>not</em> wild Indians though they
-are related to the Apaches and were formerly
-bold fighters. They live near the settled Pueblos
-and have learned from them many things. They
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_15'>15</span>are a prosperous tribe, numbering fully ten thousand.
-They are well-to-do, having nine thousand
-cattle, one hundred and nineteen thousand horses,
-and one million six hundred thousand sheep and
-goats. They dress well in their own way and
-wear many ornaments.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>A Navajo house is a simple affair. It consists
-of sticks or poles stacked up so as to meet in a
-point above; they are then covered over with
-bark, weeds, or earth, a hole being left for an entrance
-and one at the top for smoke escape: an
-old blanket hung over the entrance hole serves
-as a door. Near this hut there is often a little
-shelter of boughs where the family spend most
-of their time on fine days. The Navajo also build
-sweat houses for vapor baths. These are like
-the regular hut, but have no smoke hole, and are
-thickly covered over with earth. Stones are
-heated in a fire outside and carried into the sweat
-house between sticks; water is dashed over them,
-and in the steam thus made the bather sits.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Navajo are good workers in silver and are
-all the time improving in their art. They make
-spherical beads, bracelets, and rings of several
-sorts, breast ornaments, decorations for harness
-and bridle, and many other things out of coins or
-other silver furnished them. The Navajo excel
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_16'>16</span>as weavers of blankets, though they use extremely
-simple looms. The yarn is home-spun from wool
-taken off their own flocks; they do, however, buy
-some yarn ready-made from the white man.
-Formerly they dyed their yarn with dyes taken
-from various plants or colored earths, but now
-they mostly use white men’s dyes. Their blankets
-are firm and closely woven and shed water finely.
-They are woven in bright patterns. All the
-Indians who live near the Navajo like their
-blankets and pay good prices for them. The
-Navajo greatly like turquoise beads, but they do
-not find turquoise on their reservation. For these
-beads and ornaments they trade their fine blankets,
-and silverware, and good ponies with the Pueblo
-Indians who live near the mines of this handsome
-greenstone.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Navajo are great singers and have many
-songs; but it is the men who sing and not the
-women. They have also many interesting stories
-and curious customs, but we cannot stop to tell
-about them. The Apaches and Navajo are but
-two tribes out of the hundreds of American Indian
-tribes. In another book, <cite>American Indians</cite>,
-you may read about their manners and customs,
-their songs and music, their stories and worship.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_17'>17</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>IV.<br /> <span class='large'>MEXICANS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Though Mexico is our next-door neighbor, life
-and customs are greatly different there from our
-own. Three different peoples make up the population.
-First, are the pure-blood Spaniards, who
-have been born in the country; second, there
-are the <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">Mestizos</span></i>, mixed people, partly Indian,
-partly Spanish; third, are the pure Indians, who
-now form about five-twelfths of the whole population.
-From the City of Mexico northward the
-land belongs chiefly to the mestizos; from the
-City of Mexico southward Indians prevail.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We will say nothing of the Spaniards nor of
-the wealthy mestizos, both of whom are like European
-whites generally in their life. But the poorer
-mestizos in the cities and towns and the country
-people generally are interesting. The dress of
-the country gentleman was brilliant. It was of
-broadcloth or soft-dressed leather, of a buff or
-brown color. The little, close-fitting jacket, cut
-square at the waist, was supplied with two lines
-of silver or steel buttons, and embroidered with
-patterns in gilt or silver thread. The trousers
-fitted almost as a glove fits the hands, and there
-was a double row of bright buttons up the sides
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_18'>18</span>of the legs and a lacing of silver cord. The
-shoes, which were tan or buff, were sharp-pointed.
-Unfortunately this handsome costume is not
-common nowadays. All mestizos, rich and poor,
-still use the <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">serape</span></i>, which is a long and narrow
-blanket, usually of handsome, bright colors. In
-putting it on, one corner is held with the hand at
-the left shoulder, while the blanket is passed behind
-the back and around the body in front; the free
-end is then thrown over the left shoulder and
-hangs down behind. It thus holds itself in place
-and needs no tying or pinning. However poor a
-mestizo may be, he wants a fine hat or <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">sombrero</span></i>.
-Mexican sombreros have high, pointed crowns,
-and wide brims. They are made of palm or
-wool. Those of wool are of various colors—gray,
-brown, black, sometimes red, blue, or green.
-They are of all prices. They are decorated with
-bands of silver or gilt tinsel, and true silver ornaments
-are made in many forms for fastening to
-them; a fine sombrero, well made and well decorated,
-may weigh several pounds and cost <em>many</em>
-dollars.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Mexicans are highly polite in manner.
-This is partly the result of Spanish training, but is
-also partly due to the old Indian fondness for
-ceremony. The movements of the hands and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_19'>19</span>fingers by which they greet each other are graceful
-and pretty. Friends, meeting each other,
-warmly embrace. If a boy is spoken to by a
-gentleman he politely removes his hat and holds
-it while he is being addressed and while he answers.
-Should a stranger ask a little Mexican
-his name, with his hat off the boy would reply,
-giving his name and adding, “<i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">Servidor de usted,
-señor</span></i>”—“your servant, sir.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The houses of poor Mexicans are miserable.
-The walls are usually built of great sun-dried
-<em>adobe</em> bricks; there is but one room and that is
-small. There are no windows and but one door;
-the roof is flat and the floor is of dirt or stone.
-Generally there is no bed and there may be no
-table, and few if any chairs or stools. There are
-usually some rush mats in the corner, which are
-spread out upon the floor at night for sleeping on.
-There are always a <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">brasero</span></i> and a <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">metate</span></i>. The
-<span lang="es" xml:lang="es">brasero</span> is a little kettle-shaped earthenware stove,
-where food is cooked over a wee fire of charcoal.
-The <span lang="es" xml:lang="es">metate</span> is the grinding-stone, on which the
-woman grinds corn-meal.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The three common foods of the Mexican poor
-are corn-cakes, eggs, and beans—<i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">tortillas</span></i>, <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">huevos</span></i>,
-and <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">frijoles</span></i>. The corn after being well soaked
-is ground on the stone; the woman, taking the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_20'>20</span>lump of wet dough, throws it back and forth
-from one hand to the other, turning it as she
-does so around and around. In this way she
-shapes a flat, thin, round cake which she bakes
-upon a round pottery griddle. The eggs are
-usually fried, so are the black beans, a great deal
-of lard being used. Often they use no knives,
-forks, or spoons in eating. The corn-cakes
-themselves will be used in handling the eggs
-and in scooping up the beans. After thus serving
-as a fork and a spoon it will itself be eaten.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>But rich people in Mexico have beautiful
-homes. The outside, on the street, is quite plain.
-The house surrounds a square court or space
-which is called a <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">patio</span></i>. Passing through a great
-doorway, one goes from the street into the patio.
-All the rooms of the house open on the patio,
-either directly or under pretty arched galleries or
-corridors. The patio itself may be planted with
-trees and shrubs bearing sweet flowers, and often
-there is a fountain at the centre, with goldfish
-in the basin.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Cages of birds are hung around the patio, or
-under the corridors, and the little captives delight
-with their brilliant colors or their sweet songs.
-Every one in Mexico keeps birds as pets, and
-you may see, even in the houses of the very poor,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_21'>21</span>mocking-birds, doves, parrots, or clarins with
-their clear, whistling note.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Wherever there are real <em>roads</em> in Mexico, there
-you may see the quaint old-fashioned ox-carts with
-wheels often made from solid blocks of wood cut
-to shape. Two oxen are generally yoked to
-each, but when heavy loads are to be dragged,
-four, six, or even more are used at once.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_021.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>A MEXICAN OX-CART (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_22'>22</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_022.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>MEXICAN WATER-CARRIER (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>In Central Mexico water is precious, and in
-the cities special men make it a business to sell
-water from house to house. The water-carriers
-of different towns greatly differ in the form
-and size of the jars they use and in the mode
-of carrying them. In the city of Mexico, where
-they are becoming an uncommon sight, the
-man carries two water-jars of metal, one in
-front, one behind, hanging by straps from his
-shoulders and cap; in Guadalajara a number of
-round pottery water-jars are set into a sort of a
-frame mounted on a cart or barrow; in San Luis
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_23'>23</span>Potosi there are four oval jars set into a wheelbarrow
-with an enormous wheel; in Guanajuato
-they use great slender jars nearly as tall as
-the man himself, with a ring of wood at the
-bottom to hold them when they are set on the
-ground.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In the centre of every Mexican city or town of
-any importance is the <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">plaza</span></i> or public square.
-Sometimes this is surrounded by handsome buildings
-and laid out with care as a garden. Among
-orange trees laden with sweet blossoms and
-golden fruit, rose bushes, banana trees, there
-wind pleasant walks with benches in the shade,
-where rich or poor may rest. Usually at the
-centre of the plaza there is a band-stand where
-on certain evenings every week fine concerts are
-given.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The plaza is the pleasure-spot and gathering-place
-of all. To it flock venders of all kinds,
-with cakes, candies, fruits, sugar-cane, peanuts,
-toys, etc. Some of the wares are strange, and
-I am sure you could not guess them. There
-goes a man with a lot of pretty colored balls like
-wee toy balloons; they are red, white, blue, yellow;
-they are chewing-gum! There is another
-man with a great crumpled sheet of some whitish
-brown stuff; children flock to him with their
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_24'>24</span>coppers, and he cuts off pieces which they walk
-away munching; it is fried pigskin!</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_024.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>OTOMI INDIAN GIRLS (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Mexicans delight in holidays, and they celebrate
-a great many. The 2d of November, the
-day of the dead, is a great day. For several
-days beforehand thousands of strange toys have
-been offered for sale. Some are skulls made
-of sugar or clay; there are skeletons of various
-sizes and materials, corpses, funeral processions,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_25'>25</span>grave monuments. These are all called “deaths.”
-When the day of the dead comes children expect
-to receive these strange presents. When they
-rise in the morning their first cry is, “Papa,
-mamma, give me my death.” There is a great
-excitement the day before Easter. All down the
-streets may be seen figures of Judas hung up
-above the heads of the passers. In the big cities
-there will be hundreds of them of all sizes and
-shapes. They are made of cardboard and paper,
-and have fireworks inside. At a certain hour
-they are all set on fire, and burn and explode at
-a great rate, much to the delight of the boys and
-girls. But these are only two of many occasions
-during each year to which little Mexicans look
-forward with delight.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We have spoken only of the mestizos. The
-Indians are also interesting. There are many
-tribes, all with their own customs, and many with
-their old languages still in use. In the State
-of Oaxaca alone there are fifteen languages still
-spoken. Among the many Mexican Indian
-tribes perhaps the Aztecs, Otomis, Tarascans,
-Zapotecs, and Mayas are the best known.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_26'>26</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>V.<br /> <span class='large'>SOUTH AMERICAN PEOPLES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>South America, like North America, was occupied
-by Indians at the time of the discovery.
-The tribes differed in appearance, language, and
-customs, but all were true American Indians.
-To be sure, some tribes were dark, others light;
-some were tall, others short; some were true savages,
-while others were almost civilized.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Probably the most advanced tribes lived along
-the Pacific border. In Colombia, Ecuador, Peru,
-Bolivia, and Chili many relics of ancient art and
-many ruins of old buildings are found. Here and
-there east of the mountains similar evidences of
-culture are found, but they are less known. Best
-known of all are those of Peru.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The ancient Indians of Peru were industrious
-and hard workers. Their rulers, the Incas, were
-called “the children of the sun.” The old Peruvians
-had important towns and cities. They diligently
-cultivated their fields and irrigated them
-by great systems of canals. They wove capital
-cotton cloth, from which they made good clothing.
-Their cloth was often decorated with pretty inwoven
-designs in colored threads. They tamed
-and bred the llama, and trained it for a pack animal.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_27'>27</span>They could not write, but kept accounts by
-knotted cords called <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">quipus</span></i>. Differently colored
-cords were used for different things, and knots of
-varying sizes stood for varying numbers. Thus
-an owner of llamas might use a white cord for
-males, a reddish cord for females, and a yellow
-cord for young. A simple knot might stand for
-<em>one</em>, and larger knots might mean <em>five</em>, <em>ten</em>, or
-<em>twenty</em>. In this way the herder might keep exact
-account of his animals.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_027.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>PERUVIAN ANTIQUITIES (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The old Peruvians were great potters and
-thousands of their old water vessels and food
-dishes, which were buried with the dead, have
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_28'>28</span>been dug up. These had curious forms and
-were often adorned with colored patterns. Some
-of these jars were shaped like human faces,
-human figures, or animals. Sometimes they
-were “whistling jars,” which were so made that
-they whistled when water was poured in or out of
-them. The old Peruvians were skilled in working
-copper, silver, and gold, and made many
-ornaments and figures in these metals.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They disposed of their dead carefully, and
-many of the dried bodies, or “mummies” have
-been found in the ancient graves. The dead
-were folded into a sitting position and bound;
-they were then wrapped about with fine cloths.
-After the last wrapping was in place, it was
-painted, a false face was marked on the cloth or
-placed over the proper place, and imitation ear
-ornaments were hung at the sides of the head.
-Many objects were buried with the dead,—vessels
-of food and drink, and the objects
-they had used in life,—with a woman, cotton,
-spindle, and work-basket; with a man, weapons
-and ornaments. The old Peruvians built fine
-public buildings, and temples of stone and some
-ruins of such buildings still remain.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>After the discovery of America two nations
-chiefly gained possession of South America—Spain
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_29'>29</span>and Portugal. Portugal secured what is
-now Brazil; Spain gained almost all the rest.
-The Spaniard settled chiefly where the native
-tribes had already been living a quiet and settled
-life. In those districts, just as in Mexico, there
-was much mixture between the two peoples, and
-to-day there is a large <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">mestizo</span></i> population, whose
-mode of life has been influenced by that of Spain.
-In Peru, Brazil, Chili, and the Argentine Republic
-we find lands which are making progress, and in
-whose beautiful cities are fine buildings, handsome
-parks, and artistic statuary. It is a great mistake
-to think of any of the South American countries
-as uncivilized.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Still, even in countries like Peru and Chili,
-centres of old and interesting settled life, there
-are plenty of pure-blood Indians to-day. These
-still keep up much of their old life and customs.
-And when, instead of looking at the old culture
-centres, we examine the tribes which were truly
-<em>wild</em> at the time of the conquest, we find little
-change. On the eastern slope of the Andes, in
-the valleys of those streams which unite to form
-the Amazon, in the dense forests which border
-that mighty river itself, are many truly savage
-tribes to-day—or, when not savage, in low barbarism.
-Some of these tribes use the blow-gun
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_30'>30</span>in hunting. This is a tube, eight or ten feet
-long, made from a cane or bored out of wood.
-It is carefully straightened and smoothed on the
-inside. The shaft of the little arrow used with
-this is slender and ends in a sharp point; a tuft
-of cottony material, which just fits the bore of the
-blow-gun, is wrapped about the upper end of the
-arrow and fastened. When the arrow is placed in
-the blow-gun, this is raised to the lips, and a
-sharp puff of air from the mouth sends the little
-weapon on its way. These arrows go a long
-distance and with great force; as they make no
-noise they are especially good for bird-hunting.
-The arrows not only kill by their sharpness, but
-by poison, which is put on their tips. Several of
-these Indian tribes know how to make deadly
-poisons, chiefly from plants.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many of these wild tribes delight in bright
-feathers. They make necklaces, head-dresses,
-arm-rings, bracelets, leg-bands, aprons, and capes
-from them. Not that a single tribe makes all
-of these many ornaments; some will use the
-feathers in one way, others in another. Among
-the tribes of Brazil, the Botocudo are famous for
-the ornaments they wear in their lips and ears.
-These ornaments are mere disks or plugs of
-wood, which are inserted in holes pierced in the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_31'>31</span>ears and lower lip. Some Botocudo lip plugs
-are three inches in diameter. Such a lip ornament
-holds the lip out almost like a shelf.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_031.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>BOTOCUDO INDIAN WITH LIP PLUG (TYLOR).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>In eastern Ecuador and on the eastern slope
-of the Andes, near the Amazonian headwaters,
-are several tribes who cut
-off the heads of slain
-enemies as trophies. Best
-known of these tribes are
-the Mundurucus and Jivaros.
-The Mundurucus,
-after cutting off the heads,
-paint the faces, comb the
-hair, add feather ornaments,
-and then so dry
-the head that it retains its
-natural size and form. The heads that are kept
-by the Jivaros are even more curious. After
-they have been cut off the bones of the skull
-are removed piecemeal from below. The heads
-are then shrunken by means of astringent fluids,
-smoke, and pressure, until they are no larger
-than the fist. The features retain their form,
-but everything is reduced in size. It is hard
-to believe, when seeing one of these, that it
-could ever have been a full-sized human head.
-Believing that the spirit of the dead man will
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_32'>32</span>curse them and thus harm them, the Jivaros
-sew the lips of the trophy together with cords.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In Guiana some of the Indians make beautiful
-baskets of split cane. The splints are sometimes
-stained black or brown, and thus pretty patterns
-are woven in color. These patterns look
-like simple geometrical designs—diamonds,
-meanders, etc.—but often they are really pictures
-of snakes, monkeys, or human beings.
-These tribes use <i><span lang="pt" xml:lang="pt">cassava</span></i> for making bread. The
-roots or tubers, when first dug, are poisonous
-and unfit for food. These are first grated on a
-board set with sharp bits of stone. The shredded
-or grated pulp is then packed into a great tube
-of basketwork closed at the bottom. This is
-hung to a beam and a pole is passed through a
-loop at the lower end. By turning this pole the
-basket tube is twisted, and the cassava pulp is
-squeezed so tightly that the poisonous sap runs
-out, leaving the wholesome flour.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_33'>33</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>VI.<br /> <span class='large'>THE PEOPLES OF EUROPE: FAIR WHITES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Europe is the continent of white peoples.
-While there are white peoples in other continents,
-they are there as invaders. But even among the
-whites of Europe itself there are differences. Most
-of the Northern peoples, like the Swedes, Dutch,
-Russians, Germans, are light peoples, with delicate
-skin, light hair, blue eyes, and rather long
-heads. They are mostly tall in stature. The
-Southern peoples are dark—Spaniards, Portuguese,
-Italians, Greeks, are all brunettes. They
-are shorter, more slender, with dark skin, dark
-eyes, and black hair. In the region between these
-two types of European whites there are peoples of
-medium stature, rather stout, somewhat dark, with
-broad, round heads. Mr. Ripley names these
-three kinds of Europeans—Teutonic, Mediterranean,
-and Alpine peoples. We will speak simply
-of light whites and dark whites. All the
-Europeans we have named speak languages that
-are much alike, belonging to a group of languages
-to which the name Aryan is given. There are,
-however, some peoples of Europe who do <em>not</em>
-speak Aryan languages. Such are the Basques,
-Finns, Lapps, and Turks.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_34'>34</span>All the fair whites are so like ourselves that it
-will hardly do to call them <em>Strange Peoples</em>. Yet
-we would find many curious things even in those
-who are most like ourselves, as the Hollanders.
-You know something about little Holland? It is
-a low, flat country, and much of it was formerly
-under the sea. The industrious Hollanders have
-built great dikes or walls to keep the sea back,
-and, by pumping out the water, reclaimed the
-land. A rich and fertile land it is, intersected by
-a network of little canals. Everywhere you go in
-Holland you see windmills. Because the country
-<em>is</em> so low and flat, there are no rapid streams
-to furnish water-power for mills, so they must use
-the wind. At some places, like Zaandam, hundreds
-may be seen at once. With us windmills
-are simply for pumping water, but in Holland they
-do many kinds of work. Some are flouring mills,
-others are sawmills for cutting timber, others run
-oil presses, etc.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id003'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_35'>35</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_035.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>FISH-GIRL OF SCHEVENINGEN, HOLLAND (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The fishing towns of Holland are interesting.
-Every traveller wants to see Vollendam and
-Scheveningen and the hamlets on the Island of
-Marken. The men and women in these towns
-are kind-hearted, simple people, who are proud of
-their own village and think their own dress finer
-than that of other towns. Each of these fishing
-villages has its characteristic costume. The men
-of the Island of Marken wear a close-fitting jacket
-which ends at the waist and great, baggy, knee
-pants. Marken women wear round, white caps,
-fitting the head
-closely, with an
-open-work border,
-and a bright
-waist, with striped
-sleeves, over the
-front of which is
-a square of handsomely
-embroidered
-cloth. Little
-girls all through
-Holland dress exactly
-like women.
-But for her child
-face you would
-take the little girl
-from Scheveningen
-to be a grown
-person. She wears a dainty white cap pinned
-on with two great round-headed pins. Her
-ample dress quite reaches the ground; her white
-apron is neatly tied, and her purple shawl, tightly
-wrapped about her shoulders, is demurely crossed,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_36'>36</span>and the ends are tucked under her apron strings.
-She wears the common wooden shoes of the
-country. A crowd of boys running in such
-shoes over the hard paved roads makes a great
-clattering. On Sunday the wooden shoes of men
-and boys are usually fresh whitened; if their
-owners enter a house, they leave the shoes outside
-the door. I am sure you cannot guess
-what little Dutch boys do with old wooden
-shoes. They make capital little fishing boats
-out of them, which they sail on the canal. The
-real big fishing boats are really shaped very
-much like shoes too.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_036.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>BOATS MADE FROM SHOES, HOLLAND (HAITÉ).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Edam cheese is one of Holland’s famous products.
-The people are wonderfully careful in making
-it. They take great care of the cows; when
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_37'>37</span>the weather is wet or the flies troublesome, they
-put blankets over them to protect them. The
-stables where they keep them are as clean as soap
-and water will make them; the stalls are made of
-handsomely planed wood, and there is a window
-at each one to let in light and to give the cows a
-chance to look out on the green meadows. The
-cheeses are made of cream and are pressed in
-clean, white, earthenware moulds, into the shape
-and size of cannon balls. They are then colored
-and sent to market. The greatest cheese market
-of Holland is at Alkmaar. Scores of boatfuls
-are there unloaded every market day. The market
-is at the water’s edge. The cheeses are colored
-orange or red, and are oiled and wiped till they
-shine. They are stacked in piles like cannon
-balls.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Among famous Dutch towns is Delft, where
-they make a beautiful white porcelain with blue
-designs, which is a favorite everywhere: then
-there is Schiedam, where they make “Schnapps,”
-or gin, which is as famous probably as the Delft
-ware, but not so praiseworthy; then there is
-Haarlem, famous for its flower gardens, its tulips
-and begonias; at Leiden there is a noble old
-university and a museum where one may see
-objects made and used by all the Strange Peoples
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_38'>38</span>we shall study and many more. Holland has had
-many great artists, and their works are preserved
-in the art galleries at Rotterdam, Leiden, The
-Hague, Haarlem, and Amsterdam. Holland was
-once the great commercial and naval nation of the
-world: that day is past, but her ships still sail all
-seas; the little kingdom is still a centre of intelligence,
-industry, and education, and the thrifty and
-wealthy Dutch are a worthy example of the Fair
-Whites.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>VII.<br /> <span class='large'>DARK WHITES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Among the dark whites of Europe the Portuguese,
-Spanish, Italians, and Greeks are conspicuous.
-In speech they are kin to each other, and
-to the fair whites. How different they are otherwise!
-They are handsomer in face, more lithe
-and graceful in body, more quickly aroused, more
-changeable in purpose, than the fair whites. Their
-faces, their gestures, their movements, more emphatically
-betray their emotions. They live more
-in the present than the somewhat sober and sombre
-northern peoples.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Just now people are apt to forget how much
-<em>we</em> owe to the dark whites. They have done
-<em>much</em> for the world. Greece taught Europe to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_39'>39</span>think, developed an art and architecture which
-impressed the world, formed a literature and
-theatre that have never been surpassed; Rome
-taught mankind government and law; Italy has
-produced the greatest paintings; Spain discovered
-the New World. These are a few of the
-achievements of the dark whites. Nor are they
-idle now; in Greece and Italy to-day, in Spain
-and Portugal, art, invention,
-literature,
-and science are making
-rapid progress.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_039.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>ITALIAN CHILD (MILN).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Every one has seen
-Italians. Those who
-come to us are mostly
-poor, and badly
-represent their people.
-They are dark
-skinned, dark brown
-or black eyed, black
-and curly haired, and
-have fine and regular
-features. They are,
-perhaps, the handsomest
-of European
-peoples. They love the company of others in
-their work and play. They delight in bright
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_40'>40</span>colors, and the women fasten bright kerchiefs
-about their dark hair, fold a brilliant cloth across
-the breast, and hang gaudy earrings in their
-ears. The Italian language is sweet and lively,
-and the people who speak it are impulsive and
-sunny in disposition, though easily angered, and
-quick to resent an injury.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Perhaps old Rome was the greatest city the
-world has known. The Roman people ruled the
-known nations, and their armies and governors
-were in all lands. Fine roads connected the city
-with every part of the Empire, and fragments of
-these roads still exist though almost two thousand
-years have passed. Rome was a centre to
-which flocked the painters, sculptors, poets, and
-orators of the world; there they produced their
-great works. At Rome were grand temples,
-great public buildings, the mighty Coliseum
-where public games were held. Ruins of these
-famous structures are still visited, and show the
-ancient grandeur of the dark whites of by-gone
-days.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Not far from Rome are ruins of Pompeii and
-Herculaneum, towns where many of the Romans
-had their country homes. In the year 79, more
-than eighteen hundred years ago, Vesuvius burst
-forth in a terrible eruption and destroyed the two
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_41'>41</span>cities. Pompeii was buried under a sheet of
-“ashes,” while Herculaneum was overflowed by
-streams of lava. For centuries no one knew that
-underneath these layers of “ashes” and lava a
-great part of the two cities lay undestroyed.
-Recently, by digging away the covering, they
-have discovered many curious and interesting
-things. House walls, paintings, tools, weapons,
-ornaments, all remain to tell us how the ancient
-Romans worked and lived.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>But later Rome was also great. It was the
-central city of Christendom, the seat of the Pope’s
-power, the location of the Vatican. For this
-reason it was the place where master minds dealt
-with great problems, where great architects designed
-wonderful cathedrals, where painters produced
-the famous pictures of the world. Nor is
-Rome small to-day. She is no longer the mistress
-of the world; the temporal power of the
-church has been lessened; but modern Rome is
-still the capital of a great nation, a centre of
-enlightenment, a hive of industry; a shrine to
-which the lovers of art and beauty make their
-pilgrimage.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Even the poorest and meanest in Italy love
-music, painting, and statuary. Everywhere in
-public places one sees sculptures in fine marble.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_42'>42</span>Such works in our own land would run some
-risk of injury or destruction, but in Italy no one
-thinks of harming them. The Italians all love
-music, and most of them know how to play some
-instrument.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Italian mosaics and cameos are famous. At
-Florence particularly the making of mosaics is
-important. Mosaics are pictures made by fitting
-together wee bits of stones, enamels, or glasses
-of bright colors. A pair of cuff buttons or a
-brooch may bear a spray of flowers, which looks
-like delicate painting, but is really made by the
-fitting together of these bits of stone. Cameos are
-cut from shell or onyx. Many sea shells are composed
-of layers of different colors of shelly matter.
-Onyx is a stone which is layered with different
-colors. A cameo is a piece of carving cut in
-such materials so that the different colored layers
-give different parts of the design. The work is
-beautiful and delicate. Perhaps the finest cameo
-cutting is done at Naples.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Italian enjoys games. Several kinds of
-ball games are favorites with him. He delights
-in throwing dice and other games of chance.
-Boys are fond of <i><span lang="it" xml:lang="it">morra</span></i>. There are two players:
-at a given signal each extends one hand with a
-certain number of fingers stretched out; at the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_43'>43</span>same moment each calls how many fingers he
-thinks both will have out. If either guesses
-right, he wins. This is a very old game, and was
-played in the time of Rome’s imperial grandeur.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The gayest time of the year for young and
-old is the Carnival. Every one is on the streets.
-They wear masks and are hideously dressed—like
-clowns, deformed and distorted beings, devils,
-animals. They make a great din and play all
-kinds of pranks. They throw flowers and paper
-cut to bits on one another and sprinkle passers-by
-with water. Men, women, and children all take
-part in this wild fun. The more ignorant Italians
-are superstitious. They fear witchcraft and the
-evil eye, and most of the lower class carry some
-lucky stone or other object to protect them against
-such dangers.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>VIII.<br /> <span class='large'>BASQUES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>On both sides of the Pyrenees Mountains, in
-France and in Spain, there dwells a people which
-does not speak an Aryan language, the Basques.
-Many writers who have studied the Basque language
-have wondered how it came to exist alone
-in the midst of so many languages that have no
-relation to it.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_44'>44</span>The people who speak this language are called
-French Basques or Spanish Basques according
-to which side of the Pyrenees is their home.
-They differ somewhat. The Spanish Basques
-are usually short, clear-complexioned, with rather
-long and narrow heads and brown or black hair.
-The French Basques are frequently quite tall,
-have much broader heads, and sometimes light
-hair. Neither French nor Spanish Basques are
-pure in blood, being much mixed with their
-neighbors. Still, it is said that a Basque can
-generally be known by his face. The upper,
-forward part of his head is wide and bulging,
-while his face is long, narrow, and ends in a
-pointed chin.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Basques are famous for their good health,
-their fine forms, and their quick and graceful
-movements. They are industrious, hard workers.
-In the uplands the men are shepherds, in the
-lowlands farmers and herders, and on the coast
-fishermen and sailors. In the cities they work
-at the docks, loading and unloading vessels.
-Women work at this hard work just the same
-as men. Formerly the men engaged much in
-piracy. Basque women are much employed as
-nurses in Spanish families.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They are a gay and happy people. Men play
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_45'>45</span>tennis, and women play skittles. Formerly they
-had many dances; one only of these is still kept.
-It is danced by men only, and though the steps
-are difficult, the dance is slow and grave. They
-delight in poetry and are able to compose rapidly.
-Verneau says: “One may say that in the
-land of the Basques every mountaineer is born
-a poet, but the poetry is made up on the spur
-of the moment. In the midst of the delights of
-a feast, some one at the table rises. All noise
-ceases. Complete silence is made about him.
-He sings; the stanzas follow one another without
-effort and without fatigue. His song is
-grave and measured; both the air and words
-are made at the moment.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Basques, especially those living in the mountains,
-are proud, happy, and independent. They
-are easily angered and quick to fight. They love
-their old life and customs and dislike changes.
-They still use many old-fashioned things such
-as the clumsy ox-cart, with great, solid wooden
-wheels and heavy wooden axle. The old dress has
-disappeared in many places, but is picturesque.
-Men wear rather loose and baggy trousers, a
-close-fitting vest, a sort of blouse or jacket that
-reaches only to the waist, a wide, white collar
-turned down over the neck of the blouse, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_46'>46</span>a loose necktie with streaming ends. They wear
-a loose cap jauntily on the head. Men and women
-both delight in bright colors.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Their food is simple, but they are always ready
-to share it with guests. Strangers are welcome
-to the best the family has, which is generally
-corn bread and cider, with bean soup and boiled
-cabbage. They celebrate Christmas by killing a
-pig, the flesh of which gives the family a feast for
-a long time.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_046.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>BASQUE CART (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>They are proud of their strange and difficult
-language, which <em>they</em> call <em>Euskaric</em>. They call
-themselves <em>Euskaldanac</em>, which means “the
-speakers,” just as if other people using a different
-speech did not know how to speak at all.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_47'>47</span>The Basques have produced some famous
-men. The great sailor Magellan, who circumnavigated
-the globe and discovered the Philippines
-in 1535, was a Basque. So were Ignacio
-de Loyola and Francis Xavier, who founded the
-<em>Society of Jesus</em> or the <em>Jesuits</em>. Within recent
-years many of the Basques have left their old
-home and gone to seek fortunes in new lands.
-In all more than two hundred thousand have
-migrated, some to Havana and Mexico, but many
-more to Montevideo and Buenos Ayres.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>IX.<br /> <span class='large'>FINNS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Finland, forming part of the Russian Empire,
-is bordered on the south and west by the Baltic
-Sea (Gulfs of Finland and Bothnia) and stretches
-as a narrow band almost north and south. There
-has been much discussion as to just what and
-who the Finns are. Some writers think them
-true white Europeans related to the long-headed,
-fair whites; others believe them Mongolians who
-have moved from Asia into Europe, where they
-have changed their color and appearance—partly
-by marrying with fair whites and partly by the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_48'>48</span>influence of climate and other conditions—but
-who retain their old Asiatic language.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Whichever is right, the Finns are an interesting
-people. There are about one million and a
-half of pure blood dwelling in Finland. There
-are two quite unlike types,—the Tavastland and
-Karelian Finns. The Tavastland Finns are
-rather tall and large built, with a large and broad
-head, a long and large face, light skin, light hair,
-and large and light eyes. They are rather quiet,
-a little morose though kindly, and have a great
-love for their old life and customs. The Karelian
-Finns are darker, with dark brown or black
-hair and dark eyes. They were quite tall, but
-less strongly built than the Tavastland Finns;
-they have a longer head and smaller head and
-face; they are more lively, gay, and enterprising.
-It is the Karelians who more nearly resemble the
-Finns of Asia, Ostiaks, and Samoyeds. Both
-kinds of Finns, though differing in appearance,
-speak one language, which is not Aryan, and is
-related to the languages of Northern Asia. The
-Lapps, Turks, and some other peoples of Southeastern
-Europe speak tongues related to the
-Finnish.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In the cities and towns of Finland the people
-are much like their Swedish, German, and Russian
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_49'>49</span>neighbors. But in the small towns and villages
-and in the country they retain many old
-and curious customs. There they live in old-fashioned
-houses or even older-fashioned tents.
-The houses, built of logs, had low, broad, two-pitched
-roofs and consisted of a single room;
-there was one door and some small windows.
-Only recently have they used glass in the windows.
-The furniture is simple. Clothing and
-other articles are hung on pegs against the wall
-or over poles which are supported by hooks
-from the roof. Big, ring-shaped loaves of rye
-bread are hung up on these poles also. Outside
-the house are several small buildings used
-as store-rooms for treasures and the sweat-bath
-house.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The old tents are now rarely seen. They were
-circular, and their framework was made by setting
-poles in the ground so that their upper ends met;
-branches were worked in to fill the spaces between
-these and form walls, and moss and turf
-were tightly packed in to fill all openings. A
-doorway was left and a smoke hole.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The sweat-bath house is found everywhere. It
-is large enough to accommodate a good many
-bathers at once. Two sets of wide benches run
-around the inside of the house, one higher than
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_50'>50</span>the other: these are for the bathers to sit or lie
-upon. They reach the higher benches or platforms
-by means of a short ladder. In one corner
-of this sweat-house is a dome-shaped oven or fireplace
-built of stones. This is heated very hot,
-and then dippers of water are thrown upon the
-hot stones, until the steam fills the whole building.
-The bathers bask in the vapor, rub and
-strike themselves with bunches of birch twigs,
-and then dash cold water over themselves. They
-delight in these vapor baths, and every one—men,
-women, and children—takes them. <em>We</em> would
-not enjoy it much, for there is much smoke mixed
-with the steam. Similar vapor baths are used in
-Russia, and recently “Russian baths” have come
-much into use among ourselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Like many other northern peoples the Finns
-make many articles from birch bark. Boxes,
-vessels, carrying sacks, and even shoes are made
-from it. The climate of Finland is rather bad;
-winters are long and severe. The people raise
-some plants, but their agriculture is simple and
-old-fashioned. They burn over the space to be
-planted, work the ashes and soil with crude tools,
-and plant the seed. Their crops sometimes fail
-and terrible famines result. At such times they
-have made bread from bark and roots crushed
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_51'>51</span>between rude grinding stones. Such bread is
-called <em>famine bread</em>.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_051.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>FINNS SINGING (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Finns love song and poetry. It is said
-that every village has one poet, or more, and that
-he prepares a new song whenever aught of importance
-occurs. Besides these new songs they
-have many ancient songs, of which they never
-tire. When they sing the songs of the olden
-time, two men seat themselves face to face upon
-a bench, join hands, and rock backward and forward
-in time to the song. First one sings a line
-or passage, and then the other repeats the same,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_52'>52</span>and so they continue, rocking back and forth and
-singing the whole night through. Sometimes a
-third man plays upon the <i><span lang="fem" xml:lang="fem">kantele</span></i>, while the
-others sing. This kantele is somewhat like a
-zither; it has a flat sounding-body upon which
-are strung from three to eight strings of different
-lengths. It is usually picked with the fingers
-like a guitar. It is said that the first kantele was
-made of fish-bones, though it is not easy to see
-how that could be.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Until less than a hundred years ago, although
-these old songs were much loved, no one had
-written them down. They were learned by heart
-from father to son, and thus kept alive through
-the centuries. A man named Lönnrot became
-interested in them and copied many of them
-from the mouths of the singers. In 1825 he
-printed a book of them, and later he gathered
-and published still more. To this book of songs
-he gave the name of the <cite><span lang="fem" xml:lang="fem">Kalevala</span></cite>. It is one of
-the great poems of the world, and it tells of the
-life and doings and beliefs of the Finns of the
-old, old time. The style of the <cite><span lang="fem" xml:lang="fem">Kalevala</span></cite> is lively
-and quite unlike most English poetry. In <cite>Hiawatha</cite>,
-Longfellow copies this style; so when you
-read <cite>Hiawatha</cite> again, remember that it is like the
-old Finnish songs.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_53'>53</span>The Finns are very fond of the <cite><span lang="fem" xml:lang="fem">Kalevala</span></cite> and
-their other ancient songs. They are jealous, too,
-of their old customs, and dislike to see them pass
-away. They have some societies the purpose of
-which is to keep alive a knowledge of the past
-of Finland. But though the Finns love Finland
-and its old life, they are not to-day an independent
-nation. They were invaded long ago by
-Sweden, and later on by Russia. For a time
-Finland was a half-independent kingdom under
-Russian control, but lately its power has been
-again reduced, and it is part of Russia itself.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>What we have said of the Finns is true of the
-country people. In the cities things are much
-the same as in other European cities. In Helsingfors
-we should find one of the great universities
-of Europe, and many educated and
-distinguished men Finns by birth and language.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>X.<br /> <span class='large'>LAPPS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>In the northmost part of the Scandinavian
-Peninsula and Finland live the Lapps. There
-are probably not more than ten or twelve thousand,
-all told. They have had much contact
-with the Finns, and speak a language related to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_54'>54</span>Finnish. In many customs they resemble them.
-This is not strange, as the land they live in is
-much the same.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_054.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>A GROUP OF LAPPS (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>But while all Finns are tall, the Lapps are
-short. Most of the men fall below five feet.
-Little and thin, they are yet strong and quick
-in their movements. Their skin is dark, their
-hair black and straight. Their heads are big
-and broad, and they have good foreheads and
-projecting cheek bones. Their eyes often seem
-to slant downward at their outer corners. While
-they are really dark skinned, they are not nearly
-so much so as they appear, for they are usually
-filthy. When their faces are washed, some of the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_55'>55</span>women have quite fair skin and rosy cheeks.
-Life is hard among the Lapps, but they often
-live to be old—sometimes even to one hundred
-years or more.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Those Lapps who live farthest away from the
-Finns, Russians, and Swedes still wear the old
-style of dress. In winter their garments are
-made of reindeer hide: the hair, which is left on,
-is worn next the body. Both men and women
-wear big mittens of skin. They have caps on
-their heads, and fishermen and herders may be
-distinguished by the style of these. Fishermen’s
-caps are pointed, while those of herders are square.
-In going out over the snow in winter, Lapps have
-long, narrow runners of wood fastened to their
-feet, and carry a pole in their hand. These runners
-are five feet or more in length, and only a
-few inches wide, and on them—aided by their
-poles—the Lapps glide along finely over the hard
-snow.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Some Lapps are constantly wandering. Others
-settle down in quite permanent homes. The wanderers
-build tents similar in shape to those of our
-Sioux Indians and of the Finns. A lot of poles
-are set up in a circle with their upper ends meeting.
-This framework is covered with a cloth or
-with turfs. The settled Lapps live in houses, the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_56'>56</span>framework of which consists of posts set upright
-and poles lashed across. Small storehouses for
-food are built near by, and these are set up on
-four posts to keep the contents out of reach of
-dogs and other animals.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>When they greet each other, the Lapps rub
-noses together. This mode of kissing is found
-also among other northern peoples, like the
-Samoyeds in Asia and the Eskimos in America.
-Mothers cradle their babies in a sort of trough
-hollowed out of a piece of wood. This they carry
-on their backs when they journey, and hang on a
-tree or set into a snowbank when they work.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Of course every one thinks of reindeer when
-Laplanders are mentioned. And it is not strange,
-because reindeer are useful indeed to these little
-people. They furnish three useful things,—milk,
-meat, and skins. The reindeer are kept in herds
-and form almost the only wealth of their owners.
-Some herds number perhaps a thousand reindeer.
-These herds must be constantly watched. Men,
-women, and children all help in the work, and the
-many dogs kept by the Lapps are chiefly helpful
-in guarding the herds. The women do the milking,
-and each of the reindeer cows is milked twice
-a day. They give little milk, hardly more than a
-cupful at a milking, but it is rich and thick and
-can be thinned with a good deal of water. Some
-of the milk is drunk fresh, and from the rest the
-women make a kind of cheese. When they wish
-to milk a reindeer, they approach the animal carefully,
-throw a lasso over its head and wind this
-around the snout so as to hold the animal quiet.
-The reindeer are also much used to carry burdens
-and to drag sledges.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_57'>57</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_057.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>LAPLANDER ON SNOW-RUNNERS (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_58'>58</span>Besides the flesh and milk of the reindeer the
-Laplanders eat its blood, which is boiled down
-into a sort of pudding. The meat which is not
-eaten fresh is dried and stored away. Fish are
-dried and smoked. Birds and their eggs are much
-eaten. Bread, much like the “famine bread” of
-the Finns, is made from roots and barks. Soup
-is made of pine bark mixed with fat and flour or
-meal.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Laplanders who live in settled houses depend
-upon hunting during the fall and fishing
-during the summer. They hunt reindeer, squirrels,
-and birds. Wild reindeer they take chiefly
-by pitfalls: they dig a hole, or trench, in the path
-over which the reindeer is likely to pass, and carefully
-cover it with branches, earth, and grass.
-When the animals have fallen in, they are easily
-killed. Lapps are fond of the eggs of water birds,
-and to secure them they build nests for the birds
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_59'>59</span>in trees near the water, and then rob them after
-the eggs have been laid.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Laplanders are great believers in spirits.
-To summon these they use drums or tambourines,
-consisting of a ring of wood over which a membrane
-is tightly stretched. This has jingling objects
-fastened to it which make a noise when the
-instrument is beaten or rattled. Upon the membrane
-are rudely painted, curious figures, usually
-in red. Thus the sun, animals, and human beings
-are pictured, and are believed to help the drummer.
-The Lapps greatly fear their god of storms.
-He is believed to drive the storms forth from his
-cave with a club and to bring them back with a
-shovel. They fear him most at the season when
-the young reindeer are born, and then pray to
-him not to let loose the storms, lest the little creatures
-perish. Through their sorcerers they secure
-from this god, storm strings with three knots tied
-in them. Each of these knots represents a storm.
-If one knot is untied, a little storm is let loose; if
-two are untied, a greater one; if three, there is a
-fearful tempest. These strings are used against
-enemies or those who have tried to do them harm.
-The neighbors of the little Lapps think these can
-do them much harm with their wind strings and
-other magic, and they dread and hate them.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_60'>60</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XI.<br /> <span class='large'>TURKS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>With the Turks we pass from the peoples
-of Europe to those of Asia, for the European
-Osmanli Turks are only the most settled branch
-of a large group of peoples, most of whom lead
-wandering lives and live in Central and Northern
-Asia. All speak almost the same language.
-Formerly there was a great Turkish Empire,
-which stretched from the borders of China to the
-Caspian Sea. The present peoples of the Turkic
-group live within this area and in European
-Turkey. Among the most important of these
-peoples are the Yakuts, Turkomans, Uzbegs,
-Nogais, Cossacks, and Osmanli,—the latter being
-the Turks of European Turkey.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We shall speak only of the Yakuts, Turkomans,
-and Osmanli. The Yakuts occupy an area along
-both banks of the Lena River and extending west
-from it. They are wanderers and raise herds
-of cattle and horses. They live chiefly on the
-produce of their herds, eating horse flesh especially,
-and making much cheese. Like many of
-their neighbors they are fond of <em>koumyss</em>, a drink
-prepared by fermenting mare’s milk. Those living
-farthest north, near the delta of the Lena
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_61'>61</span>River, also hunt small animals for food. These
-wandering herders, living in tents, are not quarrelsome;
-they respect age, and the old men control
-affairs and determine the time for moving camp.
-Women are well treated by their husbands, but
-one man may have several wives. In such cases,
-the wives live each in a separate tent, and these
-tents are placed about the tent of the husband.
-Men pay the father of their wives, for these, with
-cattle and horses. When a man among the
-Yakuts dies, they dress him in his best clothing
-and place in the grave with him his knife, a flint
-and steel, some tinder, and a little food. The
-burial is always under a tree, and two graves are
-dug. In one the man is buried with his head
-turned toward the west. The man’s favorite
-horse is brought in his finest harness and loaded
-with presents: a fat mare is also brought. These
-are both killed and buried in the second grave
-that they may accompany their master.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_62'>62</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_062.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>CARAVAN PREPARING TO START: ASIATIC TURKS (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Turkomans, who live in Southern Turkestan
-and adjoining regions, are probably more like
-the ancient Turks in appearance, than any of the
-other Turkic tribes of the present. They are
-somewhat tall, with a broad, rounded head, broad
-face, prominent cheek bones, little slant eyes, a
-low nose, rather thick lips, and projecting ears.
-Their skin is yellowish, their hair is coarse and
-black, and they have little beard. They delight
-in bright clothing, and the women wear much
-jewelry. It is said that they wear so many jingling
-ornaments, that a party of passing women
-make a noise almost like the tinkling of bells.
-The Turkomans live in large, round, wall tents:
-the light framework of poles is covered with great
-pieces of felt. This felt is beaten by the women
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_63'>63</span>from sheep’s wool and camel’s hair. They are
-comfortable within. The floor is often covered
-with fine rugs or skins, and handsome woven
-stuffs are hung upon the wall or thrown over the
-sitting places. These fine articles are partly
-woven by the women and partly stolen from passing
-caravans—for the Turkomans are dreadful
-pillagers. Until very lately they were also slave-hunters
-and stole many Persian women to sell as
-slaves. The Russian government has almost put
-an end to this trade. The Turkomans raise
-horses, sheep, and camels. They eat the flesh of
-these animals and drink their fresh milk. Unlike
-the Yakuts, they do not care for koumyss. When
-an important man among the Turkomans dies,
-they raise a heap of stones over his grave. If he
-was a very pious man, they pay great respect to
-his grave and consider it a holy spot. A man
-who is ill or in trouble may visit this grave to
-pray there; if he has an animal that suffers from
-some disease, he leads it around the grave to cure
-it. Such ideas about a pious man’s grave prevail
-in all Mohammedan countries. All the peoples
-of the Turkic group are Mussulmans, though
-you would never think it from the way in which
-Yakut and Turkoman women go about unveiled.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Osmanli are the true Turks of Europe.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_64'>64</span>Probably you would expect to see only Turks in
-Turkey. That would be a great error, for really
-only about one-tenth the population of Turkey is
-made up of Turks. There are many Armenians
-and Bulgarians, besides Greeks and others. The
-Osmanli Turks do not look like Mongolians, but
-their language and real blood relationship are
-with the yellow Asians, rather than with the
-white Europeans. It is not strange, however,
-that they present so mixed a type; Turks have
-long married with white slaves, and there is
-much Caucasian blood—both European and
-Asian—in their veins.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Constantinople is one of the most beautiful
-cities of the globe, and is probably the most
-important Mohammedan city. The <em>mosques</em>, or
-places of worship, are everywhere and recognizable
-by their pretty minarets. Friday and not Sunday
-is the day of service. Daily prayers are required,
-and the hours for prayer are called by the <em>muezzim</em>.
-When the call is heard, no matter what he may
-be doing, a good Mohammedan stops his occupation,
-spreads his prayer cloth, faces the sacred
-city of Mecca, and goes through his prayers.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Turk is <em>not</em> industrious and lacks energy;
-he enjoys ease and amusement. Perhaps a part
-of this is due to his being a fatalist; he believes
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_65'>65</span>that what will happen, <em>must</em> happen; that he cannot
-in any way change the course of events. So
-<em>why</em> should he hurry and worry? He <em>is</em> fond of
-trading, but even there is not in haste. In the
-bazaars the seller and buyer haggle a long time
-over the prices. The one never asks the price he
-expects to get, but one much larger; the other
-never expects to pay the price first asked, but one
-much lower. Mohammedans who can afford to
-keep them may marry four wives; they often own
-many female slaves beside. These wives and slaves
-live in a special part of the house called the harem,
-where no visitors except women enter. When
-Turkish women go upon the street they are closely
-veiled, and none of their face except the eyes can
-be seen. Mohammedanism permits polygamy, but
-it forbids wine-drinking. While not all Turks
-obey this command, they are usually temperate,
-and drunkenness is rare.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE PEOPLES OF ASIA.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>There has been much question as to <em>where</em> man
-first lived. Some believe that the first men were
-white and lived in Europe and North Africa;
-others think the negroes of Africa are the oldest
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_66'>66</span>men; a few have argued that the American
-Indian was the original race; most, however, have
-thought that Asia was man’s first home. Whether
-this is so or not, Asia to-day contains a swarming
-population composed of many peoples, differing
-much in appearance, dress, life, and customs.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Asian peoples belong chiefly to the Mongolic
-or yellow race. It is a well-marked type.
-Medium stature, broad and round head, flat face,
-with nose rather low, broad and high cheek
-bones, hair coarse and straight and jet black,
-skin yellowish, dark eyes apparently set slantwise
-in the face, are its characters. The yellow race
-includes the Chinese, Japanese, Coreans, the
-peoples of Indo-China, and most of the wandering
-tribes of Siberia. There are probably more
-of this race than of any other on the globe; next
-to them in numbers is the white race; then the
-negroes; then the island peoples; last and least,
-the American Indians.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Asia may justly be called the continent of
-yellow peoples. But it would be a mistake to
-think that no other peoples but Mongolic peoples
-live there. In almost every part of the great
-continent are peoples of white or Caucasic types.
-Thus, in the far northeast of Asia we have the
-curious Ghilyaks; in Japan, the Ainu; in China,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_67'>67</span>various mountain tribes; in Southeastern Asia,
-similar peoples; in India, the Todas. All these
-tribes are white, bearded, with hairy bodies,
-rather long heads, and straight eyes. These
-tribes are small in numbers, rather quiet and
-timid, with little energy, and quite unlike European
-whites. They usually live in mountainous,
-out-of-the-way places, and it almost seems as if
-they are the scattered fragments of an ancient,
-white population, who occupied much of Asia
-before the yellow race was important, and who have
-been crowded back and almost destroyed by it.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In India, Persia, and other parts of Western
-Asia, are many white peoples who are like true
-European whites in their Aryan languages and
-in their forms and features. In Western Asia
-there are, and long have been, many dark white
-populations who are vigorous and active, with
-features much more European than Mongolian.
-These dark whites speak languages related to
-each other, but not Aryan. To these peoples,
-including the old Hebrews, and the modern Arabs,
-and many other ancient and modern peoples, the
-name Semites is applied. So you see that in
-Asia there are not only the yellow, Mongolian
-peoples, but three different kinds of whites,—the
-ancient feeble race, the Aryans, and the Semites.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_68'>68</span>Nowhere do we find more interesting ruins
-telling of past grandeur than in Asia. We think
-of Rome as old; of Greece as older; but in
-Mesopotamia are ruins far older than those of
-Greece and Rome. There are the ruins of Nineveh
-and Babylon, so often mentioned in the
-Bible. Both are old, but lately explorers have
-found yet older ruins dating back six or seven
-thousand years. And these are not ruins of
-small and unimportant places, but of grand cities,
-whose people were already civilized, with fixed
-laws, curious religions, and many arts and industries.
-Nowhere in the world have ruins of older
-cities been found, and it is believed that the
-people who built them were yellow Mongolians.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In Asia most of the great religions were born.
-The oldest religious systems of which we know
-were those of Mesopotamia. In India Buddhism
-began. Buddha was a teacher who felt that the
-old religion of India, Brahmanism, was wrong.
-So he taught a new religion. There are more
-believers in Buddhism to-day than in any other
-religion. It is the chief religion of China, Japan,
-Tibet, Southeastern Asia, and Ceylon; but in
-India itself, where Buddha lived and taught, the
-people are <em>not</em> Buddhists. In China there arose
-a great teacher, Confucius. He taught no religion,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_69'>69</span>but to-day there are Confucian temples all
-through China. Judaism, the worship of Jehovah
-by the Jews, began in Asia. There, too, in Judæa
-also, Christianity was born. Christ dwelt and
-taught there, and there the first Christian churches
-were founded. But just as Buddha’s land is not
-Buddhist, so Palestine to-day is not Christian.
-It is a part of the Mohammedan world. Mohammedanism,
-too, is Asiatic, beginning in Arabia
-almost thirteen hundred years ago. Perhaps the
-original home of man, Asia has certainly been
-the first seat of civilization, and the cradle of
-religions.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XIII.<br /> <span class='large'>CHINESE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Perhaps four hundred and twenty million people
-dwell in the Chinese Empire and are called
-Chinese. They are not, however, all <em>true</em> Chinese.
-When the Chinese (or their ancestors) moved
-eastward into what is now China, four thousand
-or more years ago, they found many different
-tribes living there. Some of these were driven
-forth to seek new homes; many remained and
-have mixed and mingled with the Chinese.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>So many Chinese now live in our country that
-you all know how they look and dress. The
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_70'>70</span>Chinese in America are mostly from the poorest
-and meanest class, and most of them come from
-Canton. Most of those here are laundrymen, but
-in some of our larger cities there are merchants
-and restaurant keepers, and in California hundreds
-of them are gardeners. They quickly learn
-our ways of doing, and many are employed in
-cigar-making, shirt-making, and railroad-building.
-They work hard and save their money, as they
-want sometime to go home to their own country.
-Chinamen who die here are buried only for a
-little time: later the bones are gathered and sent
-home to be buried in China.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Chinese who come here are short or of
-medium stature. In the interior and north of
-China they are taller. They have yellow skin,
-black straight hair, and black eyes. Their eyes
-appear to slant or be set crookedly, the inner
-corners being lower than the outer; they are
-really almost as straight as our own, and the
-appearance is due to a fold of skin at the inner
-corner. The long queue that hangs down the
-Chinaman’s back is not composed entirely of
-hair; it is pieced out below with cord or strings
-braided in. This style of wearing the hair is
-<em>not</em> truly Chinese. Formerly the Chinese wore
-their hair in a knot on top of the head, but at
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_71'>71</span>the time of the Manchu Conquest, two hundred
-and fifty or so years ago, they were compelled to
-wear the hair in the Manchu fashion. For a
-Chinaman to cut off his queue would be almost
-the same as declaring
-himself
-unloyal to his
-Manchu rulers.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_071.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>CHINESE MANDARIN (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Chinamen usually
-have three
-names. The family
-name, which
-we place last,
-they place first.
-Thus <em>Li Hung
-Chang</em>, the great
-Chinese viceroy,
-belongs to the
-<em>Li</em> family. Few
-of the Chinese
-laundrymen in
-this country have
-their true names
-on their signs. The <em>Li</em> family is one of the
-largest in China, but it is also generally poor and
-despised. Most of our Chinese laundrymen are
-<em>Lis</em>, and are related to Li Hung Chang.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_72'>72</span>In writing, the Chinese use a brush, which
-they dip into ink. A single character represents
-a word, though many Chinese words are
-written with compound characters, one part of
-which gives the sound, and the other part pictures
-the meaning. In Chinese many sounds
-have several different meanings. If the character
-with which the sound is written stood alone, it
-would not be clear which meaning was intended.
-Chinese books are printed on thin paper, which
-is folded back and forth like a screen or fan and
-then stitched at the back; this makes the pages
-double. The Chinese book begins at what we
-would consider the back and goes through to
-what we would call the front. The print goes
-from the top of the page down, in vertical
-columns, and the first column is the one to the
-right hand.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>To be able to write well is considered of the
-greatest importance in China. The Chinese
-respect learning also, and no man can hold office
-in China unless he is educated and has passed
-his examinations. From the time when a boy
-begins study he must keep it up for many years,
-if he hopes for a government position. Often he
-is a middle-aged or old man before he succeeds
-in passing all the necessary examinations. To
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_73'>73</span>be able to write beautifully, to be able to compose
-a poem upon any given subject, and to know the
-writings of Confucius and the other old philosophers
-are the things the Chinaman must learn.
-The great examinations at the Capital are
-attended by thousands from every part of the
-Empire. The man who stands first is sure to
-have an important governorship given to him at
-once.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_073.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>CHINESE BOY CHOOSING TOYS (DOOLITTLE).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>There are many curious customs regarding
-Chinese children. One takes place when a
-little boy is one year old. A great bamboo sieve,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_74'>74</span>such as farmers use, is placed upon the table.
-Upon it are spread many articles—money-scales,
-shears, a measure, a mirror, a pencil, ink, paper,
-inkstone, books, the counting-board, objects of
-gold or silver, fruits, etc. The baby, all
-dressed in his best clothes, is then set in the
-midst of the objects, on the sieve. His parents
-and friends watch anxiously to see which of the
-articles he will grasp. They believe it will show
-what he will do when he is a man. If he takes
-the money-scales or the gold or silver, he will
-become a rich merchant; if he takes the book or
-pencil, he will be a great scholar, and so on.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Chinese money consists chiefly of round brass
-coins with a square hole in the middle. It takes
-from eight to sixteen of them to make one cent
-of ours. They are called “cash” and are often
-strung on strings for convenient carrying. Many
-hundreds of years ago the ancient Chinese used
-clothing and tools for money. When they began
-to make metal coins they made these in the
-shape of shirts, knives, and spades, and called
-them shirt money, knife money, and spade
-money.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In eating the Chinese do not use knives and
-forks, but a pair of slender sticks called “chopsticks.”
-These are both taken in one hand, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_75'>75</span>are used to pick up bits of meat or vegetables
-from the soup or to lift boiled rice or dumplings
-to the mouth. For eating soup they use little
-flat-bottomed spoons of chinaware, which will not
-fall over when set down on the table. In making
-tea the cup or bowl for each person stands
-on the table with tea leaves in it; it sets into a
-little ring-shaped saucer and has a little cover
-over it like a saucer turned bottom upward.
-The servant lifts the cover and pours boiling
-water upon the leaves and then replaces the
-cover to let the tea steep. The cover may be
-used to stir the tea for cooling it, and when held
-in proper position prevents the tea leaves from
-getting into the mouth of the person who is
-drinking.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>But how many things are left that we cannot
-speak of! The busy work in the fields, the preparation
-of tea, the rearing of silkworms and making
-of silk, the trades, the government, the love
-and respect for parents, the respect for the graves
-of ancestors, the religious ideas, the life and teachings
-of Confucius—these things would need
-many books like this.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_76'>76</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XIV.<br /> <span class='large'>COREANS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Corea is often called the Hermit Nation,
-because it has wanted to keep foreigners away.
-In this respect it is what China, Japan, and
-Tibet have sometimes been; all of them have
-followed at times policies of exclusion. Still,
-Corea has had a good deal of contact with other
-nations; she has learned many things from China
-and has passed on much that she learned to
-Japan. Sometimes, too, Corea has been subject
-to China, sometimes to Japan.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The dress of Corea, while somewhat like that
-of China, and that of Japan, is still quite peculiar.
-The common people are all dressed in
-bluish white stuffs. Rich people dress in silks
-of the most gorgeous colors—blue, crimson,
-scarlet, orange. The chief garment worn by men
-is a long, loose gown that hangs from the neck
-quite to the ground. This is bound around,
-high above the waist, with a stiff, broad belt.
-No buttons are used in the fastening of garments,
-but strips of colored ribbons. The socks
-and shoes of the Coreans are like those of the
-Chinese, except that the shoe soles are thick-set
-with nail-heads. Nowadays these hob-nailed
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_77'>77</span>shoes are worn at all times, but formerly they
-were probably used only in winter to prevent
-slipping on ice and snow. About this the Coreans
-tell a story: long ago there was war between
-China and Corea, and the Chinese sent an army
-of eight hundred thousand soldiers; Corea’s army
-numbered but five thousand. It was in the
-midst of winter. The two armies met at a river,
-which was frozen solid, and the battle took place
-upon the ice. The Chinese wore their smooth-soled
-shoes, while the Coreans wore hob-nailed
-ones. When they fought on the ice the Chinese
-slipped helplessly, while the Coreans were able to
-fight well. The result was a great victory for
-the Coreans who, since then, have worn their
-hob-nailed shoes constantly in memory of their
-success.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>But the most curious part of Corean dress is
-the hat. There are many different kinds. There
-are hats for young and hats for old, hats for
-out-doors and hats for the house, hats for people
-of different occupations. The commonest
-out-door hat is round, square-topped, and with
-the wide, flat, brim halfway up the crown. The
-hats worn at the royal court are like high
-skull-caps, with wide flaps or wings projecting
-at the sides. The straw hats worn by drovers
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_78'>78</span>and people in mourning are shaped like the top
-of a parasol and measure two feet and a half
-across.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_078.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>COREAN HAT (LOWELL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Until lately people in Corea carried wooden
-blocks to show who they were. These blocks were
-carried by boys of
-fifteen and all older
-persons. They were
-called “name-tablets,”
-and were made of
-pear-wood or mahogany.
-They were
-about two inches
-long and a half inch
-wide. There was
-writing upon both
-sides. At the top
-on one side was the
-name of the ward where the boy lived; below
-it were the words “leisure-fellow,” meaning that
-he was not a servant; then came the boy’s
-name, and lastly his date of birth. On the
-other side was the date on which the tablet was
-issued, and the seal of the officer who gave it.
-When a boy was older his “name-tablet” was of
-box-wood; still later—after he had passed an
-examination—his tablet was cut from black horn;
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_79'>79</span>when finally he took highest honors, it was made
-of ivory. Poor people, of the lowest class, also
-carried tablets, but of a different sort; upon these
-the bearer was <em>described</em>.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In Corea there is much cold weather with ice
-and snow. Much clothing is needed for warmth,
-and several garments of one sort may be worn
-one over another. In the houses they have <em>kangs</em>
-for warmth at night. Under the house, or under
-a certain part of it, there is built a sort of oven
-or furnace; above this is a floor of stones and, perhaps,
-earth upon which oiled paper is smoothly
-spread. A fire is built in the furnace and the
-sleepers stretch themselves upon the heated floor.
-It is not a satisfactory mode of heating, but is
-used not only among the Coreans but also among
-their Tatar neighbors.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Everywhere in Corea, Japan, China, and Tibet
-the people are Buddhists. But in all these countries
-we find also much worship of demons or bad
-spirits. Nowhere is there more of this than in
-Corea. They believe that there are spirits everywhere,
-some good, some bad. They are afraid
-of these bad spirits and do many things to ward
-off their mischief. Upon the roof of the king’s
-palace are a lot of ugly figures of bronze that
-resemble pigs and monkeys. All are different,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_80'>80</span>but all are as terrible as their makers could shape.
-These are intended to frighten bad spirits away.
-No one but the king may have just these guardian
-animals; other important persons have two pictures
-fastened at the door; at the doors of the
-poor are hung a bunch of rice straw, and a bit of old
-rag. The two pictures represent two great generals,
-one a Chinese and the other a Corean, who
-were such valiant fighters against demons that
-their very pictures scare them. As for the things
-on the poor man’s door, it is believed that the
-spirits will stop to eat the grains of rice, and that
-they will think the rag the man’s clothing and will
-do their harm to it without entering the house.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Among the Coreans the tiger is much admired
-and much feared. They believe that bad men
-and evil spirits can turn themselves into tigers, and
-they have many strange stories of these tiger-men
-magicians. Thus they say that once a man was
-travelling through a lonely and desolate region.
-Toward evening he was surprised to come upon
-a fine house. Entering and asking shelter he
-found an old man living alone there. He felt
-sure things were wrong and that the old man was
-a tiger-magician. He was right; it was the king
-of all the tiger-magicians. If he had shown his
-fear he would have been torn to pieces, but he
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_81'>81</span>pretended to be brave. When the old man asked
-him who he was and where he was going, he
-boldly declared he was hunting for tiger-magicians,
-of whom he meant to kill two hundred, that
-he might carry their skins to the king. When
-the old man—who you remember was king of
-the tiger-magicians—heard this bold talk he was
-terribly scared. Secretly he called his subjects
-together and told them of their danger. They
-advised him to kill two hundred tiger-magicians
-who were in jail and give their skins to the hunter,
-begging him to spare the rest. The traveller gladly
-accepted, and taking the skins sold them for much
-money. This man had a cowardly neighbor who
-heard the story and determined to try the same
-trick. When he reached the tiger-king’s palace,
-however, he got scared, the tigers knew his fraud,
-and falling upon him they killed him.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XV.<br /> <span class='large'>TIBETANS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Few countries are naturally so difficult of access
-as Tibet. It is a lofty plateau. To reach it from
-any side frightful mountains must be passed.
-Not only is the country itself difficult to reach,
-but the Tibetans do not like strangers. They do
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_82'>82</span>everything in their power to keep white men out
-of the country. Few travellers of our race have
-ever been to the heart of Tibet. Recently the
-American traveller, W. W. Rockhill, has visited
-that country and written interestingly of it, and
-later Walter Savage Landor claims to have had
-exciting adventures there. But the journey that
-is best known and has been most talked of was
-made more than fifty years ago by two French
-missionaries named Huc and Gabet.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Starting from China these gentlemen traversed
-Mongolia and Tatary and penetrated to the sacred
-Tibetan city of Lhassa. They returned to
-China over a different route. It was a fearful
-journey. The road led along the side of vast
-cliffs, over raging torrents where the bridges were
-composed of chains hung from bank to bank with
-boards laid crosswise of them, through snowdrifts,
-and over sheets of glacier ice.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The people of Tibet vary in stature, color, hair,
-and other characters, but all are Mongolic and all
-speak Tibetan. Some of the tribes are nomads—either
-herders or pillagers; others are settled
-and live by agriculture, notwithstanding the climate.
-In Lhassa itself they are tradespeople and
-traders. They are good weavers and make excellent
-woollen stuffs. They are skilled goldsmiths,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_83'>83</span>and their fine wares go to decorate the temples
-and monasteries. They make the finest incense
-in the world.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The most important thing in Tibet is religion.
-Their religion, which is called Lamaism, is a sort
-of Buddhism peculiar to Tibet. Tibet might be
-called a <em>theocracy</em>, or a land where a god rules.
-For the ruler of Tibet, called the <em>Dalai-lama</em>, is
-considered no common man, but a real god on
-earth. Many centuries ago, in India, there lived a
-man named Gautama or Sakyi-muni. He was wise
-and good, and the new religion which he taught
-was a great improvement upon the Brahmanism
-of India. On account of his wisdom and goodness,
-he was called Buddha, but he never claimed
-to be himself a god. Since his death, however,
-many millions of people in many lands have worshipped
-him as a god.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>All Buddhists believe that there may be many
-Buddhas—that Gautama was one Buddha, and
-that there were others before him and will be
-others hereafter. In Tibet, however, they think
-that there are always Buddhas on earth, and that
-when one Buddha dies his spirit at once enters
-the body of some little babe, who becomes a
-Buddha in his place. The Dalai-lama is the
-greatest of living Buddhas. There are many
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_84'>84</span>others in different parts of Tibet and Tatary, all of
-whom are worshipped as gods. The Dalai-lama
-lives in Lhassa, the sacred city, in a beautiful
-palace, and has many priests to serve him. He
-is the all-powerful being in the land.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_084.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>TIBETAN LAMAS BLOWING ON SHELLS (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>But he does not trouble himself about governing
-his people. He appoints a <em>nomekhan</em> to rule
-for him. The nomekhan has four <em>kalons</em> who are
-appointed to assist him. These four appoint all
-the other officers, most of whom are lamas or
-priests. Really the lamas control everything in
-Tibet. Generally they live together in great
-buildings called lamaseries. These are to be seen
-everywhere in the land, and are often perched upon
-the summits of lofty mountains, from which they
-overlook the country for miles around. Some
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_85'>85</span>lamaseries contain but a few priests, others contain
-many thousands. The lamas are at once
-known from the people by their dress.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The lamas receive support from the common
-people, and when it is not brought to them, they
-go to gather it. Huc met two lamas on horseback
-gathering gifts of butter from the shepherds.
-“Their course is this: they present themselves
-at the entrance of each tent and thrice sound a
-marine conch.<a id='r1' /><a href='#f1' class='c013'><sup>[1]</sup></a> Thereupon some member of the
-family brings out a small roll of butter, which,
-without saying a word, he deposits in a bag suspended
-from the saddle of each lama’s horse.
-The lamas never once alight, but content themselves
-with riding up to each tent, and announcing
-their presence to the inmates by the sound of
-the shell.”</p>
-
-<div class='footnote' id='f1'>
-<p class='c009'><a href='#r1'>1</a>. A shell used as a trumpet.</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>When a Dalai-lama dies, search is made for
-the new one. Prayers are said in all the lamaseries,
-processions are made, incense is burned.
-Even the common people everywhere pray.
-There are certain signs by which a baby
-shows that the spirit of a lama has entered
-him. All parents who think their baby the
-one send word to Lhassa and bring their babies
-there. All are carefully examined, and the three
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_86'>86</span>who best show the signs of being Buddha are
-taken. After fasting for six days, the priests
-who decide the matter take a golden urn containing
-three little fish of gold, upon each of which
-is engraved the name of one of the three babies.
-The urn is shaken and one of the fish is drawn.
-The baby whose name is engraved on it becomes
-the Dalai-lama. To the unlucky babies before
-they are sent home a present of five hundred
-ounces of silver is given.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_086.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>MONGOLS CHOOSING A LAMA (HUC).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Every day near sunset in Lhassa, all the men,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_87'>87</span>women, and children stop whatever they may be
-doing and gather in the public squares of the
-city. There, grouped by sex and age, they kneel
-and chant their evening prayer. This prayer
-would seem to us curious, for it asks for nothing.
-The commonest prayer is—<em>om mani padme hum</em>,
-which means “the jewel in the lotus.” By the
-jewel they mean divine power. The lotus is a
-water-lily. The prayer is about the same thing
-as calling on the name of God. This prayer they
-repeat over and over again.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>To write this prayer where it will be seen is a
-good act. One may see it everywhere. It is
-printed on the flags that fly above the buildings.
-Pious rich men pay lamas to go through the
-country and chisel these sacred words on rocks
-and cliffs.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Tibet is the land of prayer wheels. Prayer
-wheels contain the prayer written many times:
-every time the wheel is turned, so many prayers
-are supposed to have been said. Prayer wheels
-are of all sizes. The commonest stand near lamaseries,
-and are set to turning with the hand.
-Some lazy lamas, however, find it too much work
-to turn the wheels themselves and so arrange
-them that they are turned by wind or water.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>On the twenty-fifth of each month pious lamas
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_88'>88</span>“send horses to weary travellers.” On the roads
-there are many hardships, and travellers often
-become weary and perish. To help them the
-lamas send them horses, and the way they do it
-is this. Going to some lofty summit where the
-wind blows heavily, they throw strips of paper
-bearing pictures of horses into the air, and the
-wind carries them away. The lamas believe that
-by this sacrifice of paper horses they supply real
-ones to the needy travellers.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XVI.<br /> <span class='large'>JAPANESE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>It is a great mistake to think of the Chinese
-and Japanese as much alike; they are really vastly
-different. The Japanese is smaller, more delicately
-built, quicker, and more lively than the
-Chinese; he delights in novelties and borrows
-them from everywhere and from everybody. The
-Chinese language consists chiefly of words of one
-syllable; the Japanese have many long words of
-many syllables. While unlike in body, disposition,
-and language, the Chinese and Japanese are
-alike in many customs, arts, and ideas. For long
-centuries the Japanese borrowed much from China,
-or from Corea, which had learned from China.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_89'>89</span>The Japanese owe their writing, the cultivation
-of tea, silk raising and weaving, lacquer work,
-porcelain, metal working,
-and many religious
-ideas to China. But
-lately, in their hurry to
-borrow all sorts of
-things from the European
-and American
-whites, they have become
-ashamed of many
-of their Chinese ideas
-and customs.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_089.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>JAPANESE GIRL WITH BABY (ARNOLD).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>On the seventh day
-of a Japanese baby’s
-life, the little head is
-shaved clean except for
-a tuft on the nape of the
-neck. From that time
-on, the head is shaved
-until the boy goes to
-school, but tufts are left
-here and there, according
-to the fancy of the
-mother. After a boy begins school, his hair is
-left to grow. Japanese children have many sports
-and games, but they are quiet and gentle in them
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_90'>90</span>all. The older children carry their baby brothers
-and sisters strapped firmly on their backs. There
-are many interesting things for Japanese children
-to see on the streets. There is the sand painter;
-he sweeps a space clean and then opens several
-bags of different colored sand; he sprinkles handfuls
-of it here and there on the ground until he
-has made a pretty picture. There is the man
-who moulds and blows rice paste into all sorts
-of queer shapes, while the little buyers look
-on with delight; his sweet stuff is shaped into
-rabbits, foxes, monkeys, flowers, jinrikishas, fans,
-umbrellas, etc. There is the man who sells
-sugared peas, candied beans, and other sweets;
-he beats a drum and sings a song as he walks, so
-as to attract a crowd of children, and when he
-stops he tells a story, or does some trick, to amuse
-them. Then there is the little old woman of the
-batter cakes; she carries a little earthenware
-stove with a fire of charcoal in it; this she hangs
-at one end of a pole balanced upon her shoulder,
-and at the other end hang a griddle, ladles, cake
-turners, a jar of batter, and a sauce of salt and
-beans to eat with the cakes; the children pay five
-cents, and the old lady sets everything down,
-whereupon the children have great fun making
-their own cakes and eating them on the street.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_91'>91</span>Japanese children are ever gay and happy, but
-there are two days in the year of especial joy.
-The third day of the third month is <em>the Dolls’
-Festival</em>. This is the day for the little girls. At
-that time dolls and all sorts of toy tools, implements,
-vessels, and dishes are for sale. The
-Japanese are fond of dolls, and in some families
-they have dolls that have been kept more than
-two hundred years. In some families they will
-have dozens or scores of dolls. Among these
-there is always one that represents the Emperor,
-another the Empress, and others the courtiers.
-At the time of the festival all these dolls are
-carefully arranged on a stepped platform. The
-Emperor and Empress are given the seats of
-honor, and the rest are grouped around them.
-With these are arranged all the toy objects.
-The fifth day of the fifth month is the Boys’
-Festival. Then they are selling bows and arrows
-and other toy weapons everywhere. Everywhere
-they hang out great paper fishes, shaped like
-carp, and brightly painted. These are hung to
-tall bamboo poles of which there is one set in
-front of every house where they have a boy in
-the family. One fish is hung for each boy, and
-it is a gay sight to see the hundreds of bright
-fish waving and tossing in the wind. The reason
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_92'>92</span>why the carp is represented is because it
-swims <em>up</em> the river against the current; so it is
-hoped “the sturdy boy, overcoming all obstacles,
-will make his way in the world and rise to fame
-and fortune.”</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_092.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>BOYS’ FESTIVAL: JAPAN (BRAMHALL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Japanese houses consist of a light framework
-supporting a heavy thatched or tiled roof. The
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_93'>93</span>sides of the house are wooden slides, which are
-usually removed in the daytime, leaving the
-sides open. In cold weather, slides consisting of
-frames covered with paper can be fitted in to
-form walls. The house is divided into rooms by
-sliding screens of paper, which can be easily
-removed so as to join two, three, or more rooms
-into one. There are no tables or chairs. The
-floors are covered with thick mats. At night
-quilts are brought in and laid down for beds; in
-the morning these are rolled up and stored away.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Japanese gardens are curious and beautiful.
-They may be small, and frequently they contain
-no flowers. Sometimes a pretty landscape is built
-of rocks and water: there are little mountains
-and hills, valleys, streams, waterfalls, lakes.
-Wonderful in such gardens are the dwarfed trees.
-They may be pine trees, fifty or one hundred
-years old, flourishing and perfect in form, but not
-more than a foot in height.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>While Japanese gardens frequently contain
-none, the people are wonderfully fond of flowers.
-Among the favorites are the chrysanthemum,
-plum blossoms, and cherry blossoms. When
-these are in bloom every one goes to the places
-where they grow and delight in their beauty.
-These flower picnics are looked forward to for
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_94'>94</span>months. The cherry and plum trees are covered:
-“You see no leaves—only one great filmy
-mass of petals. Japanese chrysanthemums are
-wonderful; there are many strange or beautiful
-varieties. At one place in Tokyo, these flowers
-are wrought into all sorts of curious compositions—men
-and gods, boats, bridges, castles, etc.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Japanese love to hear stories. There are
-fairy stories for the little people and tales of
-adventure and history for the larger ones. There
-are men whose business is story telling. Some
-of these wander about until they find a good spot,
-when they will stop and begin the tale; a crowd
-soon gathers to listen. Others are hired to tell
-their stories in a story-telling house, where people
-gather every evening, just as at the theatre.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We have said so much about amusements and
-festivals that you may think the Japanese are
-always playing. No indeed, they are hard workers.
-They cultivate their fields industriously;
-they have many trades; they are great traders;
-they are fine artists. Their silk weaving, their
-metal work, their lacquer work, and their porcelains
-are famous.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>In these last years Japan has made great
-changes. She has borrowed so much from the
-whites that they have little left to teach her. To-day
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_95'>95</span>she has all our great inventions—telegraphs
-and telephones, electric lights and railroads; and
-in borrowing so much that is new she has lost
-and is losing much—very much—of the happy
-old life.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XVII.<br /> <span class='large'>AINU.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Before the Japanese entered what is now Japan
-that country was occupied by the Ainu, among
-the most interesting people of the world. There
-are not many of them. In Yezo, the northern
-island of Japan, there are about seventeen thousand,
-and in the island of Saghalien, formerly Japanese,
-but now Russian, there are others. They are not
-like the Japanese, but are considered whites, not
-Mongolians. The men measure about five feet
-four inches; the women not more than five feet
-two inches. Their color is flesh, with a tinge of
-red or yellow; their eyes are large and do not
-appear to slant like those of the yellow peoples;
-their hair is abundant and tangled and they have
-much beard. Their body is very hairy. They
-are filthy and rarely wash themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The women tattoo, beginning in girlhood.
-The patterns are cut in the flesh with a razor
-and soot is rubbed into the lines; to render the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_96'>96</span>color permanent, water in which ash-tree bark has
-been steeped is rubbed over the part tattooed. The
-tattooing first done is at the centre of the upper
-lip; later the lower lip. The marks are added to
-from time to time until they cover the upper lip
-and reach from ear to ear. Such women appear
-to have a great moustache. After marriage a
-woman’s forehead may be tattooed, also patterns
-may be made up the backs of the hands and on the
-arms, and rings may be tattooed around her fingers.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_096.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>AINU: A HAIRY SPECIMEN (BATCHELOR).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_97'>97</span>Ainu clothing is generally made of elm bark,
-and that worn by men and women is much
-alike. The bark is stripped from the tree in
-spring, when it is full of sap. It is soaked in
-water to separate the inner and outer bark.
-Fibres are secured from the inner bark, which
-can be woven like thread into cloth. The men’s
-garments of this fibre cloth are adorned with patterns
-embroidered with colored threads; those of
-women are generally plain.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_097.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>AINU WOMEN: SHOWING TATTOOING (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Ainu house is rectangular, with a rather
-frail support and a substantial thatched roof.
-The roof is built first; then the chief posts of the
-walls are set and the roof is lifted up and put on
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_98'>98</span>them. Ainu houses grow as the family grows.
-A young married couple build a small house; as
-they have children a new and larger house is built
-behind the old one, which remains as a sort of
-hall; when the family is still larger and richer,
-the hall is torn down and a larger house is built
-behind the second one, which now becomes a hall
-or porch to it. There are two windows and one
-door in these houses. The windows are on the
-south and east sides, while the door is at the west
-end. The east end of the house and its window
-are sacred; people must not throw things through
-this window nor spit out of it. Sometimes the
-men worship the rising sun as they see it through
-this east window.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Ainu are hunters and have ingenious ways
-of capturing or killing animals. In hunting deer
-they use a little squeaking whistle, the sound of
-which attracts the animals. They set bows, with
-arrows on the stretched cord, near trails over
-which deer and bears pass; in passing, the animal
-strikes a cord which lets loose a trigger, and the
-arrow flies. They also set a trap consisting of a
-stout bow, which, when sprung, shuts two boards
-tightly together; the foot of the animal is caught
-between these and held fast. Formerly the Ainu
-used poisoned arrows in hunting. These had a
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_99'>99</span>broad, hollowed point, in which a little of the
-poisonous paste was stuck. The poison was
-made from the root of aconite mixed with
-tobacco, peppers, and poisoned spiders. These,
-and other substances, were carefully mixed into a
-gummy paste. At present the Japanese government
-forbids the Yezo Ainu to use these poisoned
-arrows.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The bear hunt is looked forward to with
-anxiety. It is in the spring while snow is yet on
-the ground. Before starting the hunters pray to
-their gods for help and direction. Dogs accompany
-them. When a den is found, there is great
-excitement. They try to draw the animal out
-by teasing him with long poles. If he will not
-come out, one of the men draws his knife, enters
-the den, and faces the bear. The animal pushes
-him aside, when the hunter pricks him from
-behind with his knife. The angry animal then
-rushes forth, growling and snarling. The hunters
-and dogs waiting outside soon despatch him,
-though frequently some one is hurt or killed.
-The hunters then sit down near the dead bear
-and say all kinds of pretty things to him, pretending
-that they are sorry to have killed him, and
-asking his forgiveness. They then skin him, cut
-up the meat, carry it home, and have a feast.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_100'>100</span>At Ainu feasts the men always become dreadfully
-drunk from drinking rice wine. When
-he drinks, the Ainu uses a little stick to lift his
-moustache and keep it from the wine. These
-moustache lifters are made for the purpose and
-are frequently neatly carved.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Sometimes Ainu hunters secure a little bear
-cub, which they carry carefully home. It is fed
-with the best of food, and treated as a great pet.
-When it is so big as to be rough and troublesome,
-they put it in a cage. When it is quite
-grown, a bear feast is planned. Many guests are
-invited. The men eat millet-cakes and drink
-rice wine. After feasting for some time two men
-noose the bear with ropes and drag him around;
-the whole company then worry and tease the
-poor creature, finally choking him, after which
-they eat him.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Ainu have many gods. In praying to
-them they use <em>inao</em>. These are little sticks
-which are so whittled with knives that curls of
-shavings hang from them. There are several
-ways of cutting these, and they are believed to
-please the gods. They are stuck up in the
-ground and left where prayers are made. Ainu
-men spend much time whittling these inao.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_101'>101</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XVIII.<br /> <span class='large'>HINDUS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The Hindus are but one of the many peoples
-living in India. They are considered a Caucasic,
-white people, though their skin is a dark brown
-and they have black hair and eyes. Their language
-belongs to the Aryan family, to which most
-European languages belong.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The dress of the Hindus is too well known to
-need description. Hindu women are fond of jewelry,
-and wear rings, arm-rings, ankle rings, earrings,
-and nose rings of many kinds and made of
-gold, silver, or brass. The Hindus bear marks
-stamped upon themselves. Thus a round spot in
-the middle of the forehead, horizontal lines across
-the forehead, or perpendicular lines from the
-root of the nose to the top of the forehead, show
-to which of the great religious sects the man belongs.
-These marks are made fresh every morning.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Hindus are divided into four <em>castes</em>, or
-classes. These are named Brahmans, Kshatriyas,
-Vaisyas, and Sudras. There is a yet lower population
-called Pariahs. The Brahmans are the
-highest; they are priests or religious men; everybody
-must yield to them. The Kshatriyas come
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_102'>102</span>second, and are soldiers or warriors. The Vaisyas
-are the traders, or merchant class. The Sudras
-are the lowest, and are the people who have trades,
-or are laborers. The Hindus say that these different
-classes of men came from the body of
-Brahma, their great god; that the Brahmans
-came from his mouth; the Kshatriyas from his
-arm; the Vaisyas from his thigh; and the Sudras
-from his feet. As for the poor Pariahs, they do
-not seem to have come from Brahma, and no one
-has anything to do with them. Each of these
-castes was so much higher than the next one that
-they might not even be touched by them without
-being defiled and needing to be purified. People
-of different castes might not drink from the same
-vessel or eat from the same dish. One writer
-says: “I saw a high-caste Hindu dash an earthen
-jar of milk upon the ground and break it to atoms,
-merely because the shadow of a Pariah had fallen
-upon it as he passed.” Under English government
-many of these notions in India are passing
-away. The Pariah’s lot, however, is perhaps as
-hard as ever.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many trades are practised in India, some of
-them most skilfully. Whatever trade a man follows
-will be that of his son after him, as it was
-that of his father before him. Hindus are fine
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_103'>103</span>weavers, and some of their muslins are delicate
-and costly. They are glass-makers, potters, carpenters,
-blacksmiths, goldsmiths, brass founders,
-shell workers, shoemakers, barbers. These trades
-are carried on in the open streets; the men carry
-tools with them, and when they secure an order
-they set up their outfit and fall to work. Among
-pretty things sold in India are figures in clay representing
-all sorts of tradesmen at work.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_103.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HINDU DANCING GIRLS AND MUSICIANS (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Hindus tame and train elephants as beasts of
-burden. The native princes, in particular, use
-them. A palanquin in which the prince sits is
-mounted on the elephant’s back. These royal
-elephants are gorgeously decked out, and the palanquin
-is brilliant with metals and precious stones.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_104'>104</span>Elephants are also employed in caravans and in
-the exciting tiger hunts.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Hindus love amusements. They are fond
-of music and have many curious instruments.
-Dancing girls dance for the amusement of guests
-at feasts given in the homes of the wealthy. They
-usually take their own musicians with them; one
-of these plays upon a little drum, the other on a
-kind of guitar. Street exhibitions are frequent.
-Parties of acrobats go about performing feats.
-Everyone has heard of the Hindu jugglers. Mr.
-Ward describes some tricks he saw done. Thus,
-the juggler spreads a cloth on the ground: in a
-moment a movement is seen under it: the cloth
-is raised and under it are pineapples growing.
-The juggler picks the fruit and presents it to the
-spectators to show that it is real. Again, he takes
-a large, clay jar, fills it with water, and turns it
-upside down to let the water run out; when he
-turns it up again, it is full of water. Again, he
-puts a lean dog into a common basket; opening
-it, he shows the dog with a litter of pups; covering
-these and opening again, there is a goat; again
-the basket is put down and raised and shows a
-live pig; again—and the pig is dead with its
-throat cut; then he ends the trick by again covering
-and uncovering, when the pig is seen alive
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_105'>105</span>and well. <em>How</em> does he do it? Almost as wonderful
-as these juggler’s tricks are the performances
-of the snake charmers. They carry the
-dreaded, poisonous cobras around in baskets and
-handle them, playing at the same time on their
-little flutes, quite as if the creatures were entirely
-harmless.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_105.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HINDU SNAKE CHARMERS (BREHM).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Nowhere in the world are there more dreadful
-religious customs than in India. People there
-are so crowded that life is hard. The result of
-this was that parents often destroyed their little
-babies, particularly girls. Often the mothers
-themselves threw the little beings into the sacred
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_106'>106</span>river, where they were drowned in its waters
-or were eaten by crocodiles. At the great religious
-festivals, men tortured themselves fearfully,
-or threw themselves under the chariot of the god
-that they might be crushed to death. The dead
-among the Hindus were usually cremated—burned
-upon a great open fire of wood. Formerly
-the widow of the dead man mounted the
-funeral pyre and was burned with his body. The
-English government has put an end to many of
-these practices, and among them this <em>suttee</em>, or
-burning of the widow. It has really done little
-good, as a widow’s life is so sad that she might
-almost better die. A widow must shave her head,
-wear miserable clothing, and serve every one like
-a slave: she is despised and harshly treated.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Few peoples have caused as much wonder as
-the Gypsies. With their swarthy complexions,
-black hair and eyes, and handsome faces, they
-are a striking type. They love out-door life, and
-hate to be within walls. They wander from place
-to place, pitching their tents where fancy leads
-them. They are tinkers, mending pots and kettles;
-they are horseshoers, jockeys, horse traders,
-horse doctors; they tell fortunes, in which almost
-all of us believe a little, and every one fears them a
-little. There are many thousands of them in the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_107'>107</span>United States: there are many in Great Britain,
-Spain, Italy, Poland, and other European countries;
-they are in North Africa, in Mexico, in Brazil,
-in India. Everywhere they are the same, and
-everywhere they talk their own language, the
-<em>Romany</em>. It is believed that they first came
-from India, and that they are related to the
-Hindus.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XIX.<br /> <span class='large'>TODAS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>In the “hill country” of India live many curious
-brown peoples whose languages are different
-from the Aryan tongue of the Hindus. These
-peoples, called Dravidians, are considered the
-earliest occupiers of India. Among them no
-tribe is more curious than the Todas. In some
-ways they are like the Ainu. Though brown,
-they are probably really white or Caucasic. They
-have the features, strong beards, and hairy bodies
-of whites, and in these respects are like the Ainu.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Todas live on a tableland whose surface
-is covered with hills and rolling prairies. The
-hills are clad with coarse grass, and in some of
-the valleys are deep forests. The sunshine is
-bright and warm, and the dry season is long.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Todas think only of their cattle. They
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_108'>108</span>do not hunt—in fact, they have no weapons;
-they do not cultivate any fields, getting what
-plant food they use from the Badagas and other
-neighboring tribes. But they <em>do</em> raise cattle—buffalo.
-Their villages are located in the midst
-of pasture land. No village is occupied for a
-whole year, but the people have always at least
-two villages and live first in one, then in the
-other. This is to have fresh pasture for their
-cattle and to be secure in the wet season. Toda
-villages contain but few houses, most of which
-consist of a single room eight feet square; sometimes
-two or three such rooms are set side by side—these
-do not open into each other, but each has
-an outside door. The roofs of these houses are
-thatched and project a yard or so beyond the
-house walls. The people sit under the shelter of
-these projecting roofs while they work or visit.
-There are no windows or chimneys to the houses.
-Everything in the house has its proper place—the
-pestle and mortar for pounding grain, the
-fireplace, and the raised bank of clay that serves
-the old people as a sleeping place. Near the
-house is a pen of stones and mud for the owner’s
-cattle.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>All the cattle of the villages are herded together.
-There is one dairy for the village, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_109'>109</span>all the cattle are milked there by special dairymen.
-After milking, these men give out so much
-milk as is needed to every one in the village;
-from the balance they make butter which they
-divide to the men of the village according to
-the number of cattle each owns. We have
-already said that the Todas raise no crops. The
-Badagas and Kotas live on the land of the Todas;
-they are stronger and more vigorous than
-the Todas, and both tribes have weapons and
-could easily defeat them in battle. But they live
-in peace with them and pay them, as rent for
-their land, grains and other produce they need.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We have spoken of the common village herds.
-There are other (sacred) herds, which are cared
-for by dairymen priests, who are themselves almost
-worshipped. The priest has an assistant
-who cuts wood for him and otherwise serves
-him. When the priest milks the sacred cows,
-and he alone may do so, he repeats a prayer. He
-does the same when he carries the milk into the
-dairy. The village people treat him and his assistant
-with great respect and may not touch them,
-nor any of the implements they use. Men and
-boys may go to the wall that encloses the dairy
-buildings, but may not enter. Women may not
-go near the place.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_110'>110</span>The cows in the sacred herds have descended
-from sacred cows of the past. In each herd there
-is an especially sacred “bell-cow.” This means
-that she is the owner of an ancient cow-bell
-which the dairyman priest keeps in the dairy.
-It belonged to her mother before her and to
-<em>her</em> mother, and so on back. When a bell-cow
-dies, the bell has to be put upon her daughter.
-The priest brings it out from the dairy and waves
-it around and around the head of the cow morning
-and night for three days. As he does so he
-says:—</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-b c012'>
-  <div class='linegroup'>
-    <div class='group'>
-      <div class='line'>“What a fine cow your predecessor was.</div>
-      <div class='line'>How well she supported us with milk;</div>
-      <div class='line'>Won’t you supply us in like manner?</div>
-      <div class='line'>You are a god among us.</div>
-      <div class='line'>Do not let the Tirieri<a id='r2' /><a href='#f2' class='c013'><sup>[2]</sup></a> go to ruin.</div>
-      <div class='line'>Let one become a thousand!</div>
-      <div class='line'>Let all be well!</div>
-      <div class='line'>Let us have plenty of calves!</div>
-      <div class='line'>Let us have plenty of milk!”</div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c014'>The cow wears the bell for three days and nights,
-after which it is taken off forever. It is not used
-again until the old cow dies and her daughter is
-then made bell-cow in her place.</p>
-
-<div class='footnote' id='f2'>
-<p class='c009'><a href='#r2'>2</a>. Sacred dairy.</p>
-</div>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_111'>111</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_111.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>GROUP OF TODAS (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Perhaps you would like to know how the priest
-fills his time? One day is much like another
-with him. When he rises he washes his face,
-hands, and teeth. He makes a little lamp from a
-leaf and after filling it with butter places five wicks
-in it. After lighting it he sets it to burn in front
-of the ancient bells and other sacred objects. He
-then takes his staff and bamboo milk pail and
-goes to milk the cows. He salutes them and
-prays to them before milking. Carrying the milk
-into the dairy, he sprinkles some drops upon the
-sacred bells as an offering and repeats the names
-of the gods. He then makes butter from the milk
-of the preceding day. His work is now done, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_112'>112</span>he prepares food for himself and his assistant.
-This man then drives the herd to pasture and
-gathers firewood. The last thing before going to
-sleep at night, the priest puts fresh butter and
-wicks into the little lamp before the bells.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Todas have other curious customs, but we
-have no space to describe them. Their salutations,
-the naming of children, the yearly feast,
-when they eat a young buffalo bull (they rarely
-eat meat at any other time), and their funeral
-customs are all interesting. Every man who dies
-among the Todas has <em>two</em> funerals, called the
-green and the dry funeral, a year apart.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XX.<br /> <span class='large'>ANDAMANESE: MINCOPIES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>East of British India and south of Cochin-China
-in the Bay of Bengal are the Andaman
-Islands, on which the Mincopies live. They are
-small in stature, black or <em>dark</em> brown, with broad
-round heads, and crinkly or woolly hair. They
-are often called <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">negritos</span></i>, or little negroes.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>An Englishman named Man lived for some
-years in the Andaman Islands and became much
-interested in the little blacks. He learned their
-language and has described their customs.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_113'>113</span>The Mincopies are true savages, living entirely
-on wild food; they are gentle and non-savage in
-disposition. The islands are well supplied with
-food. “The sea which washes their coasts is full
-of fish and abounds with turtles; the jungles are
-filled with wild pigs; the bees furnish abundance
-of wild honey.” From plants they get roots and
-fruits. They have no cultivated fields and no
-domestic animals. Although savages, these little
-people know how to build good houses. These
-are huts some thirty-five by forty feet; the framework
-is of posts and poles and the firm thatch is
-of palm leaves. The huts are arranged about an
-oval or elliptical cleared space, where they hold
-their dances. When off on long hunting trips
-the Mincopies build rude shelters of branches and
-leaves. In their villages boys and girls, unless
-they are still babies, do not sleep in the houses
-with grown persons, but there are two special
-sleeping houses—one for boys and the other for
-girls. In the houses of the Mincopies fires are
-kept burning. It is said that these people do not
-know how to kindle fire; if this is true, they are
-almost the only people who are ignorant of this
-important knowledge. They are careful of the
-fires they have and feed them well.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Unless they think they have some reason to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_114'>114</span>fear strangers, the Mincopies receive them kindly.
-The little children are taught to respect visitors.
-“They are the first served; the best dishes are
-offered to them; they are accompanied at their
-departure; before separating they clasp hands,
-and instead of embracing they blow in each
-other’s faces; then they engage in an affectionate
-dialogue. Finally they separate with mutual
-promises of meeting again.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The adoption of children is common among
-Mincopies. It is rare that any child remains with
-its parents after it is six or seven years old. Some
-friend of the family wishes to show his friendship
-and asks to adopt the child. The little one goes
-to his house and belongs to him. The parents
-may visit him in his new home, but no longer
-have any control over him. His new father may
-do what he likes with him, even to giving him
-away to some other person who may wish to
-adopt him. When children are about twelve
-years of age, they begin a fast, which is kept up
-until they are almost men and women; during
-that time they must not eat turtle, pork, fish, or
-honey. After several years of thus fasting, they
-may again eat these foods.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>There are rules about foods for grown persons,
-too. During certain parts of the year they must
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_115'>115</span>not eat some kinds of roots and fruits; their god
-Puluga will be displeased if they do. Children
-must not eat the flesh of the two water animals,
-the dugong and porpoise. And to <em>every</em> person
-there is some one kind of food which he must not
-eat in all his life; this forbidden food differs with
-the persons.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We have said a good deal about the kindness
-of the Mincopies: they are not always good.
-They have their quarrels and battles like the
-rest of the world. They are quick-tempered and
-often become angry for a small offence. When
-a Mincopy <em>is</em> angry, he acts like a naughty child,
-striking and breaking everything around him, even
-his own choicest treasures. Trouble sometimes
-breaks out between two tribes in the midst of a
-feast. In their wars they destroy and carry off
-property; they take no prisoners among the men,
-killing the wounded, but children of the enemy
-are usually kept alive and kindly treated. Sometimes
-they try to harm enemies by witchcraft, or
-conjuring. They think that Puluga dislikes the
-smell of burning beeswax and will, in his anger,
-send forth a storm. So, when they know that
-their enemy is going fishing or hunting, they burn
-beeswax so that the angry Puluga will send a
-storm.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_116'>116</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_116.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>ANDAMAN MINCOPIES (TYLOR).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Most curious is the funeral of a child among the
-Andamanese. When a little one dies there is
-general weeping. Parents and friends paint their
-bodies with clay; their heads are fresh shaved, and
-upon them, over the forehead, men place a lump
-of clay, while women put one upon the top of the
-head. The mother prepares the little body for
-burial; she shaves and paints the head, neck,
-wrists, and knees with red ochre; she then folds
-the little body together and wraps it in great
-leaves and binds the bundle thus made with cords.
-The grave is dug in the floor of the hut, under
-the fireplace. After gently blowing a few times
-upon the little face in farewell, the child is buried
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_117'>117</span>and the fire is rebuilt over the grave. The mother
-leaves a few drops of her own milk in a cup on
-the grave. The hut is then deserted, a garland
-of rushes being fastened around it to show that
-a death has taken place. The whole village then
-moves, that the child’s spirit may not be disturbed.
-After three months of mourning, they all return.
-The little skeleton is dug up, the bones are painted
-red or yellow and distributed as keepsakes to the
-friends, who wear them as necklaces in memory
-of the dead child. This seems dreadful to us, but
-our people often keep locks of hair cut from a
-dead child’s head; it is the same thing. At this
-time the lumps of clay, signs of mourning, are
-removed from the heads and foreheads. Some
-days later, there is a gathering of all the friends.
-The father, holding his remaining children in his
-arms, sings a mourning song: the women take
-part in the chorus, and all the rest cry noisily.
-The parents then dance “the dance of tears,”
-after which they withdraw to the hut. The visitors
-keep up the dance some hours longer.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_118'>118</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXI.<br /> <span class='large'>ARABS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The old home of the Arabs was Arabia; to-day
-they are found not only in Arabia, but over
-half of Asia and all of Northern Africa. Their
-great wanderings began with the founding of
-Mohammedanism about the year 622 <span class='fss'>A.D.</span> Full
-of zeal, the Arabs carried the new religion in
-every direction.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Arab is a white man, but a dark one.
-His language belongs to the Semitic family and
-resembles the old Hebrew language. Arabic is
-a soft and poetical language which is spoken to-day
-by myriads of people who are not Arabs by
-blood. The Arab is of moderate stature; he is
-thin but muscular, and has great endurance; he
-has a long head and a narrow, oval face; his
-nose is long, thin, and prominent; his hair and
-eyes are black.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We always think of the Arab as dwelling in
-tents. This is only partly true. In Arabia
-itself about one-fourth of the Arabs are wandering
-tent-dwellers; in Northern Africa, especially near
-the great desert, many are nomadic. But everywhere
-we also find settled, town-inhabiting Arabs
-also.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_119'>119</span>The tents of the desert Arabs are large, low,
-and flat; the covering is a firm wool and camel’s-hair
-cloth. During the daytime, at least, the
-sides are raised to permit the air to circulate.
-These tents are easily taken down and packed,
-and as easily set up. Desert Arabs have flocks
-of sheep and herds of goats, camels, and horses.
-Every one has heard of the beauty, gentleness,
-and spirit of the Arabian horses—the finest
-perhaps in the world. Their owners love them
-and treat them as tenderly as children. Horses
-are rarely used by Arabs as draught animals or
-burden bearers, but only for riding. The camel
-it is upon which the Arab packs his heavy burdens
-for desert travel. The nomad Arab lives
-chiefly on food drawn from his flocks and herds.
-Mutton is his most important meat; couscous is
-a favorite food (see Kabyles). The nomad Arabs
-are pillagers, and fall upon caravans of traders
-to rob them. Still they are hospitable to the
-stranger who comes to their tent asking shelter;
-in fact, they treat him with the greatest politeness.
-A table is set before him; he is given
-water to wash his hands; the master himself
-receives the food from the servants and places it
-before his guest. The Arabs admire strength
-and agility, and at evening, before their tents,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_120'>120</span>the young men of the encampment practise
-tumbling, wrestling, hurling, and other feats of
-strength.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_120.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>CAMEL AND PALANQUIN (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The town Arabs live in comfortable houses.
-Most of these are of a single story, though some
-are of two; they enclose a central open court;
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_121'>121</span>they are flat-roofed; a large gateway gives entrance
-to the court, and is high enough for a
-man on horseback to ride through. The flat
-house tops make a favorite resting-place in the
-cool of the day. Streets in Arab towns are
-narrow, crooked, and filthy. In Arab towns
-are noticed at once many domes and minarets:
-the domes usually mark some famous grave; the
-minarets, mosques. These graves are those of
-some pious Mohammedan saint. There are
-thousands of them to which the Arabs flock to
-say their prayers and to be cured of disease.
-Often at such tombs dervishes go through with
-their strange performances. Some pierce themselves
-with swords, with no signs of pain; others
-spin around and around on their heels until one
-wearies of watching them, and wonders why they
-do not fall.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The town Arab is more particular about his
-religion than the Bedouin dweller in the desert.
-He must—and every good Mohammedan <em>should</em>—wash
-his hands before eating; he must pray
-five times a day with his face turned toward
-Mecca. Mecca is so sacred to them because it
-was the home of Mohammed; every Arab and
-other good Mohammedan tries, once in his life, to
-go on a pilgrimage to Mecca, where he must see
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_122'>122</span>the <em>Kaabah</em>, or black-stone. Arabs are much
-given to pious exclamations. Thus before eating
-or beginning any business they say <em>Bismallah</em>,
-which means <em>In God’s name</em>, and on finishing the
-meal or successfully completing the business they
-say <em>Hamdouallah</em>, <em>Praise God</em>. This piety does
-not interfere with the town Arab driving hard
-bargains in business. He loves trade and money.
-He frequently goes in caravans to trade in other
-places. The Arabs, too, are the slave-traders
-in Africa. This cruel business has not yet been
-stopped completely. The traders buy negroes
-where they can, and hunt them almost like wild
-animals when they cannot buy them. In some
-places the hunted beings take refuge in trees,
-which have been prepared as places of safety
-from which they defend themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Formerly the Arabs were more important than
-now. Seven or eight hundred years ago Arabia
-was the world’s centre of learning—or at least
-the Arab cities were. At a time, when Europe
-had lost much of what she once possessed, the
-Arab world was full of philosophers, physicians,
-poets, and astrologers. From the Arabs Europe
-gained much of the knowledge that we now possess.
-But those bright days of Arabian glory
-are past. To-day the boys in Arab schools learn
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_123'>123</span>little but reading, writing, and arithmetic. They
-learn long passages from the Koran—the sacred
-book of Mohammedanism. The little fellows—for
-girls do not go to school—sit on the floor,
-and all study aloud, the louder the better, because
-then the teacher will know that they <em>are</em>
-studying.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE PEOPLES OF AFRICA: KABYLES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>We rightly think of Africa as the home of the
-negroes, but it is a mistake to think that no other
-peoples dwell in that continent. The peoples of
-North Africa are white peoples; their complexions
-are often dark, but in head, form, features,
-and character they are like Europeans, rather
-than negroes. There are many types in North
-Africa. There are the modern Egyptians, who
-look like their great and famous distant ancestors;
-there are the Berbers and Kabyles, of whom
-we shall say more later; there are Arabs; there
-are “Jews,” especially in Algeria, Morocco, and
-the other Barbary States; there are Moors also,
-who are a mixed people with some negro blood.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>True Negro-Africa begins near the Equator
-and stretches southward. The Sudan is the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_124'>124</span>great negro country. There are four areas in
-this Sudanese negro belt: the upper Nile valley,
-the Sudan proper, the Senegambian district, and
-Guinea. In these four sections the people are
-negroes, though here and there somewhat mixed.
-Most of Africa south of this negro belt is occupied
-by negroids, who consist of many tribes
-and resemble negroes in their narrow heads and
-woolly hair; they are, however, less dark in color,
-more graceful in build, and more intelligent.
-Scattered here and there in Equatorial Africa are bands of Pygmies, men and women among
-whom are like boys and girls among us in size.
-In far Southern Africa live the Bushmen and
-Hottentots, among negroid tribes.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Kabyles are among the most interesting
-of North African peoples. There are two types,
-the dark and the light Kabyles. The latter have
-light skin, fair hair, blue eyes, and much resemble
-the light whites of Europe. The Kabyles are
-tall, well built, and active. They are industrious
-and love labor. They are a mountain people
-and love their home. Their towns are located
-upon the slopes or on the summits. The houses
-are usually of one story and have flat roofs.
-There are two rooms,—one for the family and
-the other for the animals. When there are two
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_125'>125</span>stories to a house, it shows that the owner has
-a married son living with him; the upper story
-has been built above the old house for the young
-couple. A little garden always surrounds the
-house. The Kabyl country is rather cold, and
-the houses are not widely separated, so that they
-assist in protecting each other against the winds.
-In winter the family lives in a sort of cellar under
-the house.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_125.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>GROUP OF KABYLES: ALGERIA (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Kabyles work hard to raise their little
-crops. Their fields are down in valleys or are
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_126'>126</span>terraced out on the hill slopes. They raise
-barley, wheat, gourds, cucumbers, and melons;
-they raise flax; they have some common cultivated
-plants that have been introduced from
-Mexico, as the prickly-pear cactus, maguey, maize,
-tobacco, and potato. The prickly pear and maguey
-are so common that landscapes in Algeria
-resemble those of Mexico. The Kabyles raise
-apples, pears, apricots, olives, figs, grapes, and
-nuts. They keep bees, and have quite a trade
-in wax. The men are good workers in metals
-and leather, and trade their wares to their
-neighbors.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The women, like all women in the Mohammedan
-world, delight in jewelry and ornaments, and
-as they are not wearers of veils they have a good
-chance to display their treasures. Couscous is a
-favorite food in Northern Africa, not only among
-Kabyles, but Arabs and other peoples. Kabyl
-women spend much of their time in its preparation.
-Flour is mixed with water into a sort of
-thick dough, which is divided into little masses
-which are rolled between the fingers. These
-little pellets, almost like seeds, they steam and
-eat with bits of meat and hot, peppery sauce.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Kabyles love horseback riding, and are
-bold hunters. They fight bravely in defence of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_127'>127</span>their homes. Among their amusements, perhaps
-falconry stands first. The falcon, you know, is a
-bird much like a hawk, which is trained to chase
-and kill or capture smaller birds or animals. It
-is carried to the field by the hunter on horseback.
-The bird is perched upon its master’s
-wrist, and is blinded by a hood over its head.
-When the hunter sees game, he unhoods the falcon
-and lets it fly after the victim.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_127.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>MAKING COUSCOUS IN THE DESERT (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_128'>128</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXIII.<br /> <span class='large'>NEGROES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>We have already spoken of the district of true
-negroes. In the Sudan they are at their best
-and purest type. The skin is almost black;
-the head long and narrow; the face narrow; the
-hair kinky and woolly. The lower part of the
-face projects far beyond the upper part. The
-lips are thick. Negroes have an odor which is
-peculiar to them, and which most white persons
-dislike. Many of the negro tribes are composed
-of persons who are tall, strong, and well built.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Almost all negroes are agriculturists, living in
-settled villages. Their houses are usually round
-huts. The Bongo of the upper Nile build huts
-about twenty feet in diameter and the same in
-height, which are firm and well built, though
-made only of poles and thatch. The entrance is
-so low that one crawls into the hut on hands and
-knees. On the conical roof are built benches of
-straw, on which persons sit to overlook and guard
-the planted fields. The floor inside the hut is
-made of hard, well-beaten clay. Skins of animals
-serve as beds. The Wolofs of the Sudan make
-very similar huts, but do not construct the seats
-on the roof. Among both tribes they build little
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_129'>129</span>granaries near the huts; these are made of basketwork
-and are set up on posts to place them out
-of reach of animals.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The African negroes are fond of bright colors
-and tawdry ornaments. Objects of metal and glass
-beads are particularly prized. They use rings of
-iron, copper, and brass of all sizes for the arms,
-legs, and fingers. Sometimes so many rings will
-be put upon the arms that they completely cover
-them. The negroes in some tribes pierce ears,
-noses, and lips for inserting ornaments. The
-Bongo women, for example, pierce a series of holes
-along the rim of each ear, along the edges of the
-nose, and at the corners of the mouth, and through
-each hole they thrust a short bit of grass stalk.
-The men in negro tribes often bear a tribal mark;
-this is usually the scar or scars left by cutting lines
-or patterns on the face or chest. Thus the mark
-of one tribe might be three cuts across each cheek;
-that of another a pattern of criss-cross lines upon
-the forehead; another tribe in the central lake
-district had a line of wart-like swellings, at equal
-distances from each other, extending from the
-root of the nose to the top of the forehead. All
-these tribal marks were cut in childhood, and the
-cutting must have been painful. It is said that
-the Bornu baby boys have one hundred and three
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_130'>130</span>cuts made on their little bodies for their tribal
-sign.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>African negroes often dress their hair into
-strange and curious forms, as do also the neighboring
-negroids. They build it up into great
-horns, train it out in little strings, the ends of
-which they fasten to a wooden ring, build it into
-thick mats or wigs, and insert all sorts of fibres,
-beads, and ornaments in it. Of course such carefully
-trained hair must not be spoiled by lying on
-it, so they have the same sort of wooden pillows
-as the Fiji Islanders, to keep the head off the
-ground.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>These wooden pillows are often decorated with
-carvings of human and animal figures. Many negroes
-delight in wood-carving and sometimes make
-strange masses of many human and animal figures
-crowded together in the most curious way.
-These they paint in bright colors. Near the west
-coast of Africa several tribes are ivory carvers,
-and their artists will cover an elephant’s tusk with
-human figures, animal forms, and geometrical
-designs; no space will be lost; every spot will be
-filled.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_131'>131</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_131.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>NEGRO SMITHS AT WORK (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Most of the negro tribes know how to weave,
-and some of their cloth made from grass or
-vegetable fibres is closely and well woven. The
-most remarkable art of the negroes, however, is
-their working of iron. They know how to get
-iron from its ore and to work it into desired forms.
-They build a little conical smelting furnace or oven
-of clay, into which they put their fuel and ore.
-They then blow air through the fire with their
-rude bellows. This consists of two earthen vessels,
-or boxes of some sort, over the top of which
-bladders or skin are tied; tubes lead from these
-vessels and the lower end of a stick is tied to the
-middle of each bladder covering. The smith
-takes the upper ends of the sticks in his hands
-and works them up and down, first one and then
-the other. He thus forces air first into one tube
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_132'>132</span>and then into the other: these two tubes end in
-a single clay tube which conducts the air into
-the furnace. After the blacksmith gets his iron
-from the ore he works it with heat and beating to
-the forms wanted. At Benin City, which was at
-the head of a dreadful negro kingdom, they had
-learned how to cast bronze and made wonderful
-objects in it. They made rings, bells, animal figures,
-plaques with human figures represented on
-them, and masks of the human head of life size.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Negroes love music and have many instruments,
-not only rattles, drums, whistles, flutes,
-and trumpets, but stringed instruments also. In
-some tribes there are wandering minstrels, who
-go from place to place playing on their three-stringed
-guitar and singing songs in praise of
-the chief or king whom they visit. They sing in
-his praise if he pays them well; if, however, he
-is stingy, their songs make bitter fun of him.
-These minstrels are either men or women: they
-are feared and disliked, but well treated, as no
-one wishes to gain their ill will.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Some of the most brutal and cruel acts in the
-world are done among negro kingdoms like
-Ashanti, Dahomey, and Benin. No human life
-is there safe. The king orders instant death to
-those who offend him. The executioner’s knife
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_133'>133</span>is kept busy. Cruel butcheries are connected
-with their religion, and sometimes the king will
-have dozens, scores, or even hundreds of men
-killed to carry messages to his dead father. It is
-also among negroes that we find cannibalism
-existing in revolting forms and frightful belief in
-witchcraft. Any old man or old woman may be
-accused, at any time, of being a witch: it takes
-little to prove their guilt, and they are speedily
-executed.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Negroes often believe that some men can
-change themselves into wild animals and then
-resume their own form. They are especially
-afraid of man-leopards: not unfrequently men
-who have been thought to be such have been
-executed. We cannot, however, blame the negroes
-much for such ideas. Not long ago white
-Europeans generally believed in werewolves (or
-manwolves), and there are still districts in Europe
-where such beliefs exist.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many African negroes wear charms to protect
-themselves against harm. Such charms are
-called <i><span lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">gri-gris</span></i>. Almost anything may be a gri-gri:
-a part of some animal, a plant, a curious
-stone. Where the negroes have had much to
-do with Arabs or other Mohammedans a favorite
-gri-gri is a verse from the Koran, written on
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_134'>134</span>paper done up in a little leathern pouch and
-hung about the neck. Sometimes a man will be
-almost covered with gri-gris. He may have so
-many “as to weigh thirty pounds,” and they may
-hamper him so “that he must be helped in
-mounting a horse.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>We have already told you that the Arabs still
-hunt negro slaves. Many of the negro tribes
-themselves keep slaves—thus the Wolofs do so.
-They, however, treat their slaves more kindly
-than the Arabs do.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXIV.<br /> <span class='large'>NEGROIDS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The negroids of Southern and Eastern Africa resemble the negroes. They are generally tall;
-they have a fine dark brown color, long narrow
-heads, hair less kinky and woolly than the
-negroes, flat nose and thick lips. They do not
-have the negro’s odor. The negroids comprise
-many different tribes, but all speak related languages
-known as the Bantu languages. The
-tribes we shall consider are the Zulus, Kaffirs,
-and Waganda.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Zulus and Kaffirs wear generally but
-little clothing. A man wears a cord about the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_135'>135</span>waist with flaps of leather hanging from it in
-front and behind; the woman wears a fringed
-girdle about her waist. Sometimes they wear a
-mantle of hairy skins. At great festivals the
-men deck themselves finely. A traveller, describing
-a young man who was going visiting, says:
-“He will wear furs, among them the Angora
-goat; feathers in his head-dress; globular tufts
-of beautiful feathers on his forehead or at
-the back of his head; eagle feathers in fine
-head-dresses, as also ostrich, lory, and peacock
-feathers. He ties so many tufts and tails to his
-waist girdle that he may almost be said to wear a
-kilt.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The negroids, like the negroes, are agriculturists
-and live in towns of huts. Some tribes are
-raisers of cattle and have large herds that yield
-milk, meat, and skins. They are hunters, too,
-and that on a large scale. They set up long
-hedges or lines of brush and stakes, which converge
-toward certain points where they dig pits
-and cover them. They then scatter over a large
-district and beat it, scaring in the animals and
-driving them between the lines of brush into the
-pits, where they easily kill them.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The two great weapons of the southern negroids
-are the <em>kerry</em> and the <em>assegai</em>. The kerry
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_136'>136</span>is a short wooden club with a knob at the end.
-This is thrown at the game. The assegai is a
-spear, the shaft of which is long and slender and
-the head of which, made of iron, is long and wide.
-Assegais are used all through South and Central
-Africa. The form and size of the blade varies
-with tribes: sometimes it is two feet in length
-and several inches across. Mrs. French-Sheldon
-saw the assegai maker, in one tribe she visited,
-using a natural leaf as his pattern, and he was
-careful to exactly copy its form. Both negro and
-negroid tribes in some parts of Africa, especially
-Western Central Africa, use throwing-knives; they
-are made from a flat piece of iron, worked into
-several blades projecting in different directions.
-They are thrown through the air, and some one
-of the ugly blades is quite sure to strike.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Kaffirs and Zulus make long oval shields almost
-as tall as themselves, for protection in battle. A
-cowskin, with the hair on, is stretched over a light
-and simple wooden frame. Each great section of
-Africans has its own kind of shield. The Niam-Niams
-and some Congo tribes weave beautiful
-close and light shields of wicker or basket work;
-they are long and narrow, and protect the whole
-body. The splints of which they are woven differ
-in color and are worked into rather handsome
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_137'>137</span>patterns. In Nubia they use shields made of
-thick and heavy hide, like elephant or rhinoceros
-hide; these are circular, not very large, and have
-a round or conical knob or boss raised at the
-centre.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_137.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>WAGANDA MUSICIANS (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Kaffirs and Zulus are fond of war and are brave
-in battle. They have war dances in which they
-are inflamed for the fray. A Kaffir who slays an
-enemy may have a great gash cut in his leg on his
-return home to show that fact. The scars of
-such gashes are objects of great pride. The Kaffirs
-are fine speakers and their speeches on important
-occasions are stirring and impressive. Like
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_138'>138</span>negroes, the negroids delight in music and have
-many instruments. None, however, is a greater
-favorite than the noisy drum.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Among Zulus and Kaffirs, the sorcerer is much
-feared and dreaded. When men are ill, or in
-trouble, they go to him for help and advice. He
-goes through with many strange performances.
-The people believe that he can detect thieves and
-find stolen property, that he can bewitch and cure
-bewitchment; he is frequently, also, a rain-maker.
-There is much jealousy between the sorcerers or
-rain-makers in a tribe, and they sometimes challenge
-each other to tests of their power. The
-description of such a test between two rain-makers,
-in one of Rider Haggard’s books, is probably true
-to life.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXV.<br /> <span class='large'>PYGMIES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Many centuries ago, the Greek writers, Homer,
-Herodotus, and Aristotle, spoke of dwarf peoples,
-whom they called <em>Pygmies</em>, living in Africa. On
-an ancient Egyptian wall there is painted a queer
-little dwarf-like figure with the word <em>Akka</em> written
-near it. It is plain that little African peoples
-were known both to the Greeks and Egyptians.
-But for hundreds of years after the old Greek
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_139'>139</span>writers and Egyptian artists were dead, no one
-believed in real Pygmies. Every one felt that
-the accounts of them were “travellers’ lies,” told
-to amuse people. But travellers who have been
-going into Africa during the last two hundred
-years and more have from time to time told us
-of such tribes, and to-day there can be no doubt
-of their existence. There are really Pygmies, and
-they are curious and interesting.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>When the great German traveller Schweinfurth
-was visiting King Munza of the Monbuttus in
-“the heart of Africa,” he learned that tribes of
-Pygmies lived near. There were nine clusters
-of them, and they were called <em>Akkas</em>—just like
-the little creature represented on the old Egyptian
-wall—and each cluster had its own chief.
-At one time Schweinfurth saw several hundred
-of these little people together. Munza traded
-one of these Pygmies, whose name was Neevoué,
-to Schweinfurth. The traveller was kind to the
-little fellow, and wanted to take him to Germany,
-but Neevoué died in Egypt. He was a cruel
-little creature, not very bright, and had great
-difficulty in learning. Later on, in Ashango
-Land, much farther to the west, Du Chaillu
-found the dwarf Obongos, whom he described,
-and whose houses he pictured. An Italian traveller
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_140'>140</span>named Miani secured two Akkas in trade.
-He planned to take them to Italy, but he died on
-his journey home. His two Pygmies, however,
-reached Italy, where a kind-hearted nobleman
-took care of them. They were gay and happy,
-though fitful, and were rather quick to learn;
-they learned to speak, read, and write Italian.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_140.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HUTS OF ASHANGO-LAND DWARFS (DU CHAILLU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>So much was known about the Pygmies before
-Stanley’s journey. He saw many of them, and
-tells a good deal about them and their life. The
-Akkas were the tribe he saw. They measure
-from three feet to four feet and six inches; a full-grown
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_141'>141</span>man weighs about ninety pounds. Some
-of them have long heads, long, narrow faces,
-small, reddish eyes placed near together, and are
-sour looking and morose. The others have
-round faces with fine, large, bright eyes placed
-wide apart, high foreheads, skin of a rich ivory-yellow
-color. All African Pygmies seem to have
-their bodies covered with short, rather stiff, grayish
-hair. Stanley says the Akkas place their
-villages near the towns of bigger people, and that
-sometimes eight to twelve Pygmy villages will
-surround one negro (or negroid) town. These
-Pygmies are lively and active; they do not cultivate
-any plants, but devote themselves to hunting.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They use little bows and arrows, and small
-spears. The tips of the arrows and spears are
-often poisoned. With these weapons these little
-folk attack and kill antelopes, buffalo, and even
-elephants. They dig pitfalls and make traps.
-Some of their traps are like sheds, the roofs of
-which are held in place by vines; bananas and
-nuts are placed in these as bait; when chimpanzees
-or other animals try to take the bait, the
-roof falls. The Pygmies catch birds for their
-feathers, and hunt for wild honey.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Pygmies use two kinds of arrow poison.
-One is dark and thick and made from the leaves
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_142'>142</span>of a plant quite like our Jack-in-the-pulpit or
-Indian turnip. The other is believed to be made
-from red ants,—which are dried and crushed to
-powder,—mixed with palm oil. Both are said
-to act quickly when fresh. Stanley mentions
-one man who died within one minute from a
-small wound in his right arm and chest. When
-the poison is old it acts less rapidly.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>These Pygmies live in low oval huts, with
-doors two or three feet high. The houses are
-arranged in a circle about an open cleared space,
-in which the chief’s house stands. About one
-hundred yards from the village, along every path
-that leads to it, is a little guard house, only
-big enough for two Pygmies. These are guard
-houses and toll stations, and all strangers who
-pass must pay toll. The Pygmies are usually on
-good terms with their big neighbors, and both
-are useful to the other. The little people sell
-their ivory, skins, honey, and poison to their
-neighbors, or trade them for vegetable food.
-The Pygmies, keen and watchful, are good
-pickets for the others, and often warn them of
-danger from approaching enemies.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_143'>143</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXVI.<br /> <span class='large'>BUSHMEN AND HOTTENTOTS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Far to the south in Africa, in and about the
-Desert of Kalahari, live the Bushmen. They are
-somewhat like the Pygmies. They are little—full-grown
-men being from four feet to four feet six
-inches in stature. They are of a yellow-brown
-color; their hair is black and kinky, but appears
-to grow in little tufts with bare spaces between;
-the jaws project and the lips are thick; they
-wrinkle early. They are quick and lively in
-movements, and are bold hunters.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Little bands of them wander from place to
-place, without any fixed home. They build no
-houses. Usually they live in holes among the
-rocks; at most, they build rude, temporary shelters.
-They live chiefly on game, which they kill
-with the bow and arrow, or sometimes with the
-spear. They sometimes trail an animal a long
-distance, and when they overtake and kill it, stop
-at the spot to eat it. They are wonderful at
-following the trail of either animals or men, and
-see signs of their having passed which a white
-man would never notice. They get a hard living;
-they gather seeds and roots, fruits and
-gums; they hunt the honey of wild bees; they
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_144'>144</span>catch lizards and snakes. They are so fond of
-the white grubs, or pupæ of ants—which we usually,
-but wrongly, call ants’ eggs—that the
-Boers, living near the little people, call them
-“Bushmen’s rice.” They also eat the huge eggs
-of the ostrich, and make water vessels out of the
-empty shells.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Their bows are small and their arrows are
-hardly more than a foot in length; the points of
-bone, stone, or iron are poisoned, and are so
-attached to the shaft that they separate and remain
-in the wound. The spear and darts which
-they use are also small and have poisoned tips.
-In the quivers with their arrows they carry a
-little sharpening stone for grinding the points
-and a brush for applying the poison. For digging
-roots the Bushmen use a pointed stick,
-which is weighted with a stone ring. These
-few simple weapons and tools are all that these
-poor people possess, except a few wooden dishes
-and a smoking pipe, which is said to be owned
-by a whole family or band.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Livingstone says that their arrow poison comes
-from a sort of caterpillar or grub, which they
-crush and dip the arrow tip into. They always
-clean their nails carefully after handling the poison,
-as it causes damage if it comes into contact with
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_145'>145</span>any scratch or cut. The pain caused by the
-poison is so great as almost to make the man
-who has been wounded crazy. When a lion has
-been struck with one of these poisoned arrows he
-roars terribly and bites and tears the ground and
-trees. To cure
-a person who
-has been bitten
-they use an ointment
-made of
-the crushed caterpillar
-mixed
-with grease.
-They believe
-that the caterpillar
-is hungry
-for grease; when
-it does not find
-fat in a person
-it kills him;
-when they supply it the fat it wants, it does no
-harm. It is said that this caterpillar is sacred
-and that they pray to it, asking it to give them
-plenty of game when they are hunting.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_145.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>GORA-PLAYER: BUSHMAN (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>These little people are fond of music and
-drawing. Their finest musical instrument is a
-<em>gora</em>. This is a hunter’s bow, with a ring on
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_146'>146</span>the bow string. By sliding this ring they change
-the note which it gives when twanged. The
-twang of a bowstring is not a very loud sound;
-to increase it a gourd is hung to the lower end
-of the bow. All over the country of the Bushmen
-cliffs and the walls of caves are covered with
-their pictures, which represent animals, birds, and
-men; hunting scenes and battles are also represented.
-These pictures are sometimes just
-pecked out in the rock; sometimes they are
-painted; sometimes they are first pecked out and
-then filled with color. The colors most used in
-these pictures are red, yellow, and black.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The negroid Kaffirs and the Hottentots who
-live near the poor Bushmen hate them and harm
-them. Meeting them on the road, they sometimes
-kill them without pity. In 1804 a Kaffir
-who went to Cape Town on business found a
-Bushman boy eleven years old working as a servant
-in the government building. He killed the
-little fellow with a spear. This, of course, was
-long ago, but it shows how the Kaffirs despise
-the Bushmen.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Hottentots live near the Bushmen and are
-a mixture between them and the negroids. They
-are taller than the Bushmen, but have much the
-same yellowish brown skin color and the same
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_147'>147</span>sort of hair. Their language, too, is much like
-that of the Bushmen. In both languages there
-are some strange sounds, hard for white men to
-pronounce, called “clicks.” These sounds come
-in the middle of words, and are called “clicks”
-because they sound something like the sound
-made in driving horses. Among the Bushmen
-there are nine different sounds of this kind; the
-Hottentots have only four.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_147.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>BUSHMAN ROCK PICTURE (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Hottentots are cattle-raisers, but do not
-cultivate plants. They gather wild fruits and
-dig roots. They move with their herds from
-one pasture to another; their settlements are
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_148'>148</span>called <em>kraals</em>. Their huts are dome-shaped and
-consist of a light framework of poles over which
-mattings are hung. When they move it takes
-only a few minutes to take the houses to pieces
-and pack them on to their cattle. The huts are
-always set up in a circle, enclosing a clear space
-where the cattle are herded.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Both men and women of the Hottentots wear
-fur caps, and it is considered indecent for a
-woman to be seen with her head bare. Hottentot
-clothing consists of leather aprons and cloaks.
-Hottentots rarely kill their cattle, which they
-keep for milk rather than for meat.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They are quite warlike, and each tribe has a
-leader. They honor brave warriors. They are
-gay in disposition and like to say sharp and funny
-things about each other; this often leads to quarrels
-and fights. When a man is angry with another,
-he takes a handful of dust and offers it to him; if
-the offender is willing to fight, he seizes the hand
-and scatters the dust on the ground; if he refuses
-to fight, the angry man throws the dust upon him
-to show that he is a coward. In fighting to settle
-quarrels, they kick and club each other and even
-use spears.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_149'>149</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_149.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HOTTENTOT KRAAL (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Hottentots have many songs and prayers
-which they repeat to, or about, their sacred beings.
-Among their stories are some about the rabbit and
-his adventures. They worship the stars which we
-call the Pleiades. When these stars rise for the
-first time in the year, the people greet them.
-Mothers take their babies in their arms and teach
-them to stretch out their little hands toward the
-friendly stars. They then have a dance and sing
-a song in honor of one of their gods. There is
-a large insect called the <em>mantis</em>, which, when it
-stands still, raises its long front legs into a curious
-position; the Hottentots think that it is praying.
-When a praying mantis appears in a kraal every
-one is pleased, as they think it brings good luck.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_150'>150</span>No one thinks of killing it, and they make an
-offering to it.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>When a Hottentot man goes hunting, his wife
-kindles a fire at home and does nothing while
-he is gone but carefully tend it. They believe if
-she lets it go out that he will fail in his hunting.
-Hottentot conjurers are thought to be great snake charmers.
-It is said that they can hiss in such
-a way that all the snakes in the district will be
-attracted to them. So much are these conjurers
-feared that every one wears some object about him
-to protect himself against their power.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXVII.<br /> <span class='large'>MALAYS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The Malays live in the Malay Peninsula, on the
-great islands near it,—Sumatra, Borneo, and Java,—and
-on a host of lesser islands in that part of
-the world. They also form part of the population
-of the great island, Madagascar, lying east of Africa.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They are short, with brown skin, dark eyes,
-straight and coarse black hair, and broad, round
-heads. Their forms are slight and graceful. They
-are active and gay, quick and intelligent; they are
-easily offended, do not readily forgive injuries, and
-are often deceitful and treacherous.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_151'>151</span>The Malays are believed to have come from the
-continent of Asia not more than three thousand
-years ago.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>They are fairly industrious in working their
-fields, the most important crop from which is rice.
-They have other crops, however, and also raise
-many fruits. They use the buffalo as a help in
-field work and for drawing carts. Those Malays
-who live near the coast fish, and use both fresh
-and salted fish for food. They are good sailors,
-making journeys by water to China, Australia
-and other islands. They are shrewd in trading.
-Formerly, many Malays were bold pirates, as indeed
-in some parts they still are.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Malay houses are usually built of boards, are
-rectangular in form, and have a two-pitched roof.
-They are almost everywhere, set up on posts quite
-high above ground, and must be reached by means
-of ladders.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Malays are great chewers of betel nut. A
-piece of the nut is mixed with a little lime, placed
-in a leaf, and chewed. It colors the saliva red
-and stains the teeth a brownish black. So used
-are the Malays to these stained teeth that they no
-longer admire white teeth. Of a man whose teeth
-are not stained with betel they will say, “he has
-teeth like a dog,” and seem to consider it a disgrace.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_152'>152</span>They even chip off or file away the
-enamel on the front of the teeth of children so
-that they may become sooner blackened.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_152.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>MALAY FAMILY: JAVA (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>All Malays like amusement; even the most
-civilized celebrate many festivals. Animal fights
-and theatrical performances are favorites. Almost
-every man among the Malays keeps a fighting
-cock of which he is proud and fond; while he
-works in his field, the bird is tied by a cord to a
-stake near him, and he stops now and again to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_153'>153</span>stroke and pet him. Cock-fights take place frequently,
-but the birds are not allowed—as in
-Mexico—to kill each other. The bull-fights in
-the Malay region are also much less cruel than
-those of Mexico and Spain. In these countries
-the bull is made to fight against a trained company
-of human fighters; among the Malays he
-fights another animal of his own kind. The Malay
-buffalo-tiger fight is famous. A buffalo and
-tiger are placed in a pen together and then excited
-until they attack each other. The buffalo is quite
-frequently the victor. Most curious, however, is
-the battle between crickets. The contest between
-these insects is watched with great interest and
-excitement by the Malays. It occurs also in
-Japan.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Malays delight in dances and the theatre. At the
-World’s Columbian Exposition in Chicago there
-was a complete Javanese village. It contained a
-dance house where dances were given to the sound
-of the strange gongs and other musical instruments
-of the Javan people. The dancing was by
-girls who were gayly dressed in velvet, silk, and
-satin with gold and silver tinsel. They wore curious
-gilt helmets. They did not dance with their
-feet, but kept time to the music by graceful movements
-of the arms, hands, head, and eyes. In the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_154'>154</span>same building they gave plays, in which the players
-wore small and curious masks of wood. In
-other plays, somewhat like our Punch and Judy,
-puppets were moved and played the parts. The
-Javanese also have shadow plays, where jointed
-human figures, cut from cardboard, are moved by
-sticks and their shadows are thrown upon a screen.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_b_154.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>BUFFALO CART: JAVA (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>“Running amuck” is fearfully common among
-Malays. Suddenly a man, on the street or in
-some public place, becomes insane with a desire
-to kill. Seizing a weapon, he starts down a street
-filled with people and strikes right and left at
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_155'>155</span>every one as he runs. The police hurry after the
-murderer and are usually compelled to kill him
-before his dreadful work can be stopped. The
-Malays are really a nervous and excitable people;
-it is said that frequently a steady look at a person
-will throw him into a trance or hypnotized state.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_155.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>KRISES: JAVA (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Of the various weapons used by the Malays
-the <em>kris</em> seems to be the favorite. In Java this
-was often a remarkable object. A kris is a short
-sword or dagger with a fine steel blade which
-ends in a point, and the sides of which are wavy
-instead of straight. Probably they think of this
-as a stinging serpent; anyway the handle is frequently
-in the form of a serpent’s head. Sometimes
-this handle is finely carved and often it is
-set with gems. Some that belonged to the old
-Javan princes were a mass of precious stones.
-The sheath for the kris might be plain, but it
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_156'>156</span>might also be decorated with carvings or encrusted
-with jewels.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Strangest of the Malays are the Dyaks of Borneo
-and the Battaks of Sumatra. Both are a
-little larger and have longer heads than the Javanese.
-The Dyaks are great “head-hunters.” No
-man is respected until he has brought in a head
-as a trophy. Usually only the skull is kept;
-sometimes this will be engraved with patterns or
-stained with coloring matter; sometimes designs
-are cut in the bone and foil is set in the patterns.
-The Battaks are industrious and have made progress
-in many ways. They have a system of
-writing. Inscriptions are usually carved upon
-staves of bamboo; they also have books made
-of strips of palm or other vegetable substances.
-The Battaks are among the most dreadful of
-cannibals.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXVIII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE PEOPLES OF THE PHILIPPINES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The Philippine Islands lie northeast from the
-great Malay Islands. The group extends for one
-thousand miles and includes almost two thousand
-islands of sizes from barren rock masses too small
-for use up to the great Island of Luzon, which is
-about the size of Ohio. All together the islands
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_157'>157</span>have an area equal to that of New York and the
-New England States united. It is uncertain how
-large a population occupy the islands, but it is
-probably between seven and eight million.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Dr. Blumentritt, an Austrian who has studied
-the Philippine peoples for many years, says that
-fifty-one different languages are spoken among
-them. He thinks that the peoples have come at
-various times to the islands from various places.
-He believes that the first people here were the
-negritos and that they once occupied the whole
-region. Perhaps three thousand years ago Malay
-tribes, a good deal like the Dyaks of Borneo,
-crowded in upon the unfortunate little natives,
-seizing their land and driving them into the
-mountains of the interior and to the more remote
-parts of the coast. Later, from eighteen hundred
-to fourteen hundred years ago, other Malays
-crowded in, but this time they were more like
-those of Java. Much later, only about five hundred
-years ago, a third lot of Malays, bold and
-hardy seamen, began a movement into the islands.
-But just then the Spaniards discovered the Philippines
-and checked these pirates before they had
-gained much of a foothold. Blumentritt speaks
-of these invasions of Malays as the first, second,
-and third Malay migrations.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id003'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_158'>158</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_158.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>PHILIPPINE NEGRITO (MEYER).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The negritos, or old population, are a little
-people much like the Mincopies of the Andaman
-Islands. They are short, black skinned, and
-crinkly haired. They do not live to be old, but a
-person of thirty or forty looks as if much older.
-They build no true
-houses; in bad weather
-they put up rude shelters.
-They are wanderers
-and have no
-agriculture; they make
-no pottery; they wear
-but little clothing;
-some scar or tattoo;
-they are fond of ornaments.
-Their chief
-weapon is the bow and
-arrow, though they
-also have spears.
-They are skilful in
-throwing stones.
-They make fire by
-friction, sawing one sharp piece of bamboo across
-another. If a negrito dies, his fellows believe he
-was bewitched by some Tagal or other Malay,
-and will not be satisfied until one has been killed
-in revenge. When two negritos wish to swear
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_159'>159</span>friendship, they cut their arms and each sucks
-blood from the other; they thus become of one
-blood and are like brothers. They used to send
-messages by knotting grass which either had a
-meaning itself or helped the person who carried
-it to remember what he had been told. There
-are now perhaps twenty thousand negritos and
-they live mostly on the larger islands—Luzon,
-Mindanao, and Negros.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many tribes in the Philippines represent the
-first Malay invasion. They are much alike in
-life and character; all are bold and cruel; most
-of them are head-hunters. They depend, in part,
-on agriculture, and have settled villages which
-are usually in the mountains or forests. The
-Igorrotes are a good example of them. They
-live in North Luzon. Both men and women
-tattoo; they gild their teeth and are fond of
-ornaments. The men go armed with spears,
-bows and arrows, and knives. Their peculiar
-weapon, however, is a hatchet-knife called <em>ligua</em>;
-the thin broad blade, set like that of a hatchet,
-has a concave cutting edge which runs into a
-long point above. The houses of the Igorrotes
-are large, rectangular, and raised on piles. These
-people are good agriculturists, tending their
-fields—which they irrigate—with care. The
-girls of the village are in charge of an old woman,
-and they all live and sleep together in one special
-house; this is unlike the other houses of the
-village and is not set up on posts. The Igorrotes
-have much respect for the souls of their
-ancestors. In each village there is a sacred tree
-in which they believe these souls abide. Though
-industrious and settled the Igorrotes are dreadful
-head-hunters. They organize war-parties to
-attack neighboring tribes for victims. The party
-shown in the picture were on such an errand.
-Only a few days after the photograph was taken
-they fell upon a Tingian village, killed thirty-nine
-persons, and carried away twenty-five heads as
-trophies.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_160'>160</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_160.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HOUSES OF IGORROTES (MEYER).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_161'>161</span>The Tagals, one of the tribes of the second
-invasion, are the most important of the Philippine
-peoples. They industriously work their
-fields and raise rice, yams, maize, and several
-fleshy-root plants. Of fruits they cultivate mangoes,
-bananas, pineapples, cocoanuts, and others.
-Of industrial plants they produce manila hemp,
-cotton, indigo, and tobacco. Many of these
-plants they have only had since the coming of
-the Spaniards. They have long had domestic
-animals, among them the buffalo, pig, dog, hens,
-and ducks. The Tagals have towns of considerable
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_162'>162</span>size, with well-built houses perched on posts.
-They are well dressed in good cloth woven by
-the women. They are fond of gain and good
-traders. They are active in body and mind.
-They delight in poetry, and it is said “boys on
-the street will improvise by the yard.” The
-Tagals write their language with an alphabet
-which was probably brought from India <em>long</em> ago.
-They formerly wrote on bamboo or on the bark
-of certain trees. The Tagals are passionately
-fond of cock-fighting. Every one chews betel
-nut.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<img src='images/i_b_162.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HEAD-HUNTING PARTY: IGORROTES (MEYER).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>As to the third migration, it failed to reach the
-great island of Luzon. The immigrants were
-Mohammedan Malays from Borneo. They were
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_163'>163</span>sea-rovers and pirates. They gained possession
-of the Sulu Islands, the farthest to the southwest
-of the Philippines, and had landed on Mindanao
-when the arrival of the Spaniards put an end to
-their movements. They are usually called <em>Moros</em>
-or Moors, from their religion. They are polygamous
-and keep slaves. Their ruler is called the
-Sultan of Sulu.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Such are the people of the Philippines: at
-least fifty-one tribes, speaking as many different
-languages. But there are also many foreigners
-there: thousands of Japanese and Chinese; descendants
-of American Indians, brought by the
-old Spaniards from Mexico and Peru; Spaniards
-and other whites. And lastly there are all sorts
-of <i><span lang="es" xml:lang="es">mestizos</span></i>, or mixed persons, produced by the intermarriage
-of all these so many different stocks—native
-and foreign.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXIX.<br /> <span class='large'>MELANESIANS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>Several great groups of people occupy the
-vast island world of the Pacific. We have already
-spoken of the Malays. In Australia live many
-tribes differing in language and customs. They
-are mostly dark brown with bushy or curly hair.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_164'>164</span>They are savages in culture. South of Australia,
-in Van Diemen’s Land, or Tasmania, there formerly
-lived a dark brown people, not tall in stature,
-with peculiar features and long curly hair; they
-are now all gone. North of Australia, in Papua
-or New Guinea, are many tribes with curious and
-interesting arts and customs. The real Papuans
-are dark brown in color and have woolly hair,
-which, like that of the Bushmen, <em>seems</em> to grow
-in tufts with bare spaces between. They are of
-medium stature. The islands to the east and
-south of Australia and New Guinea are occupied
-by black, woolly-haired tribes, who are called
-Melanesians, and who are related to the Papuans.
-Among them are the natives of Fiji, New Britain,
-New Ireland, and the Solomon Islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Fijians of fifty years ago will well represent
-the Melanesians. Thomas Williams, <cite>Fiji
-and the Fijians</cite>, will give us our facts.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Fijian hair-dressing was striking. Each
-chief had a special hair-dresser, who frequently
-spent several hours a day in arranging his
-master’s hair. The hairs were trained to stand
-out from the head so as to form a great mass
-that might be trimmed into curious shapes. This
-smooth, soft, solid, cushion-like mass of hair was
-stained with colors—jet black naturally, it might
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_165'>165</span>be blue-black, ashy white, or shades of red. The
-whole mass of hair, except a band in front, might
-be black, while <em>that</em> was white; sometimes the hair
-behind was twisted into cords ending with tassels;
-one man had a knot of fiery red hair on the
-crown while the rest of
-his head was shaved;
-sometimes the hair
-mass measured four
-feet or more in circumference.
-Such
-grand hair-dressing
-would be ruined by
-lying down with the
-head on the ground—so
-the Fijians had a
-wooden head-rest or
-pillow, which was set
-under the neck and
-held the head up, off
-the ground.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_165.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>FIJIAN (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Men wore a long sash of bark cloth, which was
-anywhere from three to one hundred yards long.
-This was passed between the legs and wound
-around the waist any number of times; if it were
-long and the man wanted to present a <em>fine</em> appearance
-it was folded several times up against the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_166'>166</span>upper part of his body; the ends were allowed
-to trail behind. The men wore a turban of the
-same material, but fine and gauzy; from four to
-six feet long, it was wrapped around the head,
-several times if need be; if the hair mass was
-large, however, it would go little more than once.
-Women wore little but a fringed waist band, which
-hung to the knees.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Like the Polynesians, from whom they probably
-learned it, the Fijians used much <em>kava</em>, a drink
-which produces a stupefied or intoxicated condition.
-The preparation of kava for the king was
-a great occasion. The great kava bowl, made of
-wood carefully polished, was placed upon the
-ground. The guests seated themselves around
-it. A number of young men took pieces of the
-root from which the drink was to be made and
-chewed them well in their mouths; they stacked
-up the pellets in the dish; water was poured in
-until the bowl was nearly full and the balls of
-chewed root were well stirred about and squeezed
-in it. Then a man, especially trained to the work,
-strained them out with a bunch of fibre, in which,
-by twisting, he squeezed the pellets until no more
-juice or water ran out. The liquid was now ready
-for drinking. Prayer and song had accompanied
-the making of the kava. The king, receiving a
-cupful from a servant, spilled a little to the gods,
-and then drank. The others then drank in their
-order. It was a high honor to drink next after
-the king.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id002'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_167'>167</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_167.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>PILE-DWELLING VILLAGE: NEW GUINEA (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_168'>168</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_168.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>CANOE: NEW GUINEA (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Fijians carved neat bowls and other vessels
-from wood. The kava bowls, though usually plain,
-were carefully cut and beautifully polished. The
-Fijians—almost alone of Pacific Islanders—made
-pottery; the vessels were in various strange though
-rather graceful forms, and were somewhat glazed.
-They made remarkable war clubs of fine, heavy,
-dark woods which varied much in form, were
-decorated with carving, and were handsomely
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_169'>169</span>polished. Fijians were not good sailors, but they
-made better canoes than some of those made by
-Polynesians, who <em>were</em> bold sailors. It is said
-that the Tongans (Polynesians) gave up their
-own style of canoe to adopt that of the Fijians.
-The canoes were, like those of many of the Pacific
-Islands, double canoes; two canoes of the same
-shape and size were placed side by side—with
-some little space between—and united by a platform
-of boards; one sail was sometimes hoisted;
-paddles were used for sculling and a great steering
-oar was employed. A much larger book than
-this would be needed for describing all the craft
-used on the water by Malayans, Melanesians, and
-Polynesians. The Fijians enjoyed music and had
-two or three kinds of drums, sticks that were
-beaten together, pan-pipes, a bamboo jew’s-harp,
-a conch-shell trumpet, and a little flute that was
-blown by the nose.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Fijians were a polite people—that is, they
-had rules about greetings, behavior, and the treatment
-of superiors. One curious rule was that a
-servant or inferior, in case his master fell or got
-into some ridiculous position, must also fall or
-place himself in a similar ridiculous position.
-Afterward it was expected that he would be
-rewarded for his politeness. Mr. Williams
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_170'>170</span>tells us an incident that illustrates this practice:—</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>“One day I came to a long bridge formed of a
-single cocoanut tree, which was thrown across a
-rapid stream, the opposite bank of which was two
-or three feet lower, so that the declivity was too
-steep to be comfortable. The pole was also wet
-and slippery, and thus my crossing safely was very
-doubtful. Just as I commenced the experiment
-a heathen said, with much animation, ‘To-day I
-shall have a musket.’ I had, however, just then
-to heed my steps more than his words, and so succeeded
-in reaching the other side safely. When
-I asked him why he spoke of a musket, the man
-replied, ‘I felt certain you would fall in attempting
-to go over, and I should have fallen after you;
-and, as the bridge is high, the water rapid, and
-you a gentleman, you would not have thought of
-giving me less than a musket.’”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The <em>tabu</em> is one of the most curious habits of
-Pacific Islanders. Though it occurred in Fiji, it
-was Polynesian, rather than Melanesian. Tabu
-was forbidding persons to touch, or use, or make
-some object. Chiefs and priests set most of the
-tabus, but lesser people might sometimes do so.
-A man might tabu all the cocoanuts in a district,
-setting up some sign or mark to show that he had
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_171'>171</span>done so; no one might thereafter touch a nut
-there until the tabu had been removed. A chief
-might tabu a man’s working; he could not do
-work of any kind until the chief removed the tabu.
-A chief might tabu the building of canoes by the
-people of a certain village; the people thenceforth
-would need to secure canoes from others. Thousands
-of tabus were set, and they made much
-trouble and inconvenience. The man who broke
-a tabu was punished, sometimes by death.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Fijians were dreadful cannibals. England
-governed Fiji for many years, and it was believed
-that the practice had disappeared. A few old men
-were considered almost as curiosities because they
-had eaten flesh of men and were called “the last
-of the cannibals.” Then suddenly in 1889 the
-old custom broke out again. A party of Fijians
-killed some victims and ate them in a cave. A
-party in pursuit found evidence of the dreadful
-feast. Among these were some of the curious
-wooden forks used because it was not proper that
-the flesh should be touched with the fingers!</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_172'>172</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXX.<br /> <span class='large'>POLYNESIANS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>The Pacific Islands lying east from the Melanesian
-Islands, beginning with New Zealand and
-stretching to Easter Island, were occupied by Polynesians.
-The best known of their island groups
-were New Zealand, the Society Islands, Samoa,
-and the Hawaiian Islands. These islands are
-either volcanic islands or coral islands, and the
-natural animal and vegetable life occurring on
-them is less varied than on the great islands lying
-nearer to the Asiatic or Australian continents.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Polynesians present a fine type. They
-are often tall and well built; their skins, though
-brown, are frequently light; the features are
-regular and the faces handsome. They are
-quick and intelligent, think and reason well, take
-new ideas readily, and are fond of beauty. They
-were barbarians, but had made so much progress
-that they were at the border-line of civilization.
-Living in a mass of islands that presented few
-natural resources, they had made the most of
-everything nature gave them.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_173'>173</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_173.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>TATTOOED NEW ZEALANDER (VERNEAU).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many Polynesian tribes tattoo. Elaborate
-patterns are pricked into the skin, with lines of
-needles set side by side and dipped in color.
-The New Zealanders tattooed their faces with
-curious curved-line patterns, each line had its
-proper place, and the patterns probably had a
-meaning. The Marquesas Islanders covered
-their bodies with elaborate and graceful patterns.
-The process was painful and only a small space
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_174'>174</span>was done at one time; the whole work required
-years.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Polynesian dress differed somewhat with the
-region. In New Zealand fine, soft, and flexible
-robes and blankets were woven of the native flax.
-In Hawaii the king and chiefs had wonderful
-feather cloaks which hung to the knees or even
-to the ankles. The little feathers of which these
-were composed were red and yellow; a garment
-composed only of yellow feathers could be worn
-only by the king; when both colors of feathers
-were used, they were arranged in diamond-shaped
-or other ornamental forms, with spots and lines
-of dark purple or black feathers. Besides the
-cloaks, there were tippets of feathers, which were
-generally worn by lower chiefs, who had not, or
-might not have, feather cloaks. In these feather
-garments the dress was made of a sort of netted
-foundation, into which these bright feathers were
-worked. Chiefs also had wonderful helmets of
-wickerwork which were covered with feathers.
-The helmet might be simple, just fitting the
-head, or large, ridged, or crested, and rising high
-above the head. In some islands the clothing
-consisted of a fringed girdle hanging from the
-waist to the knees.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id003'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_175'>175</span>
-<img src='images/i_b_175.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>HELMETS AND IDOL-HEADS OF FEATHERS: HAWAII (RATZEL).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>But everywhere in Polynesia the common
-dress was made of <em>tapa</em>. This was a kind of
-paper or cloth beaten out of the bark of certain
-trees. The bark was removed from the tree and
-soaked in water; it was laid upon a large piece
-of wood and beaten with a sort of club or mallet.
-This was made of hard wood and was round at
-one end for being
-taken in the hand;
-the remainder was
-squared, and the four
-faces were either
-smooth or ribbed by
-longitudinal grooves.
-By this beating the
-wood was separated
-into its fibres, and
-these were mashed together
-into a sheet of
-firm paper or cloth.
-This tapa differs with
-the tree from the bark
-of which it is made.
-Some is thin and dark brown; that from the
-bark of the breadfruit tree is fawn-colored; that
-from the paper-mulberry, best and finest of all,
-is beautifully white. The women were so expert
-at beating tapa that single strips, four yards
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_176'>176</span>wide and two hundred yards long, were beaten.
-Such cloth might be left plain, or it might
-be stained with colors, or it might be stamped
-with patterns. Wooden blocks or strips of
-bamboo were carved with designs which were
-smeared with color and stamped on the cloth;
-sometimes ferns were laid in coloring matter,
-then the form transferred to the tapa.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The two chief food supplies in Polynesia were
-breadfruit and cocoanuts; yams (much like sweet
-potatoes) and bananas were plenty. A favorite
-food in places is <em>poi</em>, a sort of gruel or pudding
-made from the root of <em>taro</em>. It was not eaten
-with a spoon, but the finger was dipped into it
-and stirred around to get a good load of the
-sticky stuff on it, when it was stuck into the
-mouth and sucked clean. Fish were much
-eaten, though not all kinds nor at all times.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Polynesian oven was a hole, three or
-four feet across, and a foot deep, dug in the
-ground. The bottom was lined with stones,
-which were covered with dry leaves, upon which
-a brisk fire was built. When the stones were
-red-hot, the dust and ashes were brushed out of
-the oven, and the potatoes, yams, and taro, or the
-pigs, dogs, fish, and birds were wrapped in leaves,
-and laid upon the hot stones. When all the food
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_177'>177</span>to be cooked had been neatly placed, leaves were
-laid above them, and hot stones on these. All
-was then covered in with leaves and earth, and
-left until thoroughly baked through.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many of the strange peoples we have considered
-are filthy; Polynesians were unusually
-cleanly, and bathed frequently. In some islands
-surf bathing was the chief sport. Every traveller
-to Hawaii has described the practice. Babies
-were taken into the sea by their mothers within
-two or three days of their birth, and could swim
-as soon as they could walk. Old and young, men
-and women, bathe in the surf, and the heavier the
-waves the greater the sport. The surf-bathing
-board was five or six feet long, and a foot wide;
-it was carefully polished. Taking his board and
-pushing it before him, the man swam far out to
-sea, diving under the billows as he met them.
-When far enough out, he lay himself on the end
-of the board and waited for a great wave. When
-it came, he poised himself on its very crest, and
-paddling with hands and feet rode in upon it
-almost to the shore.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The Polynesians were warriors, and their battles
-were cruel and bloody. They rarely ventured
-into battle until their gods, through their priests,
-promised them success. To prepare themselves
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_178'>178</span>for war they practised in warlike arts. Thus
-they slung stones at marks, threw javelins, and
-wrestled. It is said that, in slinging, they were
-able to strike a small stick at fifty yards’ distance,
-four times out of five. In their javelin practice,
-the man at whom the weapon was thrown often
-caught it and hurled it back; some were so
-skilled that they “would allow six men to throw
-their javelins at them, which they would either
-catch and return on their assailants, or so dextrously
-turn aside that they fell harmless to the
-ground.” In going to war, a chief summoned all
-his friends and subordinates. When they had
-gathered, the gods—especially the war gods—were
-brought out to assist and encourage them.
-During the battle there was great noise and
-confusion; effort was made to kill the great
-chiefs of the enemy, so that their followers might
-be discouraged. Many were killed. Survivors
-fled to some fortress, or the mountains, or found
-safety in one of the curious “places of refuge,”
-within whose sacred precincts no harm could be
-done them.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>For weapons, the Hawaiians had spears of
-great length, javelins, clubs which were used
-both for thrusting and striking, a hard wood
-dagger, and slings often made of human hair.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_179'>179</span>On the Kingsmill Islands the natives made
-weapons, in many shapes or sizes, of wooden
-shafts, along the sides of which great numbers
-of sharks’ teeth were
-securely lashed.
-These weapons
-were used both for
-thrusting and striking,
-and were fearful
-things on naked
-bodies. In those
-same islands, and
-on account of these
-shark-tooth weapons,
-the natives had
-curious protective
-clothing or armor
-of cocoanut fibre.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id003'>
-<img src='images/i_b_179.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic001'>
-<p>KINGSMILL ISLANDER (TYLOR).</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many Polynesians
-were cannibals:
-some of them dreadful
-cannibals. Their
-eating of human
-flesh was often connected with their religion.
-They had many gods, whom they represented by
-idols. The Hawaiian war god is an example.
-His idol was an image four or five feet high; the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_180'>180</span>upper part was of wickerwork covered with red
-feathers; the hideous face was supplied with a
-great mouth with triple rows of dog’s or shark’s
-teeth; the eyes were of shell, and upon the head
-was a helmet crested with long tresses of human
-hair.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c007'>XXXI.<br /> <span class='large'>CONCLUSION.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>We have spoken of many Strange Peoples.
-We have gone around the world in our search.
-But after all we have examined but a small part.
-Remember that there are fifty-one peoples at least
-in the Philippines alone. We have not examined
-the Australians, or the unfortunate Tasmanians,
-or the many tribes of Siberia, or the sixty native
-populations of India. We have omitted great
-nations like the southeast Asians,—Siamese,
-Burmese, Annamese. In fact there are many
-times more Strange Peoples in the world whom
-we have <em>not</em> examined, than whom we have. But
-we have examined enough, I hope, to learn that
-they are interesting and deserve our acquaintance
-and our sympathy.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>There are few unknown peoples left. Travellers
-have gone to almost all parts of the world. The
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_181'>181</span>spots which represent absolutely unexplored regions
-on our maps are now neither large nor
-numerous. There are many peoples about whom
-we know little, but there are not many who are
-actually unknown. Those that may be discovered
-hereafter will be interesting, but they are not
-likely to be very different from those now
-known.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many of the Strange Peoples are becoming less
-“strange” every year. Old customs and peculiar
-practices are dying out in every part of the world.
-Travellers, missionaries, and merchants from white
-men’s lands are taking our ideas, our tools, our
-weapons, our dress, our learning, our religion, and
-our vices to the remotest parts of the world. Some
-of the Strange Peoples here described have already
-lost most of their old customs. The Polynesians
-and Fijians have little of the old life which we
-have described. Many American Indian tribes
-have changed less. Some populations have still
-changed little. But a tribe must indeed be remote
-and difficult of access to actually escape our touch
-absolutely. Usually the change is <em>not</em> improvement.
-Other people more quickly adopt our
-vices than our virtues. Many tribes have become
-drunken, diseased, and depraved through the white
-man’s influence. It is rare, indeed, that a lower
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_182'>182</span>people gains in happiness or virtue by contact
-with “higher civilization.”</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>Many of the Strange Peoples will disappear.
-The Tasmanians were killed off almost like so
-many animals by the English. American Indian
-tribes have suffered almost as badly at our hands.
-Many tribes have gone; others are going. The
-Lipans were once a fairly numerous tribe. In
-1892 I saw all who were left in the United States—four
-women and one man; six months later
-I saw them again—the man was dead and only
-four women remained. The Tonkaways are
-dying out at the rate of one-third each eight
-years. The Polynesians, strong, handsome, active,
-and happy as they were when James Cook visited
-their islands little more than one hundred years
-ago, have dwindled, and fifty years more may blot
-them from the earth. Not all American Indian
-tribes are dying out; it is possible too that Polynesian
-decline began before Cook’s travels. But
-it is certain that on the whole the changes
-brought by the newcomers sealed the doom of
-the Indian and Polynesian.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>There have always been movements of peoples
-from place to place. We have seen the Malays
-pouring three great masses of immigrants into
-the Philippines. There are white peoples in
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_183'>183</span>Asia; there are yellow peoples in Europe. Recently
-plenty of whites and of blacks have
-poured into America. Such movements contain
-some danger. The fair whites will probably
-never be able to live in the tropical lands. A
-certain sort of skin, hair, nose, breathing apparatus,
-is necessary for men who are to live and
-prosper in low, hot, marshy parts of Africa. For
-Germans to try to <em>colonize</em> equatorial Africa is
-probably a fatal blunder. So far as we know the
-dark whites—Spaniards, Italians, south Frenchmen—make
-better tropical colonizers than we
-do; but even they are not successful. The
-negro is a bad colonizer, he hardly holds his own
-even in our Southern states. Of all the peoples
-of the globe the Chinese seem to be the best able
-to colonize differing countries. He seems to go
-to hot lands and cold lands, to small islands and to
-great continents, but flourishes everywhere. So
-true is this that some writers have urged that
-Africa be opened up for settlement to the
-crowded millions of the old empire. For most
-peoples, however, migration, if they <em>must</em> migrate,
-is best along the lines of latitude into lands as
-much like the old home as possible. Many
-Scandinavians live to-day happily where Wisconsin,
-Iowa, and Michigan join; and they may be
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_184'>184</span>expected to prosper there, for land and water,
-soil and products, scenery and climate, are there
-much what they were in the fatherland.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_185'>185</span>
-  <h2 class='c007'>LIST OF BOOKS REGARDING STRANGE PEOPLES.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'>This list makes no pretension to completeness; a few only of
-the many books of the kind are mentioned. Those with a
-prefixed asterisk will be useful to teachers; those without will
-interest children; those followed by an asterisk have directly
-contributed to this book in reading matter or illustration.</p>
-
-<ul class='index'>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Arnold</span>: Japonica.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Batcheller</span>: The Ainu of Japan.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Bramhall</span>: The Wee Ones of Japan.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Brinton</span>: Races and Peoples.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Du Chaillu</span>: The Land of the Dwarfs.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Deniker</span>: The Races of Man.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Doolittle</span>: Social Life of the Chinese.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Ellis</span>: Polynesian Researches.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Fielde</span>: A Corner of Cathay.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Hearn</span>: Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Huc</span>: Travels in Tartary, Thibet, and China.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Keane</span>: Ethnology.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Keane</span>: Man; Past and Present.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Lane</span>: The Modern Egyptians.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Leonowens</span>: The English Governess at the Siamese Court.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Lowell</span>: Chosön.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Lubbock</span>: Origin of Civilization.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Lummis</span>: The Land of Poco Tiempo.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Marshall</span>: Phrenologist among the Todas.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Meyer</span>: Album von Philippinen-Typen.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Miln</span>: Little Folk of Many Lands.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Nansen</span>: Eskimo Life.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='pageno' id='Page_186'>186</span>*<span class='sc'>Peschel</span>: The Races of Man.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>De Quatrefages</span>: The Pygmies.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Ratzel</span>: History of Mankind.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Ratzel</span>: Völkerkunde.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Réclus</span>: Primitive Folk.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Rockhill</span>: The Land of the Lamas.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Schweinfurth</span>: The Heart of Africa.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Smith</span>: Chinese Characteristics.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Stanley</span>: In Darkest Africa.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Turner</span>: Samoa.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Tylor</span>: Anthropology.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'>*<span class='sc'>Verneau</span>: Les Races Humaines.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Wallace</span>: The Malay Archipelago.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Ward</span>: India and the Hindoos.*</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='sc'>Williams</span>: Fiji and the Fijians.*</li>
-</ul>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c003' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='section ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>ADVERTISEMENTS</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<table class='table2' summary='American Indians'>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bttd bltd brtd c016' colspan='3'><span class='xlarge'><span class='sc'>American Indians</span></span></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='brtd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd brtd c016' colspan='3'><span class='large'><span class='sc'>By FREDERICK STARR, Ph.D.</span>,</span></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='brtd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd brtd c016' colspan='3'><span class='small'><em>Associate Professor of Anthropology, University of Chicago</em>.</span></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='brtd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd c016'>Cloth. 240 Pages.</td>
-    <td class='c016'>Fully Illustrated.</td>
- <td class='brtd c016'>Price, 45 Cents.</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&nbsp;</td>
- <td class='brtd c016'>&nbsp;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bltd brtd c016' colspan='3'>D. C. HEATH &amp; CO., Publishers,</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
- <td class='bbtd bltd c016'><span class='small'>BOSTON.</span></td>
- <td class='bbtd c016'><span class='small'>NEW YORK.</span></td>
- <td class='bbtd brtd c016'><span class='small'>CHICAGO.</span></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-<div  class='figcenter id004'>
-<img src='images/i_b_189.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<p class='c008'><span class='cite'>W. N. Hailman</span>, <em>Supt. of Schools, Dayton, O., formerly U. S. Commissioner
-of Indian Schools</em>: The book is beyond question the most attractive and
-conscientious presentation of the subject I have met.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>M. V. O’Shea</span>, <em>School of Education, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.</em>:
-I am glad to say that I regard Starr’s “American Indians” as one of the most
-appropriate books for grammar grade reading that I have seen.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Richard E. Dodge</span>, <em>Prof. in Teacher’s College, Columbia Univ.</em>, in “The
-Journal of School Geography”: The name of the author is a sufficient
-guarantee as to the accuracy and value of the little book whose title is noted
-above. We have long needed a well-written and true account of the much
-misused and misunderstood American Indians, and more especially an account
-that would appeal to the young, and give them different impressions from
-those gathered from nursery tales, school primers or Cooper’s stories. The
-book is attractive in general appearance, in typography, and illustration, and
-is well divided into thirty-three short chapters, each devoted to a pertinent
-topic. It deals with all the aspects of Indian life, as is shown by the following
-selected chapter headings—Houses, Dress, the Baby and Child, War,
-Hunting and Fishing, Picture Writing, Money, Medicine Men and Secret
-Societies, Dances and Ceremonials, The Algonquins, the Six Nations, the
-Creeks, the Cherokees, The Pueblos, Totem Posts, The Aztecs, etc. The
-author has made good use of authorities and includes notes concerning each
-author quoted. The book shows that great care has been expended in selecting
-and organizing materials, and is authoritative. It should receive a hearty
-welcome, and be used not only in schools, but in homes, as a book for boys
-and girls, or as a book for a parent to use in selecting true facts for family
-talks and conferences. Two valuable maps are included in the text, and are
-both very pertinent.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Journal of Education, Boston, Mass.</span>: The book is interesting and instructive
-throughout, and should be read widely in school and out.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>The American, Philadelphia, Pa.</span>: This book, prepared especially for
-younger people, is a careful, interesting history of the chief tribes of North
-American Indians, their peculiarities and ways of life. The picture drawn
-is good and highly instructive.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Tribune, Chicago, Ill.</span>: Professor Starr is already a recognized authority
-on Indian lore, having a personal acquaintance with some thirty tribes, from
-Alaska to Yucatan. His book condenses into 240 pages the main facts
-gathered by students and explorers among the red men since the discovery
-of America. One cannot read many pages without feeling that the author is
-deeply in sympathy with the people of whom he is writing.</p>
-
-<table class='table0' summary=''>
-  <tr><th class='c017' colspan='3'><span class='xlarge'>Supplementary Reading</span></th></tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr><td class='c017' colspan='3'><span class='small'><em>A Classified List for all Grades.</em></span></td></tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADE I. Bass’s The Beginner’s Reader</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Badlam’s Primer</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Fuller’s Illustrated Primer</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Griel’s Glimpses of Nature for Little Folks</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book I</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Regal’s Lessons for Little Readers</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADE II. Warren’s From September to June with Nature</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Badlam’s First Reader</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Bass’s Stories of Plant Life</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book I</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Snedden’s Docas, the Indian Boy</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature, Readers No. 1</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADE III. Heart of Oak Readers, Book II</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Pratt’s America’s Story, Beginner’s Book</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature Readers, No. 2</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Miller’s My Saturday Bird Class</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Firth’s Stories of Old Greece</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Bass’s Stories of Animal life</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Spear’s Leaves and Flowers</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.25</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADE IV. Bass’s Stories of Pioneer Life</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.40</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Brown’s Alice and Tom</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.40</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Grinnell’s Our Feathered Friends</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book III</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.45</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Pratt’s America’s Story—Discoverers and Explorers</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.40</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature Readers, No. 3</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.45</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>GRADE V. Bull’s Fridtjof Nansen</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Grinnell’s Our Feathered Friends</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book III</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.45</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Pratt’s America’s Story—The Earlier Colonies</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.00</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Kupfer’s Stories of Long Ago</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADE VI. Starr’s Strange Peoples</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.40</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Bull’s Fridtjof Nansen</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book IV</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.50</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Pratt’s America’s Story—The Colonial Period</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.00</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Dole’s The Young Citizen</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.45</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADE VII. Starr’s American Indians</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.45</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Penniman’s School Poetry Book</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.30</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Pratt’s America’s Story—The Revolution and the Republic</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.00</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Eckstorm’s The Bird Book</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.60</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book IV</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.50</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Wright’s Seaside and Wayside Nature Readers, No. 4</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.50</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011' colspan='2'>GRADES VIII <em>and</em> IX. Heart of Oak Readers, Book V</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.55</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Heart of Oak Readers, Book VI</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.60</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Dole’s The American Citizen</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.80</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Shaler’s First Book in Geology (boards)</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.40</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Goldsmith’s Vicar of Wakefield</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.50</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c011'>&nbsp;</td>
-    <td class='c011'>Addison’s Sir Roger de Coverley</td>
-    <td class='c018'>.35</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
-  <tr><td class='c017' colspan='3'><span class='small'><i>Descriptive circulars sent free on request.</i></span></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='section ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>Elementary Mathematics</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c019'><span class='cite'>Atwood’s Complete Graded Arithmetic.</span> Presents a carefully graded course, to
-begin with the fourth year and continue through the eighth year. Part I, 30 cts.; Part
-II, 65 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Badlam’s Aids to Number.</span> Teacher’s edition—First series, Nos. 1 to 10, 40 cts.;
-Second series, Nos. 10 to 20, 40 cts. Pupil’s edition—First series, 25 cts.; Second
-series, 25 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Branson’s Methods in Teaching Arithmetic.</span> 15 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Hanus’s Geometry in the Grammar Schools.</span> An essay, with outline of work for
-the last three years of the grammar school. 25 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Howland’s Drill Cards.</span> For middle grades in arithmetic. Each, 3 cts.; per hundred,
-$2.40.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Hunt’s Geometry for Grammar Schools.</span> The definitions and elementary concepts
-are to be taught concretely, by much measuring, and by the making of models
-and diagrams by the pupils. 30 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Pierce’s Review Number Cards.</span> Two cards, for second and third year pupils.
-Each, 3 cts.; per hundred, $2.40.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Safford’s Mathematical Teaching.</span> A monograph, with applications. 25 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Sloane’s Practical Lessons in Fractions.</span> 25 cts. Set of six fraction cards, for
-pupils to cut. 10 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Sutton and Kimbrough’s Pupils’ Series of Arithmetics.</span> Lower Book, for
-primary and intermediate grades, 35 cts. Higher Book, 65 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>The New Arithmetic.</span> By 300 teachers. Little theory and much practice. An excellent
-review book. 65 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Walsh’s Arithmetics.</span> On the “spiral advancement” plan, and perfectly graded.
-Special features of this series are its division into half-yearly chapters instead of the
-arrangement by topics; the great number and variety of the problems; the use of the
-equation in solution of arithmetical problems; and the introduction of the elements of
-algebra and geometry. Its use shortens and enriches the course in common school
-mathematics. In two series:—</p>
-
-<ul class='index c021'>
-  <li class='c015'><em>Three Book Series</em>—Elementary, 30 cts.; Intermediate, 35 cts.; Higher, 65 cts.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><em>Two Book Series</em>—Primary, 30 cts.; Grammar school, 65 cts.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Walsh’s Algebra and Geometry for Grammar Grades.</span> Three chapters from
-Walsh’s Arithmetic printed separately. 15 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>White’s Two Years with Numbers.</span> For second and third year classes. 35 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>White’s Junior Arithmetic.</span> For fourth and fifth years. 45 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>White’s Senior Arithmetic.</span> 65 cts.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-  <div class='nf-center'>
-    <div><span class='small'><em>For advanced works see our list of books in Mathematics.</em></span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='section ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>Drawing and Manual Training.</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c019'><span class='cite'>Thompson’s New Short Course in Drawing.</span> A practical, well-balanced system,
-based on correct principles. Can be taught by the ordinary teacher and learned by
-the ordinary pupil. Books I-IV, 6 × 9 inches, per dozen, $1.20. Books V-VIII, 9 × 12
-inches, per dozen, $1.75. Manual to Books I-IV, 40 cts. Manual to Books V-VIII,
-40 cts. Two-Book Course: Book A, per dozen, $1.20; Book B, per dozen, $1.75;
-Manual, 40 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Thompson’s Æsthetic Series of Drawing.</span> This series includes the study of
-Historical Ornament and Decorative Design. Book I treats of Egyptian art; Book II,
-Greek; Book III, Roman; Book IV, Byzantine; Book V, Moorish; Book VI, Gothic.
-Per dozen, $1.50. Manual, 60 cents.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Thompson’s Educational and Industrial Drawing.</span></p>
-
-<ul class='index c021'>
-  <li class='c015'>Primary Free-Hand Series (Nos. 1–4). Each No., per doz., $1.00. Manual, 40 cts.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Advanced Free-Hand Series (Nos. 5–8). Each No., per doz., $1.50.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Model and Object Series (Nos. 1–3). Each No., per doz., $1.75. Manual, 35 cts.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mechanical Series (Nos. 1–6). Each No., per doz., $2.00. Manual, 75 cts.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Thompson’s Manual Training No. 1.</span> Clay modeling, stick laying, paper folding,
-color and construction of geometrical solids. Illus. 66 pp. 25 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Thompson’s Manual Training No. 2.</span> Mechanical drawing, clay modelling,
-color, wood carving. Illus. 70 pp. 25 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Thompson’s Drawing Tablets.</span> Four Tablets, with drawing exercises and practice
-paper, for use in the earlier grades. Each No., per doz., $1.20.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Drawing Models.</span> Individual sets and class sets of models are made to accompany
-several of the different series in the Thompson Drawing Courses. Descriptive circulars
-free on request.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Anthony’s Mechanical Drawing.</span> 98 pages of text, and 32 folding plates. $1.50.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Anthony’s Machine Drawing.</span> 65 pages of text, and 18 folding plates. $1.50.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Anthony’s Essentials of Gearing.</span> 84 pages of text, and 15 folding plates, $1.50.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Daniels’s Freehand Lettering.</span> 34 pages of text, and 13 folding plates. 75 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Johnson’s Lessons in Needlework.</span> Gives, with illustrations, full directions for
-work during six grades. 117 pages. Square 8vo. Cloth, $1.00. Boards, 60 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Lunt’s Brushwork for Kindergarten and Primary Schools.</span> Eighteen lesson
-cards in colors, with teacher’s pamphlet, in envelope. 25 cts.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Seidel’s Industrial Instruction</span> (Smith). A refutation of all objections raised against
-industrial instruction. 170 pages. 90 cents.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Waldo’s Descriptive Geometry.</span> A large number of problems systematically arranged,
-with suggestions. 85 pages. 80 cents.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Whitaker’s How to use Woodworking Tools.</span> Lessons in the uses of the
-hammer, knife, plane, rule, square, gauge, chisel, saw and auger. 104 pages. 60 cents.</p>
-
-<p class='c020'><span class='cite'>Woodward’s Manual Training School.</span> Its aims, methods and results; with
-detailed courses of instruction in shop-work. Illustrated. 374 pages. Octavo. $2.00.</p>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-  <div class='nf-center'>
-    <div><span class='small'><em>Sent postpaid by mail on receipt of price.</em></span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='section ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>America’s Story for America’s Children</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c002'>
-    <div>A series of history readers by Mara L. Pratt. In five books.</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Book I.—The Beginner’s Book.</span> This is introductory to the
-series, and is adapted to third and fourth year classes. Its purpose is
-to develop centers of interest, and to present the picturesque and personal
-incidents connected with the greater events in our history.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>The book contains about sixty illustrations, four of which are in
-color. Cloth. 132 pages. 35 cents.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Book II.—Exploration and Discovery: 1000–1609.</span> The
-second book tells the story of the great discoverers and explorers from
-the time of Leif Ericson to Henry Hudson. It portrays the pomp
-and pride of the Spanish, the simple life and customs of the aborigines,
-and the sturdy temper of the early English and Dutch navigators.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'>A large number of illustrations from authentic sources add to the
-interest and value of the stories. Cloth. 160 pages. 40 cents.</p>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Book III.—The Colonies.</span> The story of the founding of the
-first settlements on this continent, and of the beginnings of the thirteen
-colonies. The style is animated and attractive; the subject matter includes
-the results of the most recent research, and the most accurate
-data that are available concerning the earlier colonial period.</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-r'>
-  <div class='linegroup'>
-    <div class='group'>
-      <div class='line'>[<em>In press.</em></div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Book IV</span> treats of the early settlements in the Mississippi Valley,
-the French and Indian Wars, etc., and gives vivid and definite ideas
-of the heroes of the later colonial period.</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-r'>
-  <div class='linegroup'>
-    <div class='group'>
-      <div class='line'>[<em>In press.</em></div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c009'><span class='cite'>Book V</span> tells the story of the Revolution, the causes that led to
-it, and of the men who guided the development of events and laid the
-foundations of the Republic. The victories of peace, and the growth
-of the nation in wealth and power are also set forth.</p>
-
-<div class='lg-container-r'>
-  <div class='linegroup'>
-    <div class='group'>
-      <div class='line'>[<em>In preparation.</em></div>
-    </div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<hr class='c022' />
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-  <div class='nf-center'>
-    <div>D. C. HEATH &amp; CO. Publishers</div>
-    <div class='c003'>BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDON</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c003' />
-</div>
-<div class='tnotes'>
-
-<div class='section ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
- <ol class='ol_1 c002'>
-    <li>Silently corrected typographical errors and variations in spelling.
-
-    </li>
-    <li>Archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings retained as printed.
-    </li>
-  </ol>
-
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Strange Peoples, by Frederick Starr
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STRANGE PEOPLES ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62749-h.htm or 62749-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/7/4/62749/
-
-Produced by Richard Tonsing, Chris Curnow, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-  </body>
-  <!-- created with ppgen.py 3.57c on 2020-07-03 20:34:21 GMT -->
-</html>
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d19d89..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_a_012.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_a_012.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0338c80..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_a_012.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_009.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_009.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5da8af6..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_009.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_011.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_011.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e9e9922..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_011.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_014.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_014.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index aea566e..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_014.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_021.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_021.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ceedfd3..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_021.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_022.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_022.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bb7458..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_022.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_024.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_024.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 13649dd..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_024.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_027.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_027.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fac7856..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_027.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_031.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_031.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5712022..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_031.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_035.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_035.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e0b0c4..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_035.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_036.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_036.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d75d6df..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_036.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_039.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_039.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fbe7317..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_039.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_046.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_046.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f09078..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_046.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_051.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_051.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1937e52..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_051.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_054.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_054.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 79035e8..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_054.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_057.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_057.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f0c3073..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_057.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_062.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_062.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f0406ac..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_062.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_071.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_071.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 39a6df7..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_071.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_073.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_073.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 38a90d5..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_073.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_078.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_078.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 41ea95c..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_078.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_084.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_084.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b49b9e9..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_084.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_086.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_086.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e249f7..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_086.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_089.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_089.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6801b79..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_089.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_092.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_092.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 51a1cfb..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_092.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_096.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_096.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 39f558a..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_096.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_097.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_097.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e5e8fd9..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_097.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_103.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_103.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 767faa1..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_103.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_105.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_105.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 75b3bce..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_105.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_111.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_111.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d6b14c..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_111.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_116.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_116.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fcc969..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_116.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_120.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_120.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c6a86e8..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_120.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_125.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_125.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fa7540..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_125.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_127.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_127.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5580125..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_127.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_131.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_131.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 51c88c9..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_131.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_137.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_137.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 79e334b..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_137.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_140.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_140.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9effe9c..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_140.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_145.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_145.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 22c84e8..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_145.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_147.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_147.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8f139c4..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_147.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_149.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_149.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8cfa17d..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_149.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_152.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_152.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dc0f41..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_152.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_154.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_154.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index da4b3fd..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_154.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_155.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_155.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 260e102..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_155.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_158.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_158.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index eaeb574..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_158.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_160.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_160.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9159672..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_160.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_162.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_162.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a73797a..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_162.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_165.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_165.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ffc6b2..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_165.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_167.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_167.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e0a2db1..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_167.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_168.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_168.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 921c3e4..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_168.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_173.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_173.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b55860..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_173.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_175.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_175.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ab98dc0..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_175.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_179.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_179.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f9b0ae..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_179.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_189.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_b_189.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d3ecbd..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_b_189.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/62749-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/62749-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ea8baed..0000000
--- a/old/62749-h/images/i_frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null